Carrier Aquaforce 30Xw150 400 Users Manual 30xw 1t Reprint 210

30XW150-400 to the manual db6f7276-cd6f-459f-b122-5b0f36fc8166

2015-01-24

: Carrier Carrier-Aquaforce-30Xw150-400-Users-Manual-311028 carrier-aquaforce-30xw150-400-users-manual-311028 carrier pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 148 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.

Catalog No. 04-53300024-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 30XW-1T Pg 1 11-09 Replaces: New

Controls, Start-Up, Operation, Service

and Troubleshooting

CONTENTS

Page

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

Conventions Used in This Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Display Module Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

• TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY

• NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY MODULE

CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Main Base Board (MBB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Compressor Protection Module (CPM) . . . . . . . . . . 10

Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV) Board . . . . . . . . 13

MLV/Condenser Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Enable-Off-Remote Contact Switch (SW1). . . . . . . 16

Emergency On/Off Switch (SW2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Energy Management Module (EMM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Local Equipment Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Board Addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Touch Pilot Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Control Module Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

•RED LED

• GREEN LED

• YELLOW LED

Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) Interface. . . . . . . 18

Remote Alarm and Alert Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-46

Touch Pilot Operation Configuration Tables . . . . . 18

Machine Control Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Machine On/Off Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

• TOUCH PILOT MACHINE CONTROL

• NAVIGATOR DISPLAY MACHINE CONTROL

Entering Fluid Control Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Cooling Set Point Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

• SET POINT OCCUPANCY

Chilled Water Fluid Type Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

• FRESH WATER

• BRINE OR GLYCOL OPERATION

Cooler Pump Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

• COOLER PUMP CONTROL CONFIRGURATIONS

Machine Start Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Circuit/Compressor Staging and Loading . . . . . . . 29

• CIRCUIT/COMPRESSOR STAGING

• CIRCUIT/COMPRESSOR LOADING

Minimum Load Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Dual Chiller Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

• DUAL CHILLER CONTROL FOR PARALLEL

APPLICATIONS

• DUAL CHILLER PUMP CONTROL FOR PARALLEL

CHILLER APPLICATIONS

• DUAL CHILLER CONTROL FOR SERIES

APPLICATIONS

• DUAL CHILLER PUMP CONTROL FOR SERIES

CHILLER APPLICATIONS

Page

Ramp Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Temperature Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

• RETURN WATER RESET

• SPACE TEMPERATURE RESET

• 4-20 mA TEMPERATURE RESET

Demand Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

• SWITCH CONTROLLED DEMAND LIMIT

• EXTERNALLY POWERED CAPACITY BASED

DEMAND LIMIT

• EXTERNALLY POWERED CURRENT BASED

DEMAND LIMIT

• CCN LOADSHED CONTROLLED DEMAND LIMIT

Ice Storage Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Broadcast Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

•ACTIVATE

• BROADCAST ACKNOWLEDGER

Alarm Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

• ALARM ROUTING CONTROL

• ALARM EQUIPMENT PRIORITY

• COMMUNICATION FAILURE RETRY TIME

• RE-ALARM TIME

• ALARM SYSTEM NAME

Daylight Saving Time Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Capacity Control Overrides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Head Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

• LOW CONDENSER FLUID TEMPERATURE HEAD

PRESSURE CONTROL OPTION

PRE-START-UP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46,47

System Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47-53

Actual Start-Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Operating Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

• TEMPERATURES

•VOLTAGE

• MINIMUM FLUID LOOP VOLUME

• FLOW RATE REQUIREMENTS

OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-59

Sequence of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Dual Chiller Sequence of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

•PUMP OPERATION

Operating Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

• THERMISTORS

• TRANSDUCERS

SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-67

Economizer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

• MAIN EXV CONTROL

• ECONOMIZER EXV CONTROL

• EXV TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

Compressor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

• COMPRESSOR OIL SYSTEM

AQUAFORCE®

30XW150-400

Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers

CONTENTS (cont)

Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

• SUCTION SERVICE VALVE

• LOW FLUID TEMPERATURE

• LOSS OF FLUID FLOW PROTECTION

• TUBE PLUGGING

•RETUBING

• TIGHTENING COOLER HEAD BOLTS

• INSPECTING/CLEANING HEAT EXHANGERS

• WATER TREATMENT

• CHILLED WATER FLOW SWITCH

Refrigerant Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

• LEAK TESTING

• REFRIGERANT CHARGE

Safety Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

• COMPRESSOR PROTECTION

• COOLER PROTECTION

Relief Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

• PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES

MAINTENANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Recommended Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . 67

TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67-85

Alarms and Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

• DIAGNOSTIC ALARM CODES AND POSSIBLE

CAUSES

Service Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™

DISPLAY TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-104

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY

TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-117

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118-132

APPENDIX D — 30XW150-400 CPM

DIP SWITCH ADDRESSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133,134

APPENDIX E — PIPING AND

INSTRUMENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135, 136

APPENDIX F — GLOBAL TIME SCHEDULE

CONFIGURATION FOR i-Vu® DEVICE AND CSM

CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137-139

INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

START-UP CHECKLIST

FOR 30XW LIQUID CHILLERS . . . . . . . . CL-1 to CL-7

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

Installing, starting up, and servicing this equipment can be

hazardous due to system pressures, electrical components, and

equipment location. Only trained, qualified installers and ser-

vice technicians should install, start up, and service this equip-

ment. When working on this equipment, observe precautions in

the literature, on tags, stickers, and labels attached to the equip-

ment, and any other safety precautions that apply. Follow all

safety codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Use care in

handling, rigging, and setting this equipment, and in handling

all electrical components.

WARNING

Electrical shock can cause personal injury and death. Shut

off all power to this equipment during installation and ser-

vice. There may be more than one disconnect switch. Tag

all disconnect locations to alert others not to restore power

until work is completed.

WARNING

DO NOT VENT refrigerant relief valves within a building.

Outlet from relief valves must be vented in accordance

with the latest edition of ANSI/ASHRAE (American

National Standards Institute/American Society of Heating,

Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers) 15 (Safety

Code for Mechanical Refrigeration). The accumulation of

refrigerant in an enclosed space can displace oxygen and

cause asphyxiation. Provide adequate ventilation in

enclosed or low overhead areas. Inhalation of high concen-

trations of vapor is harmful and may cause heart irregulari-

ties, unconsciousness or death. Misuse can be fatal. Vapor

is heavier than air and reduces the amount of oxygen avail-

able for breathing. Product causes eye and skin irritation.

Decomposition products are hazardous.

WARNING

DO NOT attempt to unbraze factory joints when servicing

this equipment. Compressor oil is flammable and there is

no way to detect how much oil may be in any of the refrig-

erant lines. Cut lines with a tubing cutter as required when

performing service. Use a pan to catch any oil that may

come out of the lines and as a gage for how much oil to add

to system. DO NOT re-use compressor oil.

CAUTION

This unit uses a microprocessor-based electronic control

system. Do not use jumpers or other tools to short out

components, or to bypass or otherwise depart from rec-

ommended procedures. Any short-to-ground of the con-

trol board or accompanying wiring may destroy the

electronic modules or electrical components.

CAUTION

To prevent potential damage to heat exchanger tubes,

always run fluid through heat exchanger when adding or

removing refrigerant charge. Use appropriate antifreeze

solutions in evaporator and condenser fluid loops to pre-

vent the freezing of heat exchangers or interconnecting pip-

ing when the equipment is exposed to temperatures below

32 F (0° C). Proof of flow switch is factory installed on all

models. Do NOT remove power from this chiller during

winter shut down periods without taking precaution to

remove all water from heat exchangers. Failure to properly

protect the system from freezing may constitute abuse and

may void warranty.

CAUTION

Compressors require specific rotation. Swap any two

incoming power leads to correct compressor rotation.

GENERAL

This publication contains controls, operation, start-up, ser-

vice and troubleshooting information for the 30XW150-400

water-cooled liquid chillers with electronic controls. The

30XW chillers are equipped with ComfortLink™ controls and

electronic expansion valves. The AquaForce® 30XW chillers

offer two different user interface devices, the Touch Pilot™

display and the Navigator ™ display.

Conventions Used in This Manual — The follow-

ing conventions for discussing configuration points for the

Navigator module and Touch Pilot display will be used in this

manual.

Point names for the Touch Pilot display will be shown in

bold. See Appendix A for a complete list of point names. Item

names for the Navigator module will be shown in bold italics.

See Appendix B for the complete path name preceding the item

name. The point and item names in Appendices A and B will

be listed in alphabetical order and the path name for each will

be written with the mode name first, then any sub-modes, each

separated by an arrow symbol ( .

This path name will show the user how to navigate through the

Navigator module or the Touch Pilot display to reach the desired

configuration. The user would scroll through the modes and sub-

modes using the and keys on the Navigator display. For

the Touch Pilot display, the user would simply touch the menu

item on the screen. The arrow symbol in the path name represents

pressing to move into the next level of the menu struc-

ture for the Navigator module, or touching the menu item on the

screen for the Touch Pilot display.

When a value is included as part of the point name, it will be

shown after the point name after an equals sign. If the value

represents a configuration setting, an explanation will be

shown in parentheses after the value. The Touch Pilot name

will be shown first with the Navigator name following. As an

example,

(Staged Loading Sequence = 1, LLCS = Circuit A leads).

Press the and keys simultaneously on

the Navigator module to display an expanded text description of

the point name or value. The expanded description is shown in the

Navigator display tables (Appendix B) but will not be shown with

the path names in text. The Touch Pilot display will show an ex-

panded description of the point name. To view the expanded point

name for the Touch Pilot display go to Appendix A.

The Touch Pilot display configures the unit via the CCN

(Carrier Comfort Network®) Tables, which are located in Ap-

pendix C of this manual.

Display Module Usage

TOUCH PILOT DISPLAY — The Touch Pilot display is the

standard user interface for the AquaForce 30XW chillers with

the ComfortLink control system. The display includes a large

LCD (liquid crystal display) touch screen for display and user

configuration, a Start/Stop button, and an Alarm Indicator LED

(light-emitting diode). See Fig. 1.

The Touch Pilot display can be used to access various

Carrier Comfort Network® devices. For operation under these

circumstances, contact your Carrier representative.

Operation of the Touch Pilot display is driven from the

displays on the touch screen. The Touch Pilot display uses the

following screen “buttons” to allow the user to operate the dis-

play and navigate within and between screens.

“BACK” returns to the next higher screen in the

hierarchy.

“HOME” displays the Default Group Display screen

for Touch Pilot display. The Default Screen is a user-

configured display of up to 9 points on each of 8 screens. This

allows for quick access to various, frequently viewed points,

without navigating through the Main Menu structure. This but-

ton is available at all menu levels and returns the user to the

first Default Group Display screen.

“MAIN MENU” displays the Main Menu screen. This

allows access for viewing and configuration, where

possible, of all points supported by the controller. This includes

points such as set point and operational configuration. This

button is available at all menu levels and returns the user to the

Main Menu screen.

“PREVIOUS” moves the user to the next earlier

screen in a group of sequential screens of the same

type.

“NEXT” advances the user to the next screen in a

group of sequential screens of the same type.

“OK” agrees with, or says “yes” to a prompt and per-

forms the appropriate processing.

“NO” rejects, or says “no” to a prompt and performs

the appropriate processing.

“CANCEL” terminates an ongoing action and returns

to the current screen without any other processing.

“CLEAR DATA” clears the data value in a data entry

dialog box. This button is used to clear incorrect data.

“RESET DATA” zeros the data value in a data entry

dialog box.

“ADD” adds the active point to a Group Display

screen.

“REMOVE” deletes a point from a Group Display

screen.

“INCREASE” modifies the value of a field within its

defined limits or “SCROLL UP” and shifts the screen

view up by one item.

“DECREASE” modifies the value of a field within its

defined limits or “SCROLL DOWN” and shifts the

screen view down by one item.

“PAGE DOWN” will replace the items currently on

the screen with the next group of items if the current

table or list has more data than will fit on the screen.

“PAGE UP” will replace the items currently on the

screen with the previous group of items if the current

table or list has more data than will fit on the screen.

“FORCE” begins the process of forcing or overriding

the value of a point.

“AUTO” begins the process of removing a force from

a point.

“MODIFY” begins the process of modifying a config-

uration value.



ENTER

ESCAPE

ENTER

ALARM

INDICATOR

LIGHT

STA R T- STOP

BUTTON

LCD TOUCH

SCREEN

Fig. 1 — Touch Pilot™ Display

a30-4456 (b&w)

“ALARM INDICATOR LIGHT” activates when a

new alarm condition occurs. The alarm indicator light

LED, located on the right side of the display, remains

activated until it is manually reset using the Reset button on the

Main menu.

“START/STOP BUTTON” enables the user to start

or stop the chiller from the Touch Pilot™ display.

See Enable-Off-Remote Contact Switch (SW1) on

page 16 for additional information.

Several items are password protected. When required, a

Password dialog box will be displayed for field input of the

password. The default password is 3333. The password can be

changed if desired.

Power-Up Display — When the Touch Pilot display is pow-

ered up, it displays an initialization progress bar and attaches

(initiates communication) to the Main Base Board. The Touch

Pilot display then shows that controller’s default Group Dis-

play screen. See Fig. 2. This is a user-configured display screen

with up to 9 points on 8 separate screens. For more information

on adding or removing points from the Group Display screen,

see the Group Display Screens section on page 7.

Touch any of the screen point buttons and Point Data Dialog

box will be displayed with expanded information. In the exam-

ple shown, the CTRL_PNT button in the bottom left corner

was selected. See Fig. 2 and 3.

To exit the box, press .

Main Menu Display — The default screen for the Touch Pilot

controller is the Group Display screen. To access the Main

Menu, press the button. The screen shown in Fig. 4 will be

displayed. Selecting a button will display the screens associat-

ed with that category. The user can also access the login screen

from the Main Menu if needed.

Touch Pilot Menu Structure — The user can navigate through

the Touch Pilot display screens by selecting the buttons that ap-

pear on the screen. When a button is selected, either a sub-

menu or a list of point names and values will be shown. Sub-

menus will display a list of associated point names. See Fig. 5

for the Touch Pilot menu structure.

If the list of point names and values are shown, the top line

of the display is the table name. The line and total line counter

is displayed in the upper right corner of the display. Selecting

an item will cause a Point Data dialog box to appear.

Setup Menu Screen — The Setup Menu screen, shown in

Fig. 6, is accessed by pressing the Setup button from the Main

Menu. This configuration allows the user to configure the basic

operation and look of the display. Table 1 summarizes the Set-

up Menu functions.

Fig. 2 — Group Display Screen

Fig. 3 — Point Data Dialog Box

Fig. 4 — Main Menu Display

a30-4910.ep

a30-4471

a30-4472

PDS-XAXQXWPDS-XAXQXW

User interface

Group display x 8 Main menu

Status

GENUNIT

CIRCA_AN

CIRCA_D

CIRCB_AN

CIRCB_D

CIRCC_D

CIRCC_AN

STATEGEN

RECLAIM

MODES

STRTHOUR

FANHOURS

FREECOOL

QCK_TST1

QCK_TST2

SERV_TST

Setpoint Schedule

OCC1PO1S

OCC2PO2S

Service

FACTORY

FACTORY2

SERVICE1

CP_UNABL

UPDTHOUR

UPDHRFAN

MAINTCFG

Maint

LOADFACT

FANCTRL

M_MSTSLV

DEFROSTM

LAST_POR

PR_LIMIT

BOARD_PN

SERMAINT

EXV_CTRL

CUR_PHAS

OCCDEFCFM

Config

Ctrl-ID

DISPCONF

USER

MST_SLV

CFG_TAB1

…

CFG_TAB8

BRODEFS

OCCDEFCS

HOLIDAY

ALARMDEF

Alarms

ALARHIST

ALARHIS2

ALAM_CUR

Reset Time Attach Setup

Regional

Language

Contrast

Backlight

Calibrate

Password

Display

CCN

Fig. 5 — Touch Pilot™ Display Menu Structure

a30-4829

Table 1 — Setup Menu

SETUP MENU BUTTON FUNCTION

REGIONAL

This button specifies the time and date format and the base unit of measure. Time display can be configured as

12-hour AM/PM setting or as a 24-hour setting. The date can be formatted in one of 3 settings, MM-DD-YYYY (Month-

Day-Year), DD-MM-YYYY (Day-Month-Year), or YYYY-MM-DD (Year-Month-Day). Units of measure can be either US

(English) or Metric (SI).

LANGUAGE

This button selects the active language and font of the display. Available languages are English and Spanish (Espanol).

If a preferred language is not available, additional software for the Main Base Board (MBB) and the Touch Pilot™ dis-

play are required. Contact your Carrier representative for instructions and software.

CONTRAST

This button adjusts the LCD contrast. Press and hold the [MOON] button to increase/darken the contrast or the [STAR]

button to decrease/lighten the current contrast.

NOTE: Touching the screen anywhere for 5 seconds while powering-up will prompt the user to restore contrast and

calibration settings to factory defaults.

BACKLIGHT This button specifies whether backlighting should be kept on at all times or turned off during inactive periods.

CALIBRATE This button is used to adjust the LCD touch screen calibration. Touch the screen in the circular targets located first in

the upper left and then in the lower right corner of the screen to adjust.

PASSWORDS

This button is used to configure the limited and full logged-in access system passwords. In order to change passwords,

the user must be logged in with full access to view and change the passwords. All passwords must consist of 4-digits,

which can be entered using the numeric keypad. Access levels and associated privileges are as follows:

Limited Logged-in Access - Provides the user with read/write access to all available tables (except service configura-

tion tables, where the user will not be permitted to modify point data, and Group Display tables, where the user will not

be permitted to add points.) This access level also provides read/write access to all Touch Pilot display setup properties

except Display, CCN, and Password.

Full Logged-in Access - Provides user with read/write access to all available tables for the attached device and all

Touch Pilot display properties.

If the user does not log in, read-only access to all tables is allowed. The user will be prompted to log in when attempting

to access password-required functions.

DISPLAY

This button is used to view the description data and part number from the Ctlr-ID Table and to specify the Operating

Mode. The Operating mode can be configured for Equipment mode or Network mode. For Touch Pilot displays that are

standard with the unit, Operating mode should not be changed from Equipment mode. Equipment mode provides

access only to the chiller’s MBB via the Local Equipment Network (LEN) Bus. For remote access, a remote Touch Pilot

display can be set to Network mode. Network mode provides access to all devices on the CCN (Carrier Comfort Net-

work®) bus.

NOTE: When changing the operating mode, a power cycle is required in order for the new operating mode to take

effect. The user should view and correct the following CCN data: address and baud rate, alarm acknowledger, and

broadcast acknowledger designation.

CCN This button is used to configure the bus and element numbers and the baud rate of the control on the network.

Fig. 6 — Setup Menu Display

a30-4474

Setting the Time and Date — The ComfortLink™ control has

a time and date function. This can be useful for diagnostics to

determine when alarms occur. The control is factory config-

ured for the proper date and is set for the Eastern Time Zone.

The date and time zone must be checked and corrected if nec-

essary, to allow the machine to function on an internal time

schedule and to display a proper time and date stamp for

alarms. The time and date is displayed on the Group Display

Screen.

To change the Time and Date, press the Main Menu

button. Select Time. On the display, a day and date box

with a time box will be shown. To change the day and date,

press the day and date box. A calendar will be displayed. If the

correct month is displayed, touch the correct date. If the wrong

month is displayed, use the or to change to the correct

month and select the correct date. The date will highlighted.

Press to accept the change. The previous screen will be

displayed with the corrected day and date shown. To correct

the time, use the or on the left to change the hour. Use

the or on the left to change the minutes. Continuously

touching the or will sequence the numbers. The time is

shown in a 24-hour format. To accept the changes, press the

or buttons. A “Save” dialog box is displayed with the

words, “Do you wish to save changes?” Press to accept

the changes.

Group Display Screens — The Touch Pilot™ display sup-

ports up to eight Group Display screens. Group Display

screens show status information along the top of the screens

and 9 buttons that display 9 point names and point values that

are chosen by the user. All Group Display screen points are

user configurable. The bottom line of the screen contains navi-

gation buttons that can be used to move between the Group

Display screens.

Pressing a point button will show that point’s Point Data

dialog box. See Fig. 2 and 3. This box contains buttons that

remove the point from the group display and apply or remove a

force (point override). When touching any button in the display

screen, the button will be outlined to acknowledge input. There

may be a delay in response to input, but if the button is out-

lined, do NOT press any other button until the previous input

has been processed.

If there is a communication failure with the MBB (Main

Base Board), all point buttons will be displayed in inverse vid-

eo and the message Communication Failure will be displayed

in the top left line of the screen.

Default Group Designation — The default group is the first of

the 8 Group Display screens. This is the default screen of the

display. Information on this screen as well as the other 7

screens can be user-modified to meet the needs of the site.

To Add A Point To A Group Display — From the Main Menu,

press the desired menu button (Status, Setpoint, Service,

Maint, or Config) and, if necessary, the sub-menu button to

access the point to be added. Press the point button to show the

source point’s Point Data dialog box. See Fig. 3. From the

Point Data dialog box, press the ADD button. The display will

show the last Group Display accessed. Use the navigation but-

tons to access the destination Group Display. Press an existing

point button or a blank button to update the highlighted button

with the source point’s name. Press to add the highlighted

point to the group and return to the table display.

To Remove A Point From A Group Display — From the Point

Data Dialog box, press the REMOVE button and follow the

prompts. The display will return to the Group Display screen

from which the point was removed, and the button correspond-

ing to the deleted point will be blank and disabled.

NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY MODULE — The Navigator dis-

play module provides a mobile user interface to the

ComfortLink control system. The display has up and down ar-

row keys, an key, and an key. These keys

are used to navigate through the different levels of the display

structure. Press the key until ‘Select a Menu Item’ is

displayed. Use the up and down arrow keys to move through

the top 11 mode levels indicated by LEDs on the left side of the

display. See Fig. 7. See Table 2 and Appendix B for more de-

tails about the display menu structure.

Once within a mode or sub-mode, a “>” indicates the

currently selected item on the display screen. Pressing the

and keys simultaneously will put the

Navigator module into expanded text mode where the full

meaning of all sub-modes, items, and their values can be dis-

played. Pressing the and keys when the

display says ‘Select Menu Item’ (Mode LED level) will return

the Navigator module to its default menu of rotating display

items (those items in Run StatusVIEW). In addition, the

password will be disabled, requiring that it be entered again be-

fore changes can be made to password protected items. Press

the key to exit out of the expanded text mode.

When a specific item is located, the item name appears on

the left of the display, the value will appear near the middle of

the display and the units (if any) will appear on the far right of

the display. Press the key at a changeable item and

the value will begin to flash. Use the up and down arrow keys

to change the value, and confirm the value by pressing the

key.

Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in

the same manner. Locate and display the desired item. Press

so that the item value flashes. Use the arrow keys to

change the value or state and press the key to accept

it. Press the key to return to the next higher level of

structure. Repeat the process as required for other items.

Items in the Configuration and Service Test modes are pass-

word protected. The words Enter Password will be displayed

when required, with 1111 also being displayed. The default

password is 0111. Use the arrow keys to change each number

and press to accept the digit. Continue with the

remaining digits of the password. The password can only be

changed through CCN operator interface software such as

ComfortWORKS®, ComfortVIEW™ and Service Tool.

Power-Up Display — When the Navigator display is powered

up it will display:

ComfortLink

Navigator

Carrier

ENTER

ESCAPE

ENTER

ESCAPE

ENTER

ESCAPE

ENTER

ESCAPE

ENTER

This indicates an initialization period while the Navigator™

display initiates communication with the Main Base Board.

Once communication is established, the default rotating dis-

play will be shown. If communication is not established, the

Navigator module will display:

Communication

Failure

If the Navigator module is connected to a Main Base Board

without software loaded, the display will remain at the

powered-up initialization display.

Setting the Time and Date — The ComfortLink control has a

time and date function. This can be useful for diagnostics to de-

termine when alarms occur. The control is factory configured

for the proper date and for use in the Eastern Time Zone. The

control must be checked and corrected if necessary. The correct

time is important if the machine is to function on an internal

time schedule and display a proper time and date stamp for

alarms. The time and date will be displayed on the default ro-

tating display of the Navigator module. The time and date can

also be checked and changed under the Time Clock mode as

described below.

To change the time, press the arrow key to move to the cor-

rect hour and press . The minutes can be changed in a

similar manner.

To check or change the date, the following items must be

checked and changed if necessary.

NOTE: WW is the current month of the controller, (01=January,

02=February, etc.).

XX is the current day of the month

YY is the day of the week, (01=Monday, 02-Tuesday, etc.)

ZZ is the year of the century, (06=2006, 07=2007)

Changing the Unit of Measure — The Navigator display has

two options for unit of measure on the display, English or SI

(metric). The factory default for the units of measure is

English. To change the unit of measure, the following item

must be changed.

Changing the Display Language — The Navigator display

has five language options to select from, English, Espanol,

Francais, Portugues, and Translated. The “Translated” option is

not supported at this time. The factory default language is

English. To change the display language, the following item

must be changed.

NOTE: When the Language Selection (Configuration

DISP LANG) variable is changed, all appropriate display

expansions will immediately change to the new language. The

four letter/digit code will not change. No power-off or control

reset is required when reconfiguring languages.

Adjusting the Contrast — The contrast of the display can be

adjusted to suit ambient conditions. To adjust the contrast, enter

the LED Test mode of the device.

Pressing will access the TEST point. Pressing

again will cause the “OFF” to flash. Use the up or

down arrow to change “OFF” to “ON.” Pressing will

illuminate all LEDs and display all pixels in the view screen.

Pressing and simultaneously allows the

user to adjust the display contrast. The display will read:

Adjust Contrast

- - - -+ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Use the up or down arrows to adjust the contrast. The

screen’s contrast will change with the adjustment. Press

to accept the change. The Navigator module will

keep this setting as long as it is plugged in to the LEN (Local

Equipment Network) bus.

Adjusting the Backlight Brightness — The backlight of the

display can be adjusted to suit ambient conditions. The factory

default is set to the highest level. To adjust the backlight of the

Navigator module, enter the LED Test mode of the device.

Pressing will access the TEST point. Pressing

again will cause the “OFF” to flash. Use the up or

down arrow to change “OFF” to “ON.” Pressing will

illuminate all LEDs and display all pixels in the view screen.

Pressing the up and down arrow keys simultaneously allows

the user to adjust the display brightness. The display will read:

Adjust Brightness

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +

Use the up or down arrow keys to adjust screen brightness.

Press to accept the change. The Navigator module

will keep this setting as long as it is plugged in to the LEN bus.

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

HH.MM Time of Day Time Clock TIME XX.XX

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

MNTH Month of Year Time Clock DATE WW

DOM Day of Month Time Clock DATE XX

DAY Day of Week Time Clock DATE YY

YEAR Year of Century Time Clock DATE ZZ

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

METR Metric Display Configuration DISP OFF – English

ON – SI (Metric)

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

LANG Language Selection Configuration DISP

English

Espanol

Francais

Portugues

Translated



ENTER



ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

TEST Test Display LEDs Configuration DISP

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

TEST Test Display LED’s Configuration Mode DISP



ENTER

ESCAPE

ENTER



ENTER

Run Status

Service Test

Temperatures

Pressures

Setpoints

Inputs

Outputs

Configuration

Time Clock

Operating Modes

Alarms

ENTER

ESC

MODE

Alarm Status

ComfortLink

Fig. 7 — Navigator Display Module

a30-3924

Table 2 — ComfortLink™ Navigator™ Display Menu Structure

CONTROLS

General — The 30XW water-cooled liquid chillers contain

the ComfortLink™ electronic control system that controls and

monitors all operations of the chiller. The control system is

composed of several components as listed in the following sec-

tions. All machines have a Main Base Board (MBB), Touch Pi-

lot™ module or Navigator™ device, electronic expansion

valve board (EXV), auxiliary board, Compressor Protection

board, Emergency On/Off switch, and an Enable-Off-Remote

Contact switch.

Main Base Board (MBB) — The MBB is the core of

the ComfortLink control system. It contains the major portion

of operating software and controls the operation of the

machine. See Fig. 8. The MBB continuously monitors input/

output channel information received from its inputs and from

all other modules. The MBB receives inputs from status and

feedback switches, pressure transducers and thermistors. The

MBB also controls several outputs. Some inputs and outputs

that control the chiller are located on other boards, but are

transmitted to or from the MBB via the internal communica-

tions bus. Information is transmitted between modules via a

3-wire communication bus or LEN (Local Equipment Net-

work). The CCN (Carrier Comfort Network®) bus is also sup-

ported. Connections to both LEN and CCN buses are made at

TB3. For a complete description of Main Base Board inputs

and outputs and their channel identifications, see Table 3.

MODE

RUN

STATUS

SERVICE

TEST TEMPERATURES PRESSURES SET

POINTS INPUTS OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION TIME

CLOCK

OPERATING

MODES ALARMS

Auto Display

(VIEW)

Manual

Test Mode

(TEST)

Unit

Temperatures

(UNIT)

Circuit A

Pressures

(PRC.A)

Cooling

Setpoints

(COOL)

General

Inputs

(GEN.I)

Circuit A

Outputs

(CIR.A)

Display

Configuration

(DISP)

Time of Day

(TIME)

Operating

Control Type

(SLCT)

Reset Current

Alarms

(R.ALM)

Machine

Starts/Hours

(RUN)

Quick

Test Mode

(QUIC)

Circuit A

Temperatures

(CIR.A)

Circuit B

Pressures

(PRC.B)

Heating

Setpoints

(HEAT)

Circuit B

Outputs

(CIR.B)

Unit

Configuration

(UNIT)

Day, Date

(DATE)

Operating

Modes

(MODE)

Current

Alarms

(ALRM)

Compressor

Run Hours

(HOUR)

Circuit B

Temperatures

(CIR.B)

Circuit C

Pressures

(PRC.C)

Misc.

Setpoints

(MISC)

Circuit C

Outputs

(CIR.C)

Service

Configurations

(SERV)

Schedule 1

(SCH1)

Alarm

History

(H.ALM)

Compressor

Starts

(STRT)

Circuit C

Temperatures

(CIR.C)

General

Outputs

(GEN.O)

Options

Configuration

(OPTN)

Schedule 2

(SCH2)

Fan Run

Hours

(FAN)

Reset,

Demand Limit,

Master/Slave

(RSET)

Holidays

(HOLI)

Compressor

Disable

(CP.UN)

Service

Maintenance

Configuration

(MCFG)

Predictive

Maintenance

(MAIN)

Software Versions

(VERS)

221

195

CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4

CH11 CH12

LOCATION OF

SERIAL NUMBER

CH13 CH14 CH

15A

ANALOG

INPUTS

J2C

J2B

24 VAC

J1A

+ G –

DISCRETE

INPUTS

J5A

15a

11 C16

J2A

TR1 TR2 TR3 TR4 TR5

CH19 CH20 CH21 CH22 CH23 CH24 CH25 CH26

CH17 CH18

J5B J5C

THERMISERS PRESSURES

CH5 CH6 CH7 CH8 CH9

J7A J7B J7C J7D

RELAY

OUTPUTS

MOV1

C41 C42 C43

C32 C33 C34 C35

12/11 12/11

J10

LEN

+ G -

STATUS

J9A

K1 K2

D15

CCN

CH10

+ G –

SIO

(LEN)

J9C J9B

+ G –

LEN LEN

CCN J13 J9D

16a

16b

Fig. 8 — Main Base Board

a30-4255

Table 3 — Main Base Board Inputs and Outputs

LEGEND

Compressor Protection Module (CPM) — There

is one CPM per compressor. See Fig. 9. The device controls the

compressor contactors, oil solenoid, and loading/unloading the

solenoid. The CPM also monitors the compressor motor tem-

perature, high pressure switch, oil level switch, discharge gas

temperature, oil pressure transducer, motor current, MTA

(must trip amps) setting and economizer pressure transducer

(sizes 175,200,350,400 only). The CPM responds to com-

mands from the MBB (Main Base Board) and sends the MBB

the results of the channels it monitors via the LEN (Local

Equipment Network). The CPM has three DIP switch input

banks, Switch 1 (S1), Switch 2 (S2), and Switch 3 (S3). The

CPM board DIP switch (S1) configures the board for the type

of starter, the location and type of the current transformers and

contactor failure instructions. See Table 4 for description of

DIP switch 1 (S1) inputs. See Appendix D for DIP switch

settings.

DESCRIPTION INPUT/OUTPUT I/O TYPE DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME CONNECTION POINT

Pin Notation

Power (24 vac supply) —— —

MBB-J1, MBB-J1A,

MBB-J1B

11 24 vac

12 Ground

Local Equipment Network —— —

MBB-J9A, MBB-J9B,

MBB-J9C, MBBJ9D

+ RS485 Port (D+)

G RS485 Port (Gnd)

- RS485 Port (D-)

Carrier Communication

Network —— —

MBB-J12

+ RS485 Port (D+)

G RS485 Port (Gnd)

- RS485 Port (D-)

Chilled Water Flow Switch CWFS Switch Cooler Flow Switch, LOCK MBB-J5B-CH17

Demand Limit Switch No. 1 Demand Limit SW1 Switch Limit Switch 1 Status, DLS1 MBB-J4-CH13

Condenser Flow Switch CDFS Switch Condenser Flow Switch, COND 16A MBB-J5A-CH16A

Circuit A Discharge

Pressure Transducer DPTA Pressure Transducer Discharge Pressure, DP.A

MBB-J7A-CH6

5V +5 vdc Ref.

SSignal

R Return

Circuit B Discharge

Pressure Transducer DPTB Pressure Transducer Discharge Pressure, DP.B

MBB-J7C-CH8

5V +5 vdc Ref.

SSignal

R Return

Dual Chiller

LWT Thermistor DUAL 5k Thermistor CHWS Temperature, CHWS MBB-J6-CH3

Dual Set Point Input Dual Set Point Switch Remote Setpoint Switch, DUAL MBB-J4-CH12

Heat/Cool Switch HC_SW Switch Heat/Cool Select Contact, HC_SW MBB-J4-CH14

Entering Water Thermistor EWT 5k Thermistor Cooler Entering Fluid, EWT MBB-J6-CH2

Leaving Water Thermistor LWT 5k Thermistor Cooler Leaving Fluid, LWT MBB-J6-CH1

Condenser Entering Water

Thermistor CEWT 5k Thermistor Condenser Entering Fluid, CEWT MBB-J6-CH5

Condenser Leaving Water

Thermistor CLWT 5k Thermistor Condenser Leaving Fluid, CLWT MBB-J6-CH4

External Chilled

Water Pump Interlock PMPI Switch Electrical Box Interlock, ELEC MBB-J4-CH15A

Circuit A Suction

Pressure Transducer SPTA Pressure Transducer Suction Pressure, SP.A

MBB-J7B-CH7

5V +5 vdc Ref.

SSignal

R Return

Circuit B Suction

Pressure Transducer SPTB Pressure Transducer Suction Pressure, SP.B

MBB-J7D-CH9

5V +5 vdc Ref.

SSignal

R Return

Unit Status Remote Contact-Off-Enable Switch On/Off Remote Switch, ONOF MBB-J4-CH11

Alarm Relay ALM R Relay Alarm Relay Output, ALRM MBB-J3-CH24

Alert Relay ALT R Relay Alert Relay Output, ALRT MBB-J3-CH25

Cooler Pump Relay 1 PMP1 Contactor Cooler Pump 1, CPUMP_1 MBB-J2A-CH19

Cooler Pump Relay 2 PMP2 Contactor Cooler Pump 2, CPUMP_2 MBB-J2A-CH20

Condenser Pump Relay CPMP Contactor Condenser Pump, COND_PMP MBB-J2C-CH22

Pump #1 Interlock

Pump #2 Interlock

PMP_1

PMP_2 Switch Cooler Pump Run Status, PUMP MBB-J5C-CH18

I/O — Input or Output

LWT — Leaving Water Temperature

Table 4 — DIP Switch 1 (S1) Inputs

The CPM board DIP switch S2 setting determines the must

trip amps (MTA) setting. See Appendix D for DIP switch set-

tings. The MTA setting which is calculated using the settings

S2 must match the MTA setting in the software or an MTA

alarm will be generated.

See below for CPM board DIP switch S3 address informa-

tion. See Table 5 for CPM inputs and outputs.

DIP SWITCH POSITION FUNCTION SETTING MEANING

1Starter Configuration OFF Across-the-line Start

ON Wye-Delta Start

2, 3

Current Transformer (CT) Position OFF (2), OFF (3) CT is located in the main line

ON (2), OFF (3) CT is located in the Delta of the motor

OFF (2), ON (3) Reserved for future use

ON (2), ON (3) Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm

4, 5, 6

Current Transformer (CT) Selection OFF (4), OFF (5), OFF (6) 100A/1V CT1

ON (4), OFF (5), OFF (6) 100A/0.503V CT2

OFF (4), ON (5), OFF (6) 100A/0.16V CT3

ON (4), ON (5), OFF (6) Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm

OFF (4), OFF (5), ON (6) Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm

ON (4), OFF (5), ON (6) Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm

OFF (4), ON (5), ON (6) Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm

ON (4), ON (5), ON (6) Invalid; will cause MTA configuration alarm

7Contactor Failure Action OFF All units should be off

ON Used when Shunt Trip is available in the unit

8Not Used — —

CPM-A DIP Switch 3 1 2 3 4

Address: OFF OFF OFF OFF

CPM-B DIP Switch 3 1 2 3 4

Address: OFF OFF ON OFF

12345678

1234

102

151

102

101

100 K

620

561

151 151 151 151 151 151

151

561

J2 J11

11 12

J9 J10A J10B

24 VDC/OLL

HPS

LOADERSOLS MOTOR COOLING

OIL

PRESS

CH01 CH02 CH03CH04 SMT

MOT

TMP

RRR

S5S5

AUX

102

100 K

01 02

J12 J1

151

R20

102

– G +

3 2 1

– G +

3 2 1

100K

101

PRESS

ECO

SI0 STAT U S

CT1 CT2 CT3

151 151 151 151 151

561

151

(LEN)

MTA

DIP

SWITCH 3

(S3)

DIP

SWITCH 2

(S2)

DIP

SWITCH 1

(S1)

LOCATION OF

SERIAL NUMBER

STAT U S

SIO

(LEN)

Fig. 9 — Compressor Protection Module

a30-4215

Table 5 — Compressor Protection Module Inputs and Outputs*

*“X” denotes the circuit, A or B.

†See Appendix D for MTA settings.

DESCRIPTION INPUT/OUTPUT I/O TYPE DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME CONNECTION POINT

Pin Notation

Power (24 vac supply) —— —

CPM-X-J1

11 24 vac

12 Ground

Local Equipment Network —— —

CPM-X-JP12

1 RS485 Port (D+)

2 RS485 Port (Gnd)

3 RS485 Port (D-)

CPM-X-J12

1 RS485 Port (D+)

2 RS485 Port (Gnd)

3 RS485 Port (D-)

Circuit X High Pressure Switch HPS-X Switch Not available

CPM-X-J7-CH05

Oil Level Switch Oil LS X Switch Circuit X Oil Solenoid, OLS.X

CPM-X-J6-CH06

Must Trip Amps† MTA (S2) 8-Pin DIP Switch Must Trip Amps, MTA.X

Configuration Switch† S1 8-Pin DIP Switch S1 Config Switch, C.SW.X

Compressor X Motor Temperature MTR-X NTC Thermistor Motor Temperature, CTP.X

CPM-X-J9-CH01

Compressor X Discharge Gas Temperature DGT X NTC Thermistor Discharge Gas Temp, DGT.X

CPM-X-J9-CH02

Oil Pressure Transducer OPT X Pressure Transducer Oil Pressure, OP.X

CPM-X-J10B-CH04

5V + 5 vdc ref

S Signal

RReturn

Economizer Pressure Transducer

(sizes 175,200,350,400 only) EPT X Pressure Transducer Economizer Pressure, ECP.X

CPM-X-J10A

5V + 5 vdc ref

S Signal

RReturn

Compressor Current X Phase A Current Sensor CUR.A

CPM-X-J8-CH01

Compressor Current X Phase B Current Sensor CUR.B

CPM-X-J8-CH02

Compressor Current X Phase C Current Sensor CUR.C

CPM-X-J8-CH3

Compressor X 1M Contactor C X 1M Contactor Compressor Output, CP.X

CPM-X-J1-CH07

Compressor X 2M Contactor C X 2M Contactor Not available

CPM-X-J2-CH8

Compressor X S Contactor C X S Contactor Not available

CPM-X-J2-CH9

Oil Solenoid X Oil solenoid-X Solenoid Oil Solenoid Output, OLS.X

CPM-X-J2-CH12

Load Solenoid X Loading Solenoid-X Solenoid Slide Valve 1 Output, SL1.X CPM-X-J2-CH13

Unload Solenoid X Unloading Solenoid-X Solenoid Slide Valve 2 Output, SL2.X

CPM-X-J2-CH14

Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV) Board —

The 30XW150-325 units have one EXV board. The

30XW350,400 units have one EXV board per circuit. See

Fig. 10. The board is responsible for monitoring the suction gas

temperature and economizer gas temperature thermistors. The

board also signals the main EXV and economizer EXV

(ECEXV) motors to open or close. The electronic expansion

valve board responds to commands from the MBB and sends

the MBB the results of the channels it monitors via the LEN

(Local Equipment Network). See below for DIP switch infor-

mation. See Tables 6 and 7 for EXV inputs and outputs.

EXV BOARD 1

(150-400)

DIP SWITCH

123456 7 8

Address: ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON

EXV BOARD 2

(350,400)

DIP SWITCH

1 23456 7 8

Address: OFF ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON

12345678

100

257-01

712

100K

100

12345

321

-G+

12345

J2A EXVA J2B EXVB

24VAC

STATUS

MOV1

LOCATION OF

SERIAL NUMBER

4321

THA THB

C15

C16

Q2 Q1

12/11

C17

Q45

Q42Q37

Q35

Q25

Q27

Q30

Q20 Q22

Q17 Q15

Q12

Q10

C10

C11

C37C39

D15

C25

C49

L2 R2

R3 L3 D1

TEMP

D29 D9 D8

SI0

(LEN)

COMM J4

DIP

SWITCH

Fig. 10 — EXV Board

a30-4216

Table 6 — EXV1 Board Inputs and Outputs (30XW150-325)

Table 7 — EXV1,2 Board Inputs and Outputs* (30XW350,400)

*“X” denotes the circuit: 1 = Circuit A; 2 = Circuit B.

DESCRIPTION INPUT/OUTPUT I/O TYPE DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME CONNECTION POINT

Pin Notation

Power (24 vac supply) —— —

EXVA-J1

11 24 vac

12 Ground

Local Equipment Network —— —

EXVA-J4

1 RS485 Port (D+)

2 RS485 Port (Gnd)

3 RS485 Port (D–)

Circuit A Suction Gas Thermistor SGTA 5k Thermistor Compressor Suction Temp, SGT.A

EXVA-J3

Circuit B Suction Gas Thermistor SGTB 5k Thermistor Compressor Suction Temp, SGT.B

EXVA-J3

Circuit A EXV EXV-A Stepper Motor EXV Position, EXV.A

EXVA-J2A

Circuit B EXV

(size 325 only) EXV-B Stepper Motor EXV Position, EXV.B

EXVA-J2B

DESCRIPTION INPUT/OUTPUT I/O TYPE DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME CONNECTION POINT

Pin Notation

Power (24 vac supply) —— —

EXVX-J1

11 24 vac

12 Ground

Local Equipment Network —— —

EXVX-J4

1 RS485 Port (D+)

2 RS485 Port (Gnd)

3 RS485 Port (D–)

Circuit X Suction Gas Thermistor SGT X 5k Thermistor Compressor Suction Temp, SGT.X

EXVX-J3

Circuit X Economizer Gas Thermistor ECT X 5k Thermistor Economizer Gas Temp, ECT.X

EXVX-J3

Circuit X EXV EXV-X Stepper Motor EXV Position, EXV.X

EXVX-J2A

Circuit X Economizer EXV ECEXV-X Stepper Motor Cir X Economizer EXV Pos, ECO.X

EXVX-J2A

MLV/Condenser Board — One auxiliary board is op-

tionally installed in each unit. See Fig. 11. The auxiliary board

contains an analog output for head pressure control and dis-

crete outputs for minimum load control. The auxiliary board

responds to commands from the MBB and sends the MBB the

results of the channels it monitors via the Local Equipment

Network (LEN). See below for auxiliary board A, B and C DIP

switch addresses. See Table 8 for inputs and outputs.

Table 8 — Auxiliary Board Outputs

AUX BOARD

DIP SWITCH 123 45678

Address: OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF

DESCRIPTION INPUT/OUTPUT I/O TYPE DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME CONNECTION POINT

Pin Notation

Power (24 vac supply) —— —

AUX-J1

11 24 vac

12 Ground

Local Equipment Network —— —

AUX-J9

+ RS485 Port (D+)

G RS485 Port (Gnd)

-RS485 Port (D-)

+ RS485 Port (D+)

G RS485 Port (Gnd)

-RS485 Port (D-)

Condenser Head Pressure Control

Speed Signal HD_A 0-10 VDC Head Press Actuator Pos, SPD.A

AUX-CH9

+ Signal

- Ground

Minimum Load Valve A MLV-A Solenoid Minimum Load Valve Circuit A, MLV.A AUX-J2-CH3

Minimum Load Valve B MLV-B Solenoid Minimum Load Valve Circuit B, MLV.B AUX-J2-CH4

12345678

100K

CH1 CH2 CH3CH4 CH5 CH6 CH7 CH8

TR1 TR2 TR3TR4 TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8

STAT U S SIO (LEN)

LOCATION OF

SERIAL NUMBER

24 VAC

CH13CH14

CH9 CH10 CH11 CH12

JP2

C61

CH13

D12 JP1

U21

Q5 Y1

Q10

Q11

U10

Q12

Q60

3 2 1

– G +

3 2 1

– G +

DIP SWITCH

Fig. 11 — Auxiliary Board with Optional Minimum Load Control or Head Pressure Control

a30-4046

Enable-Off-Remote Contact Switch (SW1) —

This switch is installed in all units and provides the owner and

service person with a local means of enabling or disabling the

machine. It is a 3-position switch and it is used to control the

chiller. When switched to the Enable position, the chiller will

be under its own control. When switched to the Off position,

the chiller will shut down. When switched to the Remote Con-

tact position, a field-installed dry contact can be used to start

the chiller. The contacts must be capable of handling a 24-vac,

50-mA load. In the Enable and Remote Contact (dry contacts

closed) positions, the chiller is allowed to operate and respond

to the scheduling configuration, CCN configuration, and set

point data.

For units with a Touch Pilot™ display, the position of the

Enable/Off/Remote contact switch is ignored except when the

Remote Mode operating type is selected. Refer to the Machine

Control Methods section on page 20 for more details.

Emergency On/Off Switch (SW2) — This switch is

installed in all units. The Emergency On/Off switch should

only be used when it is required to shut the chiller off immedi-

ately. Power to all modules is interrupted when this switch is

off and all outputs from these modules will be turned off.

Energy Management Module (EMM) — The EMM

is available as a factory-installed option or as a field-installed

accessory. See Fig. 12. The EMM receives 4 to 20 mA inputs

for the temperature reset, cooling set point and demand limit

functions. The EMM also receives the switch inputs for the

field-installed second stage 2-step demand limit and ice done

functions. The EMM communicates the status of all inputs

with the MBB, and the MBB adjusts the control point, capacity

limit, and other functions according to the inputs received. See

Table 9.

CAUTION

Care should be taken when interfacing with other manufac-

turer’s control systems due to possible power supply differ-

ences, full wave bridge versus half wave rectification,

which could lead to equipment damage. The two different

power supplies cannot be mixed. ComfortLink™ controls

use half wave rectification. A signal isolation device should

be utilized if incorporating a full wave bridge rectifier sig-

nal generating device is used.

Fig. 12 — Energy Management Module

221

100K

17 CH

CH CH

18CH

19 CH

20 CH

21 CH

24 VAC

12 11

11bCH

12 CH

13CH

14 CH

15 CH

1CH

2CH

3CH

4CH 5 CH 6 CH 7

SIO LEN

+ G - + G -

SIO LEN

J7B

J7A

J4J3J2B

J2A

J9A

J9B

a30-4911

Table 9 — Energy Management Module (EMM) Inputs and Outputs

* A field-supplied 1/2 watt 250 ohm resistor is required across terminals TB6-1,2 (CH6) and/or TB6-3, 4 (CH5).

Local Equipment Network — Information is trans-

mitted between modules via a 3-wire communication bus or

LEN (Local Equipment Network). External connection to the

LEN bus is made at TB3.

Board Addresses — All boards (except the Main Base

Board and Energy Management Module Board) have

8-position DIP switches.

Touch Pilot™ Display — The Touch Pilot display port

connections are shown in Table 10. Wiring is shown in Fig. 13.

Control Module Communication

RED LED — Proper operation of the control boards can be

visually checked by looking at the red status LEDs (light-

emitting diodes). When operating correctly, the red status

LEDs will blink in unison at a rate of once every 2 seconds. If

the red LEDs are not blinking in unison, verify that correct

power is being supplied to all modules. Be sure that the Main

Base Board (MBB) is supplied with the current software. If

necessary, reload current software. If the problem still persists,

replace the MBB. A red LED that is lit continuously or blink-

ing at a rate of once per second or faster indicates that the board

should be replaced.

GREEN LED — All boards have a green LEN (SIO) LED

which should be blinking whenever power is on. If the LEDs

are not blinking as described check LEN connections for

potential communication errors at the board connectors. See

input/output Tables 3-10 for LEN connector designations. A

3-wire bus accomplishes communication between modules.

These 3 wires run in parallel from module to module. The J9A

connector on the MBB provides communication directly to the

Navigator™ display module.

YELLOW LED — The MBB has one yellow LED. The

Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) LED will blink during times

of network communication.

Table 10 — Touch Pilot™ Display Port

Connections

INPUT/OUTPUT DESCRIPTION I/O TYPE DISPLAY MODULE POINT NAME CONNECTION POINT

4-20 mA Demand Limit 4-20 mA Demand Limit 4-20 mA* Limit 4-20 mA Signal, DMD EMM-J7B-CH6

4-20 mA Temperature

Reset/Cooling Setpoint

4-20 mA Temperature Reset/

Cooling Set point

4-20 mA* Reset/Setpnt 4-20 mA Signal, RSET EMM-J7A-CH5

Demand Limit SW2 Demand Limit Step 2 Switch Input Switch Limit Setpoint 2, DLS2 EMM-J4-CH9

Ice Done Ice Done Switch Switch Input Ice Done Storage Switch, ICE.D EMM-J4-CH11A

Occupancy Override Occupied Schedule Override Switch Input Occupied Override Switch, OCCS EMM-J4-CH8

Remote Lockout Switch Chiller Lockout Switch Input Remote Interlock Switch, RLOC EMM-J4-CH10

SPT Space Temperature Thermistor 10k Thermistor Optional Space Temp, SPT EMM-J6-CH2

% Total Capacity Percent Total Capacity Output 0-10 vdc Chiller Capacity Signal, CATO EMM-J8-CH7

RUN R Run Relay Relay Running Status, RUN EMM-J3-CH25

SHD R Shutdown Relay Relay Shutdown Indicator State, SHUT EMM-J3-CH24

CA_S Run Status for Circuit A Relay Compressor A Run Status, Q_RUN_A EMM-J2A-CH17

CB_S Run Status for Circuit B Relay Compressor B Run Status, Q_RUN_B EMM-J2A-CH18

CONNECTOR PIN FUNCTION

J1 (Power)

124VAC +

224VAC -

3 Earth Ground

J2 (COM1)

1 RS485 Port (D+)

2 RS485 Port (GND)

3 RS485 Port (D-)

J3 (RJ11)

124VAC (+)

2 RS485 Port (D+)

3 RS485 Port (GND)

4 Unused (no connect)

5 RS485 Port (D-)

624VAC(-)

Fig. 13 — Touch Pilot™ Display Wiring

Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) Interface —

All 30XW units can be connected to a CCN system, if desired.

The communication bus wiring is a shielded, 3-conductor cable

with drain wire and is field supplied and installed. The system

elements are connected to the communication bus in a daisy

chain arrangement. The positive pin of each system element

communication connector must be wired to the positive pins of

the system elements on either side of it. The negative and sig-

nal ground pins of each system element must also be wired in

the same manner. Wiring connections for CCN should be made

at TB3. Consult the CCN Contractor’s Manual for further in-

formation. See Fig. 14.

NOTE: Conductors and drain wire must be 20 AWG (Ameri-

can Wire Gage) minimum stranded, tinned copper. Individual

conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/nylon, vinyl,

Teflon, or polyethylene. An aluminum/polyester 100% foil

shield and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon, chrome vinyl,

or Teflon with a minimum operating temperature range of

–20 C to 60 C is required. See Table 11 for recommended wire

manufacturers and part numbers.

Table 11 — CCN Communication Bus Wiring

It is important when connecting to a CCN communication

bus that a color-coding scheme be used for the entire network

to simplify the installation. It is recommended that red be used

for the signal positive, black for the signal negative, and white

for the signal ground. Use a similar scheme for cables contain-

ing different colored wires.

At each system element, the shields of its communication

bus cables must be tied together. If the communication bus is

entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield

must be connected to a ground at one point only. If the commu-

nication bus cable exits from one building and enters another,

the shields must be connected to grounds at the lightning

suppressor in each building where the cable enters or exits the

building (one point per building only). To connect the unit to

the network:

1. Turn off power to the control box.

2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white

(ground), and black (–) conductors. (Substitute appropri-

ate colors for different colored cables.)

3. Connect the red wire to (+) terminal on TB3 of the plug,

the white wire to COM terminal, and the black wire to the

(–) terminal.

4. The RJ14 CCN connector on TB3 can also be used, but is

only intended for temporary connection (for example, a

laptop computer running Service Tool).

Remote Alarm and Alert Relays — The 30XW

chiller can be equipped with a remote alert and remote alarm

annunciator contacts. Both relays connected to these contacts

must be rated for a maximum power draw of 10 va sealed,

25 va inrush at 24 volts. The alarm relay, indicating that the

complete unit has been shut down, can be connected to TB5-12

and TB5-13. Refer to unit wiring diagrams. For an alert relay,

indicating that at least 1 circuit is off due to the alert, a field-

supplied and installed relay must be connected between MBB-

J3-CH25-3 and TB5-13. The action of the alarm and alert re-

lays can be reversed from normally open to normally closed by

using the Reverse Alarms Relay configuration (Reverse

Alarms Relay, RV.AL).

CONFIGURATION

Touch Pilot™ Operation Configuration

Tables — The Touch Pilot display operation is controlled by

configuration information entered in the following configura-

tion tables. These tables are accessible by using Network Ser-

vice Tool or ComfortVIEW™ software. The tables are the

CtrlID (Controller Identification) configuration table and the

USERCONF (User Configuration) table. See Tables 12 and 13.

NOTE: Always perform an Upload to obtain the latest config-

uration before making configuration table changes.

MANUFACTURER PART NU MB ER

Regular Wiring Plenum Wiring

Alpha 1895 —

American A21451 A48301

Belden 8205 884421

Columbia D6451 —

Manhattan M13402 M64430

Quabik 6130 —

IMPORTANT: A shorted CCN bus cable will prevent

some routines from running and may prevent the unit

from starting. If abnormal conditions occur, discon-

nect the CCN bus. If conditions return to normal,

check the CCN connector and cable. Run new cable if

necessary. A short in one section of the bus can cause

problems with all system elements on the bus.

Fig. 14 — ComfortLink™ CCN Communication Wiring

(+) (COM) (-) SHIELD

CCN

RED

WHT

BLK

CCNLEN

(+) (COM) (-) SHIELD

CCN

RED

WHT

BLK

CCNLEN

TO NEXT

DEVICE

(+) (COM) (-) SHIELD

CCN

RED

WHT

BLK

CCN

LEN

SHIELD

LEGEND

CCN — Carrier Comfort Network®

LEN — Local Equipment Network

a30-4706

Table 12 — Touch Pilot Controller Identification Configuration Table

Table 13 — Touch Pilot™ User Configuration (USERCONF) Table

BACKLIGHT ALWAYS ON? — This configuration is used

to keep the backlight on continuously or to turn it off after 60

seconds with no activity.

Allowable Entries: No/Yes (No=0 or Yes=1)

Default Value: No

FULL ACCESS PASSWORD — This configuration is used

to specify the full access password. Refer to Table 1, Setup

Menu, for additional information on passwords.

Allowable Entries: 0 through 9999

Default Value: 3333

CONTROLLER ID DATA BLOCK NO. VALUE AND RANGE QUALIFIERS

Device Name 1CHILLDSP

8 character Name field

Default

Optional

Local address 2 115 Default

Bus number 2 0 Default

Device (driver) type 20 = Non-bridge

3 = Broadcast Acknowledger

Default

Optional

Primary baud rate 3 38400 Default

Secondary baud rate 3 38400 Fixed

Device description 4Global Chiller Display

24 character text field

Default

Optional

Device location 4(Blank)

24 character text field

Default

Optional

Software part number 4 CESR-131363-01 Fixed

Model number 4 (Blank) Fixed

Serial number 4 (Blank) Fixed

Reference number 4 Version 1.0 Fixed

Broadcast address processing list (primary) 5241-251, 254, 255 enabled

241-255 enabled/disabled

Defaults

Optional

Broadcast address processing list (secondary) 5 none Not applicable

DESCRIPTION LIMITS UNITS NAME DEFAULT

Backlight always on? No

Ye s BACKLITE No

Full access password 0

9999 PSWDFULL 3333

Limited access password 0

9999 PSWDLMTD 2222

Active language 0

1 ACTLANG 0

Time format 0

1TIMEFMT 0

Date format 0

2DATEFMT 0

Units base US

Metric UNITBASE US

Contrast control Manual

Auto CONTRAST Auto

Network mode 0

1NETWORK 0

Network settings

Alarm acknowledger No

Ye s ALARMACK No

Broadcast acknowledger No

Ye s BROADACK No

Equipment CCN address

Bus number 0

239 EQUIPBUS 0

Element number 1

239 EQUIPELE 1

Control variables

Equipment status (Not Used) Name

char 8 EQSTATUS NOT USED

Equipment start/stop (Not Used) Name

char 8 STARSTOP NOT USED

Alarm status (Not Used) Name

char 8 ALSTATUS NOT USED

Alarm reset (Not Used) Name

char 8 ALRESET NOT USED

LIMITED ACCESS PANEL — This configuration is used to

specify the limited access password.

Allowable Entries: 0 through 9999

Default Value: 2222

ACTIVE LANGUAGE — This configuration is used to spec-

ify the display’s active language. All translatable text will be

displayed in this language.

Allowable Entries: 0 (English), 1 (alternate, installed by user)

Default Value: 0

TIME FORMAT — This configuration is used to specify the

format for display of time.

Allowable Entries: 0 = H:MM AM/PM without leading zero

1 = HH:MM with leading zero when

necessary

Default Value: 0

DATE FORMAT — This configuration is used to specify the

format for display of date.

Allowable Entries: 0 = MM-DD-YYYY with leading zero

when necessary

1 = DD-MM-YYYY with leading zero

when necessary

2 = YYYY-MM-DD

Default Value: 0

UNITS BASE — This configuration is used to specify the for-

mat of the units of measure.

Allowable Entries: U.S.

Metric

Default Value: U.S.

CONTRAST CONTROL — This configuration is used to en-

able or disable the display’s auto contrast adjustment feature.

When enabled, the display’s contrast will be automatically ad-

justed as required, based on temperature.

Allowable Entries: Manual

(Auto Contrast Adjustment Disabled)

Auto

(Auto Contrast Adjustment Enabled)

Default Value: Auto

NETWORK MODE — This configuration is used to set the

display’s operating mode. For additional information on oper-

ating mode, refer to Display in the Table Setup Menu. This de-

cision will be ignored and the mode will default to Equipment

when the display is connected to a device (the LEN Bus).

NOTE: A power cycle is required for this decision to take

effect.

Allowable Entries: Disable = Equipment Mode

Enable = Network Mode

Default Value: Disable

ALARM ACKNOWLEDGER — This configuration is used

to specify whether the Touch Pilot™ display will act as the

alarm acknowledger for the CCN. There can be only one alarm

acknowledger per CCN. Therefore, if another CCN device

such as ComfortVIEW™ software, the Autodial Gateway or

TeLINK is already set as the alarm acknowledger for the CCN

network then this decision should be set to No.

NOTE: The display must be in Network mode and connected

to the primary CCN bus and this decision set to Yes for alarm

acknowledgement to be enabled.

Allowable Entries: No

Yes

Default Value: No

BROADCAST ACKNOWLEDGER — This configuration

is used to indicate whether the Touch Pilot display will act as

the broadcast acknowledger for its CCN bus. There can be only

one broadcast acknowledger per CCN bus.

NOTE: The display must be in Network mode and this deci-

sion set to Yes for broadcast acknowledgement to be enabled.

Allowable Entries: No

Yes

Default Value: 0

EQUIPMENT CCN ADDRESS — When in equipment

mode (USERCONF Table’s Network Mode decision is set to

Disable), the Bus Number and Element Number decisions are

used to specify the CCN address of the piece of equipment to

communicate with. An Attach or power cycle must be

performed for changes to take effect. These decisions will be

ignored when the display is connected to the LEN bus or in

Network mode. In Network mode, specify the bus and element

number of the equipment communicate with using the dis-

play’s Attach function.

NOTE: In Network mode, these configurations will be over-

written with the default device address if it is changed through

the Attach process.

BUS NUMBER — This configuration is used to specify the

Equipment Controller bus number.

Allowable Entries: 0 through 239

Default Value: 0

ELEMENT NUMBER — This configuration is used to speci-

fy the Equipment Controller element number.

Allowable Entries: 1 through 239

Default Value: 1

Machine Control Methods — Three variables con-

trol how the machine operates. These variables control the

On-Off function, set point operation, and Heat-Cool operation.

Machine On/Off Control — Machine On/Off control

depends on which interface display is used. The control is dif-

ferent for Touch Pilot™ or Navigator™ displays. Select the

correct configuration procedure below based on which inter-

face is being used.

TOUCH PILOT MACHINE CONTROL — Machine On/Off

control is determined locally by pushing the Start/Stop button

on the Touch Pilot display. Pressing this button will cause the

Equipment Start screen to be displayed. See Fig. 15.

Fig. 15 — Equipment Start Screen

Table 14 summarizes the unit control type and stop or go

status with regard to the following parameters:

• Operating type: this is selected by using the start/stop button

on the front of the user interface.

• Remote start/stop contacts: these contacts are used when the

unit is in remote operating type (Remote mode).

• CHIL_S_S: this network command variable relates to the

chiller start/stop when the unit is in CCN control (CCN

mode). When this variable forced to Disable, then the unit is

stopped. When this variable is forced to Enable, then the

unit runs in accordance with schedule 1.

• Start/Stop schedule: occupied or unoccupied status of the

unit as determined by the chiller start/stop program (Sched-

ule 1).

• Master control type: This parameter is used when the unit is

the master unit in a two chiller lead/lag arrangement. The

master control type determines whether the unit is to be

controlled locally, remotely or through CCN (this parameter

is a Service configuration).

• CCN emergency shutdown: if this CCN command is acti-

vated, it shuts the unit down whatever the active operating

type.

• General alarm: the unit is totally stopped due to failure.

Local Mode — To start the machine in local mode, press the

Start/Stop button on the Touch Pilot display. The Equipment

Start screen will be displayed. Select Local On. The control

will ignore the position of Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch

and all CCN network force commands, except an Emergency

Stop Command. The Run Status variable, indicating the cur-

rent status of the machine, will change to RUNNING, DELAY

or READY. The Chiller Occupied? variable will change to

YES. The Control Type variable indicates the type of control.

For this configuration, Control Type will be Local. The Oper-

ating Type variable will change to L-On (Local On).

Local Schedule — To start the machine with a local schedule,

press the Start/Stop button on the Touch Pilot display. The

Equipment Start screen will be displayed. Select Local Sched-

ule. The unit will start and stop according to the schedule de-

fined in the Time Schedule menu. Two Internal Time Sched-

ules are available and must be field programmed. Time

Schedule 1 is used for single set point On-Off control. Time

Schedule 2 is used for Dual Set Point/Occupied-Unoccu-

pied set point control. The control will ignore the position of

Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch and all CCN network force

commands, except the Emergency Stop Command.

The Run Status variable will indicate the current status of

the machine — OFF, RUNNING, DELAY, or READY. The

Chiller Occupied? variable will indicate the occupied state of

the machine according to Time Schedule 1 and will be either

YES (occupied) or NO (unoccupied). The Control Type vari-

able will indicate the type of control. For this configuration,

Control Type will be Local. The Operating Type variable

will change to L-Sched (Local Schedule).

The schedules consist of 8 user-configurable occupied time

periods. The control supports time schedules for local control,

remote control, and ice building. These time periods can be

flagged to be in effect or not in effect on each day of the week.

The day begins at 00.00 and ends at 24.00. The machine will be

in unoccupied mode unless a scheduled time period is in effect.

If an occupied period extends past midnight, the occupied

period will automatically end at 24:00 hours (midnight) and the

new occupied period must be programmed to begin at 00:00

hours.

In the following example, the occupied period starts at 6:00

AM, Monday through Friday and 10:00 AM on Saturday and

Sunday. The occupied time ends at 6:30 PM on Monday

through Friday and 2:00 PM on Saturday and Sunday. See

Fig. 16.

NOTE: This schedule was designed to illustrate the program-

ming of the schedule function and is not intended as a

recommended schedule for chiller operation.

If the chiller is to be controlled to a single set point, use

Schedule 1 (OCCPC01S). This will start and stop the machine.

During the unoccupied times, the chiller will be off. If the chill-

er is to be controlled to 2 set points, occupied and unoccupied,

use Schedule 2 (OCCPC02S). This will cause the chiller to

control to an occupied set point and an unoccupied set point.

The machine will be able to provide cooling at any time.

To configure this option on the Touch Pilot™ display see

Table 15.

Table 14 — Touch Pilot™ Start/Stop Control

ACTIVE OPERATING TYPE PARAMETER STATUS

CONTROL

TYPE

UNIT

STATUS

Local

Schedule

Remote

Mode

CCN

Mode

Master

Mode

CHIL_S_S

Variable

Remote

Start/Stop

Contact

Master Unit

Control Type

Start/Stop

Schedule

Mode

CCN

Emergency

Shutdown

General

Alarm

-- - - - - - - - - Active - - Off

-- - - - - - - - - - Yes - Off

Active - - - - - - - - - - - Local Off

- - Active - - - - - - Unoccupied - - Local Off

- - - Active - - - Off - - - - Remote Off

- - - Active - - - - - Unoccupied - - Remote Off

- - - - Active - Off - - - - - CCN Off

- - - - Active - - - - - - - CCN Off

- - - - - Active - - Local Unoccupied - - Local Off

- - - - - Active - Off Remote - - - Remote Off

- - - - - Active - - Remote Unoccupied - - Remote Off

- - - - - Active Off - CCN - - - CCN Off

- - - - - Active - - CCN Unoccupied - - CCN Off

- Active - - - - - - - - Disabled No Local On

- - Active - - - - - - Occupied Disabled No Local On

- - - Active - - - On Cool - Occupied Disabled No Remote On

- - - - Active - On - - Occupied Disabled No CCN On

- - - - - Active - - Local Occupied Disabled No Local On

- - - - - Active - On Cool Remote Occupied Disabled No Remote On

- - - - - Active On - CCN Occupied Disabled No CCN On

Table 15 — Configuring the Schedule with

Touch Pilot Display

Holiday Schedule — For the Touch Pilot display, the control

allows up to 16 holiday periods. All holidays are entered with

numerical values. To configure, first change the month (Holi-

day Start Month), then the day (Holiday Start Day), then the

duration (Holiday Duration) of the holiday period in days. If a

holiday in included in one of the Occupied Time Periods of the

schedule, the machine will follow that operating condition for

the holiday. In the following examples, the holidays July 4 and

December 25-26 are programmed for Holiday 1 and Holiday 2,

respectively. To configure these holidays with the Touch Pilot

display, see Table 16. To configure Holidays with the Naviga-

tor display, check the H (holiday) schedule on the Schedule

screen and program in the desired occupied times. See Fig. 16.

Table 16 — Programming Holiday Schedules with

Touch Pilot Display

Timed Override — With the Touch Pilot display only, each

time schedule can be overridden to keep the chiller in an

Occupied mode (Timed Override Hours) for 1, 2, 3 or 4 hours

on a one-time basis. To configure this option for the Touch

Pilot display:

If configured for a timed override, the override can be can-

celled by changing the Timed Override Hours to 0.

CCN Global Time Schedule — A CCN global schedule can

be used if desired. The schedule number can be set anywhere

from 65 to 99 for operation under a CCN global schedule. The

30XW chillers can be configured to follow a CCN Global

Time Schedule broadcast by another system element. The

ComfortVIEW™ Network Manager’s Configure and Modify

commands or the Service Tool’s Modify/Names function must

be used to change the number of the Occupancy Equipment

Part Table Name (OCC1P01E) to the Global Schedule Num-

ber. The Schedule Number can be set from 65 to 99

(OCC1P65E to OCC1P99E).

The Occupancy Supervisory Part table name (OCC1P01S)

number must be changed to configure the unit to broadcast a

Global Time Schedule. The Schedule Number can be set from

65 to 99 (OCC1P65S to OCC1P99S). When OCC1PxxS is set

to a value greater than 64, an occupancy flag is broadcast over

the CCN every time it transitions from occupied to unoccupied

or vice-versa. By configuring their appropriate Time Schedule

decisions to the same number, other devices on the network can

follow this same schedule. The Enable/Off/Remote Contact

must be in the Enable position or the Remote Contact position

with the contacts closed for the unit to operate. The Unit Run

Status (STAT) will indicate the current status of the machine

(OFF, RUNNING, STOPPING or DELAY), depending on the

schedule. The unit Occupied status (OCC) will indicate the

current occupied schedule according to the schedule, either NO

or YES. The Status Unit Control Type (CTRL) will be LOCAL

OFF when the switch is Off. The Status Unit Control Type will

be CCN when the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch input is

On.

Refer to Appendix F for more detailed instructions regard-

ing global schedules and the i-Vu® device.

CCN Mode — To allow machine control by CCN commands,

press the Start/Stop button on the Touch Pilot™ display. The

Equipment Start screen will be displayed. Select CCN Mode.

The unit will be controlled by a CCN command to the CCN

Chiller Start/Stop variable. An external CCN device, such as

Chillervisor, controls the On/Off state of the machine. When

controlled by a Chillervisor, it is recommended that the Auto

Start When SM Lost configuration be set to Yes. In the event

of a loss of communication with the network, the machine will

start and be controlled locally.

Careful evaluation of chilled water plant control should be

reviewed. In the event local control is established, be sure that

all pumps, valves, and other devices are capable of operating

properly. The control will ignore the position of Enable/Off/

Remote Contact switch. The Run Status variable will indicate

the current status of the machine — OFF, RUNNING, DELAY,

or READY. The Control Type variable will change to CCN.

The Operating Type variable will change to CCN.

For dual chiller control applications, the slave chiller must

be enabled using the CCN Mode button.

Remote Mode — To allow machine to start and stop via a

remote contact closure, press the Start/Stop button on the

Touch Pilot display. The Equipment Start screen will be dis-

played. Select Remote Mode. The unit will be controlled by the

Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch (SW1). Switching the En-

able/Off/Remote Contact switch to the Enable or Remote

Contact position (external contacts closed) will force the unit

into an occupied state. In this mode, all CCN network force

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Period 1 DOW (MTWTFSSH)

Config\

OCCDEFCS\

OCC1P01S

or OCC1P02S

2 10000000

Occupied from 3 00:00

Occupied to 4 03:00

Period 2 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 5 11000000

Occupied from 6 07:00

Occupied to 7 18:00

Period 3 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 8 00100000

Occupied from 9 07:00

Occupied to 10 21:30

Period 4 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 11 00011000

Occupied from 12 07:00

Occupied to 13 17:00

Period 5 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 14 00000100

Occupied from 15 07:00

Occupied to 16 12:00

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Holiday Start Month

Config\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01

Start Day 24

Duration (days) 31

Holiday Start Month

Config\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_02

112

Start Day 225

Duration (days) 32

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Timed Override

Hours

Config\OCCDEFCS\

OCC1P01S or OCC1P02S 1Range: 0 to 4

Default: 0

Fig. 16 — Chiller Schedule Screen

commands, except the Emergency Stop Command will be

ignored. The Run Status variable will indicate the current sta-

tus of the machine (OFF, RUNNING, DELAY, or READY),

depending on the position of the Remote/Off/Enable Switch

closure. The Chiller Occupied? variable will change to YES.

The Control Type variable will change to Remote. The Oper-

ating Type variable will change to Remote.

Master Mode — To activate Dual Chiller Control, each ma-

chine must be individually configured for Dual Chiller Control.

To operate the machines in Dual Chiller Mode, one machine

must be designated as the master unit and one machine as the

slave unit. On the master unit, press the Start/Stop button on the

Touch Pilot display. The Equipment Start screen will be dis-

played. Select Master Mode. Failure to start the Master unit in

this manner will cause both machines to operate in local mode.

The Master Unit Control can be done locally, remotely or

through CCN commands per the master/slave configuration

(Master Control Type). The control will ignore the position of

Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch if the Master Control

Type is configured for Local Control or CCN Control. The

Run Status variable, Chiller Occupied? variable, and Con-

trol Type variable will change based on the Master Control

Type configured above and the Machine On/Off Control de-

fined above. The Operating Type variable will change to

Master.

To Turn Machine Off — To turn the machine off, press the

Start/Stop button on the Touch Pilot display. See Fig. 17. The

machine will shut down. While the unit is in Local Off, it will

remain shut down and ignore all CCN commands as well as

the position of Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch. The Run

Status variable, indicating the current status of the machine,

will change to OFF. The Chiller Occupied? variable will

change to NO. The Control Type variable will indicate

Local. The Operating Type variable will change to L-OFF

(Local Off).

NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY MACHINE CONTROL — Ma-

chine On/Off control with the Navigator display is determined

by the configuration of the Operating Type Control (OPER).

Options to control the machine locally via a switch, from a lo-

cal Time Schedule, or via a Carrier Comfort Network® com-

mand are offered. See Table 17.

The schedules consist of 8 user-configurable occupied time

periods. The control supports time schedules for local control,

remote control, and ice building. These time periods can be

flagged to be in effect or not in effect on each day of the week.

The day begins at 00.00 and ends at 24.00. The machine is in

unoccupied mode unless a scheduled time period is in effect. If

an occupied period is to extend past midnight, the occupied

period must end at 24:00 hours (midnight) and a new occupied

period must be programmed to begin at 00:00 hours.

In the following example, a early morning pulldown time

period is scheduled for Monday morning from 12:00 AM to

3:00 AM. The occupied period starts at 7:00 AM, Monday

through Saturday. The occupied time ends at 6:00 PM on Mon-

day and Tuesday, 9:30 PM on Wednesday, 5:00 PM on Thurs-

day and Friday, and 12:00 PM on Saturday.

NOTE: This schedule was designed to illustrate the program-

ming of the schedule function and is not intended as a recom-

mended schedule for chiller operation.

Switch Control — In the Switch Control operating type, the

Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch controls the machine local-

ly. All models are factory configured with Operating Type

Control (OPER) set to SWITCH CTRL (Switch Control).

With SWITCH CTRL, switching the Enable/Off/Remote

Contact switch to the Enable or Remote Contact position (ex-

ternal contacts closed) will put the chiller in an occupied state.

The Unit Run Status (STAT) will indicate the current status of

the machine and will change from OFF to RUNNING or

DELAY. The unit Occupied Status (OCC) will change from

NO to YES. The Status Unit Control Type (CTRL) will change

from LOCAL OFF when the switch is Off to LOCAL ON

when in the Enable position or in the Remote Contact position

with external contacts closed.

Table 17 — Navigator Start/Stop Control

Fig. 17 — Equipment Stop Screen

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

OPER Operating Control

Ty p e

Operating

Modes SLCT OPER

SWITCH

CTRL



CONTROL

METHOD

(OPER)

ACTIVE

OPERATING

TYPE

REMOTE/OFF/ENABLE

SWITCH

REMOTE ON/OFF

SWITCH TIME SCHEDULE 1

CCN CHILLER

START/STOP

(CHIL_S_S)

EMERGENCY

STOP

(EMSTOP)

ALARM

REMOTE

LOCKOUT

SWITCH

UNIT

STATUS

All Local Off

Off — — — — — —Off

Remote Open — — — — — Off

————Enable——Off

—————Yes—Off

— — — — — — Closed Off

Switch

Control Local On Enable — — — Disable — — On

Remote Closed — — Disable — — On

Time

Schedule

Local

Schedule

Enable — Occupied — Disable — — On

Remote Closed Occupied — Disable — — On

— — Unoccupied — Disable — — Off

CCN

Control CCN

Remote Closed — Enable Disable — — On

Remote Closed — Disable Disable — — Off

Enable — — Enable Disable — — On

Enable — — Disable Disable — — Off

Time Schedule — With Time Schedule Operating Type con-

trol, the machine operates under a local schedule programmed

by the user as long as the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch is

in the Enable or Remote Contact position (external contacts

closed). To operate under this Operating Type Control (OPER)

must be set to TIME SCHED (Time Schedule). Two Internal

Time Schedules are available and must be field programmed.

Time Schedule 1 (SCH1) is used for single set point On-Off

control. Time Schedule 2 (SCH2) is used for dual set point

On-Off and Occupied-Unoccupied set point control. The

control will use the operating schedules as defined under the

Time Clock mode in the Navigator display module.

If the chiller is to be controlled to a single set point, use

Schedule 1 (SCH1). This type of schedule will start and stop

the machine only. During the unoccupied times, the chiller will

be off. If the chiller is to be controlled to 2 set points, occupied

and unoccupied, use Schedule 2 (SCH2). This will cause the

chiller to control to an occupied set point and an unoccupied set

point. The machine will be able to provide cooling at any time.

To configure this option while using the Navigator™ dis-

play, see Table 18.

Holiday Schedule — The unit control allows up to 16 holiday

periods. All holidays are entered with numerical values. First

enter the month (MON.x), then the day (DAY.x), then the

duration (DUR.x) of the holiday period in days. If a holiday in

included in one of the Occupied Time Periods of the schedule,

the machine will follow that operating condition for the

holiday. In the following examples, the holidays July 4 and

December 25-26 are programmed for Holiday 1 and Holiday 2

respectively.

To configure this option for the Navigator display, see

Table 19.

CCN Global Time Schedule — A CCN global schedule can

be used if desired. The schedule number can be set anywhere

from 65 to 99 for operation under a CCN global schedule. The

30XW chillers can be configured to follow a CCN Global

Time Schedule broadcast by another system element. The

ComfortVIEW™ Network Manager’s Configure and Modify

commands or the Service Tool’s Modify/Names function must

be used to change the number of the Occupancy Equipment

Part Table Name (OCC1P01E) to the Global Schedule Num-

ber. The Schedule Number can be set from 65 to 99

(OCC1P65E to OCC1P99E).

The Occupancy Supervisory Part table name (OCC1P01S)

number must be changed to configure the unit to broadcast a

Global Time Schedule. The Schedule Number can be set from

65 to 99 (OCC1P65S to OCC1P99S). When OCC1PxxS is set

to a value greater than 64, an occupancy flag is broadcast over

the CCN every time it transitions from occupied to unoccupied

or vice-versa. By configuring their appropriate Time Schedule

decisions to the same number, other devices on the network can

follow this same schedule. The Enable/Off/Remote Contact

must be in the Enable position or the Remote Contact position

with the contacts closed for the unit to operate. The Unit Run

Status (STAT) will indicate the current status of the machine

(OFF, RUNNING, STOPPING or DELAY), depending on the

schedule. The unit Occupied status (OCC) will indicate the

current occupied schedule according to the schedule, either NO

or YES. The Status Unit Control Type (CTRL) will be LOCAL

OFF when the switch is Off. The Status Unit Control Type will

be CCN when the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch input is

On.

Refer to Appendix F for more detailed instructions regard-

ing global schedules and the i-Vu® device.

Table 18 — Configuring Schedules with

Navigator™ Display

Table 19 — Configuring Holiday Schedules

for Navigator Display

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

OPER Operating Control

Type

Operating

Modes SLCT OPER

TIME

SCHED



ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

OCC.1 Occupied Time

Time

Clock SCH1 PER.1

or Time

Clock SCH2 PER.1

00:00

UNO.1 Unoccupied Time 03:00

MON.1 Monday Select Yes

TUE.1 Tuesday Select No

WED.1 Wednesday Select No

THU.1 Thursday Select No

FRI.1 Friday Select No

SAT.1 Saturday Select No

SUN.1 Sunday Select No

HOL.1 Holiday Select No

OCC.2 Occupied Time

Time

Clock SCH1 PER.2

or Time

Clock SCH2 PER.2

07:00

UNO.2 Unoccupied Time 18:00

MON.2 Monday Select Yes

TUE.2 Tuesday Select Yes

WED.2 Wednesday Select No

THU.2 Thursday Select No

FRI.2 Friday Select No

SAT.2 Saturday Select No

SUN.2 Sunday Select No

HOL.2 Holiday Select No

OCC.3 Occupied Time

Time

Clock SCH1 PER.3

or Time

Clock SCH2 PER.3

07:00

UNO.3 Unoccupied Time 21:30

MON.3 Monday Select No

TUE.3 Tuesday Select No

WED.3 Wednesday Select Yes

THU.3 Thursday Select No

FRI.3 Friday Select No

SAT.3 Saturday Select No

SUN.3 Sunday Select No

HOL.3 Holiday Select No

OCC.4 Occupied Time

Time

Clock SCH1 PER.4

or Time

Clock SCH2 PER.4

07:00

UNO.4 Unoccupied Time 17:00

MON.4 Monday Select No

TUE.4 Tuesday Select No

WED.4 Wednesday Select No

THU.4 Thursday Select Yes

FRI.4 Friday Select Yes

SAT.4 Saturday Select No

SUN.4 Sunday Select No

HOL.4 Holiday Select No

OCC.5 Occupied Time

Time

Clock SCH1 PER.5

or Time

Clock SCH2 PER.5

07:00

UNO.5 Unoccupied Time 12:00

MON.5 Monday Select No

TUE.5 Tuesday Select No

WED.5 Wednesday Select No

THU.5 Thursday Select No

FRI.5 Friday Select No

SAT.5 Saturday Select Yes

SUN.5 Sunday Select No

HOL.5 Holiday Select No

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

MON.1 Holiday Start Month Time

Clock HOLI HOL.1

DAY.1 Holiday Start Day 4

DUR.1 Holiday Duration in Day 1

MON.2 Holiday Start Month Time

Clock HOLI HOL.2

DAY.2 Holiday Start Day 25

DUR.2 Holiday Duration in Day 2



CCN Control — With CCN Operating Type control, the ma-

chine operates under CCN control as long as the Enable/Off/

Remote Contact Switch is in the Enable or Remote Contact

position (external contacts closed.) To operate under this

Operating Control, OPER must be set to CCN CONTROL. An

external CCN device, such as Chillervisor, controls the On/Off

state of the machine. When controlled by a Chillervisor, it is

recommended that the Auto Start When SM Lost (AU.SM) be

set to Yes.

Careful evaluation of Chilled Water Plant control should be

reviewed. In the event Local Control is established, be sure that

all pumps, valves, and other devices are capable of operating

properly. In the event of a loss of communication with the net-

work, the machine will start and be controlled locally. The

CCN device forces the variable CHIL_S_S to control the chill-

er. The Unit Run Status (STAT) will indicate the current status

of the machine (OFF, RUNNING, STOPPING or DELAY),

depending on the CCN command. The unit Occupied status

(OCC) will indicate the current occupied state according to the

CCN command and will be displayed as either NO or YES.

The Status Unit Control Type (CTRL) will be LOCAL OFF

when the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch is Off. The Status

Unit Control Type will be CCN when the Enable/Off/Remote

Contact switch input is Closed and the CHIL_S_S variable is

Stop or Start.

For Dual Chiller Control applications, the Slave Chiller

must be enabled using the CCN CONTROL option.

Entering Fluid Control Option — The factory de-

fault for the chilled water fluid set point is controlling to the

leaving water temperature. An option to configure the machine

for entering water control is available. The control operation

remains the same except the control point is focused on the

entering water temperature, rather than the leaving water tem-

perature when configured.

To configure this option for the Touch Pilot™ display:

To configure this option for the Navigator™ display:

Cooling Set Point Selection — Several options for

controlling the Leaving Chilled Water Set Point are offered and

are configured by the Cooling Set Point Select (Setpoint Se-

lect, SP.SE) variable. In addition to the Cooling Set Point Se-

lect, Ice Mode Enable discussed later in this book, and Heat

Cool Select (Heat/Cool Select, HC.SE) variables also have a

role in determining the set point of the machine. All units are

shipped from the factory with the Heat Cool Select set to 0.

All default set points are based on Leaving Water Control

(Entering Fluid Control, EWTO) set to No. Values must be

confirmed for the individual set points. Limits for the set points

are listed in the configurations noted below.

To configure these options for the Touch Pilot display, see

Table 20A. To configure these options for the Navigator dis-

play, see Table 20B.

Table 20A — Cooling Set Point Selection

with Touch Pilot Display

Table 20B — Cooling Set Point Selection

with Navigator Display

In all cases, there are limits on what values are allowed for

each set point. These values depend on the Cooler Fluid Type

and the Brine Freeze Set point, discussed later. See Table 21.

Table 21 — Configuration Set Point Limits

*The minimum set point for Medium Temperature Brine applications

is related to the Brine Freeze Point. The set point is limited to be no

less than the Brine Freeze Point +5° F (2.8° C).

The Setpoint Select configuration can be set to five different

control options: Set Point Occupancy, Set Point 1, Set Point 2,

4-20 mA Input, and Dual Switch.

SET POINT OCCUPANCY — Set Point Occupancy is the

default configuration for the Setpoint Select variable. When

Setpoint Select (Setpoint Select, SP.SE) is configured to 0

(Setpoint Occ), the unit’s active set point is based on Cooling

Set Point 1 (Cooling Setpoint 1, CSP.1) during the occupied

period while operating under Time Schedule 1 (SCH1). If the

Time Schedule 2 (SCH2) is in use, the unit’s active set point is

based on Cooling Set Point 1 (Cooling Setpoint 1, CSP.1) dur-

ing the occupied period and Cooling Set Point 2 (Cooling Set-

point 2, CSP.2) during the unoccupied period. See Tables 22

and 23.

To configure this option while using a Touch Pilot display:

To change this value, a Control Point Force must be applied.

When configured correctly, Setpoint Control (Setpoint Con-

trol, SP.SE) will indicate Auto.

To configure this option while using a Navigator display:

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

OPER Operating Control

Ty p e

Operating

Modes SLCT OPER

CCN

CONTROL

AU.SM Auto Start when

SM Lost Configuration SERV YES

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Entering Fluid

Control

Service\

SERVICE1 5No = Leaving Water Control

Yes = Entering Water Control

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

EWTO Entering Water

Control

Configuration SERV No = Leaving

Water Control

Yes = Entering

Water Control



DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Cooling Setpoint 1 Setpoint 2 Range: 14 to 70 F

(–10.0 to 21.1 C)

Default: 44 F (6.6 C)

Cooling Setpoint 2 Setpoint 3 Range: 14 to 70 F

(–10.0 to 21.1 C)

Default: 44 F (6.6 C)

Cooling Ice Setpoint Setpoint 4 Range: -20 to 32 F

(–28.9 to 0 C)

Default: 44 F (6.6 C)

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

CSP.1 Cooling Setpoint 1 Setpoints COOL

Range: 14 to 70 F

(–10.0 to 21.1 C)

Default: 44 F (6.6 C)

CSP.2 Cooling Setpoint 2 Setpoints COOL

Range: 14 to 70 F

(–10.0 to 21.1 C)

Default: 44 F (6.6 C)

CSP.3 Ice Setpoint Setpoints COOL

Range: -20 to 32 F

(–28.9 to 0 C)

Default: 44 F (6.6 C)

SET POINT LIMITS

COOLER FLUID TYPE

(COOLER FLUID TYPE, FLUD)

1, Water 2, Brine

Minimum * 38 F (3.3 C) 14 F (–10.0 C)

Maximum 60 F (15.5 C)

CAUTION

Brine duty application (below 40 F [4.4 C] LCWT) for

chiller normally requires factory modification. Contact a

Carrier Representative for details regarding specific

applications. Operation below 40 F (4.4 C) LCWT with-

out modification can result in compressor failure.

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Setpoint select Status GENUNIT 25 0 (Setpoint Occupied)

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

SP.SE Setpoint Select Operating Modes SLCT Setpoint Occ



Table 22 — Cooling Set Point Selection Touch Pilot™ Parameters

Table 23 — Cooling Set Point Selection Navigator™ Parameters

Set Point 1 — When Set Point Select (Setpoint Select, SP.SE)

is configured to 1 (Setpoint 1), the unit’s active set point is

based on Cooling Set Point 1 (Cooling Setpoint 1, CSP.1).

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

To change this value, a Control Point Force must be applied.

When configured correctly, Setpoint Control will indicate

Setp 1.

To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:

Set Point 2 — When Set Point Select (Setpoint Select, SP.SE)

is configured to 2 (Setpoint 2), the unit’s active set point is

based on Cooling Set Point 2 (Cooling Setpoint 2, CSP.2).

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:

To change this value, a Control Point Force must be applied.

When configured correctly, Setpoint Control (Status

GENUNIT) will indicate Setp 2.

To configure this option with the Navigator display:

4 to 20 mA Input — When Set Point Select (Setpoint Select,

SP.SE) is configured to 3 (4-20 mA Setp), the unit’s active set

point is based on an field supplied, external 4 to 20 mA signal

input to the Energy Management Module (EMM). Care should

be taken when interfacing with other manufacturer’s control

systems, due to power supply differences of full wave bridge

versus half wave rectification. The two different power sup-

plies cannot be mixed. ComfortLink™ controls use half wave

rectification. A signal isolation device should be utilized if a

full wave bridge signal generating device is used.

The following equation is used to control the set point. See

Fig. 18.

Fahrenheit Set Point = 10 + 70(mA – 4)/16 (deg F)

Celsius Set Point = –12.2 + 38.9(mA – 4)/16 (deg C)

To configure this option while using a Touch Pilot display:

To change this value, a Control Point Force must be applied.

When configured correctly, Setpoint Control will indicate

4-20 mA.

SET POINT

CONFIGURATION

(Setpoint Select)

ICE MODE

ENABLE

(ice_cnfg)

DUAL SET

POINT INPUT

(SETP_SW)

ICE DONE INPUT

(ICE_SW)

TIME

SCHEDULE 2

ACTIVE

SET POINT

(Auto)

NO — — Occupied Cooling Setpoint 1

— — Unoccupied Cooling Setpoint 2

YES

— Open Unoccupied Cooling Ice Setpoint

— Closed Unoccupied Cooling Setpoint 2

— — Occupied Cooling Setpoint 1

1 (Setp 1) — — — — Cooling Setpoint 1

2 (Setp 2) — — — — Cooling Setpoint 2

3 (4-20 mA) — — — — 4 to 20 mA Input

4 (Setp Sw)

NO Open — — Cooling Setpoint 1

Closed — — Cooling Setpoint 2

YES

Open — — Cooling Setpoint 1

Closed Open — Cooling Ice Setpoint

Closed Closed — Cooling Setpoint 2

PARAMETER STATUS

ACTIVE

SET POINT

Control Method

(OPER)

Heat/Cool

Select (HC.SE)

Setpoint

Select (SP.SE)

Ice Mode

Enable (ICE.M)

Ice Done

(ICE.D)

Dual Setpoint

Switch (DUAL)

Setpoint

Occupied

(SP.OC)

LOCAL COOL

Setpoint Occ — — — Occupied CSP.1

Setpoint Occ — — — Unoccupied CSP.2

Setpoint Occ Enable Open — Unoccupied CSP.3

Setpoint 1 — — — — CSP.1

Setpoint 2 — — — — CSP.2

4-20mA Setp — — — — 4_20mA

— Enable Open Closed — CSP.3

— Enable Closed Closed — CSP.2

— — — Open — CSP.1

Dual Setp Sw — — Closed — CSP.2

CCN COOL — — — — Occupied CSP.1

— — — — Unoccupied CSP.2

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Setpoint Select Status GENUNIT 25 1 (Set Point 1)

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

SP.SE Setpoint Select Operating Modes SLCT Setpoint 1

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Setpoint Select Status GENUNIT 25 2 (Set Point 2)



ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

SP.SE Setpoint Select Operating Modes SLCT Setpoint 2

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Setpoint Select Status GENUNIT 25 3 (4-20 mA Input)



To configure this option while using a Navigator display:

Dual Switch — When Set Point Select (Setpoint Select,

SP.SE) is configured to 4 (Dual Setp Sw), the unit’s active set

point is based on Cooling Set Point 1 (Cooling Setpoint 1,

CSP.1) when the Dual Set Point switch contact is open and

Cooling Set Point 2 (Cooling Setpoint 2, CSP.2) when it is

closed.

To configure this option while using a Touch Pilot display:

To change this value, a Control Point Force must be applied.

When configured correctly, Setpoint Control will indicate

Setp Sw.

To configure this option while using a Navigator display:

Chilled Water Fluid Type Selection — The chilled

water fluid must be configured. The fluid type must be config-

ured to obtain the proper leaving water set point control range

and freeze protection. The Cooler Fluid Type (Cooler Fluid

Type, FLUD) can be set to water or brine.

FRESH WATER — Configure the unit for Cooler Fluid Type

(Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD) to water for units without brine or

glycol installed in the chilled water loop. The factory default

fluid type is fresh water. Use this option for fresh water sys-

tems. This will allow for a water temperature set point of 38 to

60 F (3.3 to 15.5 C). With water as the selection, the Freeze

Point is fixed at 34 F (1.1 C).

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

To configure this option with the Navigator display:

BRINE OR GLYCOL OPERATION — Configure the unit

for Cooler Fluid Type (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD) to brine for

brine or glycol chilled water loops. This option will allow for a

set point temperature range of 14 to 60 F (–10.0 to 15.5 C).

Before configuring this selection, confirm that a suitable anti-

freeze has been added and is at a sufficient concentration to

protect the loop. Additionally, the Brine Freeze Set Point

(Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) must be set for proper freeze

protection operation. Set the Brine Freeze Set Point to the burst

protection provided by the glycol concentration. This value

will be Freeze Point for the fluid.

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

To configure this option with the Navigator display:

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

SP.SE Setpoint Select Operating Modes SLCT 4-20 mA Setp

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Setpoint Select Status GENUNIT 25 4 (Dual

Setpoint Switch)

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

SP.SE Setpoint Select Operating Modes SLCT Dual

Setp Sw



DISPLAY

NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Cooler

Fluid Type Main Menu Service SERVICE1 1 1 = Water

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

FLUD Cooler Fluid Type Configuration SERV Water

DISPLAY

NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Cooler Fluid

Type

Main Menu

Service SERVICE1 12 = Brine

Brine Freeze

Setpoint

Main Menu

Service SERVICE1 3Dependent on

fluid concentration

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

FLUD Cooler Fluid Type Configuration SERV Brine

LOSP Brine Freeze

Setpoint Configuration SERV Dependent on

fluid concentration



Fig. 18 — 4 to 20 mA Set Point Control

10 12 14 16 1820

mA Signal

Set Point

Min LWT, Cooler Fluid Type = 1, FLUD=Brine

Min LWT, Cooler Fluid Type = 1, FLUD=Water

02468

Max LWT

A30-4830

Cooler Pump Control — It is required for all chillers

that the cooler pump control be utilized unless the chilled water

pump runs continuously or the chilled water system contains a

suitable concentration of antifreeze solution. When the Cooler

Pumps Sequence is configured, the cooler pump output will be

energized when the chiller enters an "ON" mode. The cooler

pump output is also energized when certain alarms are generat-

ed. The cooler pump output should be used as an override to

the external pump control if cooler pump control is not utilized.

The cooler pump output is energized if a P.01 Water Exchanger

Freeze Protection alarm is generated, which provides addition-

al freeze protection if the system is not protected with a suitable

antifreeze solution.

The 30XW units can be configured for external cooler

pump control. Cooler Pumps Sequence is the variable that

must be confirmed in the field. Proper configuration of the

cooler pump control is required to provide reliable chiller oper-

ation. The factory default setting for Cooler Pumps Sequence is

0 (No Pump). The configuration settings for Cooler Pumps Se-

quence are 1 (1 pump only) for single pump control and 2 (2

pumps auto). Configuration settings 3 (PMP 1 Manual) and 4

(PMP 2 Manual) are for dual pump control only.

If the Cooler Pumps Sequence (PUMP) is set to 1, the con-

trol will start the pump. If a flow failure is detected, the unit

will shut down and must be manually reset. If the Cooler

Pumps Sequence (PUMP) is set to 2, the control will start the

lead pump and automatically alternate the operation of the

pumps to even the wear. If a flow failure is detected, the unit

will shut down and the lag pump will attempt to start. If flow is

established within the Unit Off to On Delay (DELY) period the

unit will restart automatically.

Two manual control options are also available. When the

Cooler Pumps Sequence (PUMP) is set to 3, Cooler Pump 1

will always operate. If a flow failure is detected, the unit will

shut down and must be manually reset. When the Cooler

Pumps Sequence (PUMP) is set to 4, Cooler Pump 2 will al-

ways operate. If a flow failure is detected, the unit will shut

down and must be manually reset.

For all Cooler Pumps Sequence (PUMP) settings (including

0), closure of both the chilled water flow switch (CWFS) and

the chilled water pump interlock contact (connected across

TB5 terminals 1 and 2) are required. In addition, for Cooler

Pumps Sequence settings of PUMP = 1, 2, 3, 4, normally open

auxiliary contacts for Pump 1 and Pump 2 (wired in parallel)

must be connected to the violet and pink wires located in the

harness from the MBB-J5C-CH18 connector. The wires in the

harness are marked "PMP1-13" and "PMP1-14". See the field

wiring diagram in the 30XW Installation Instructions.

Regardless of the cooler pump control option selected, if the

chilled water flow switch/interlock does not close within the

Unit Off to On Delay period after the unit is enabled and in an

ON mode, alarm P.91 will be generated. Other conditions

which will trigger this alarm include:

• Cooler pump interlock is open for at least 15 seconds during

chiller operation.

• Lag chiller in Master/Slave Control pump interlock does not

close after 1 minute of the pump start command.

• Cooler pump control is enabled and the chilled water flow

switch/interlock is closed for more than 2 minutes following

a command to shut down the pump.

The last alarm criterion can be disabled. If Flow Checked if

Pmp Off (Configuration OPTN P.LOC) is set to NO, the con-

trol will ignore the pump interlock input if the cooler pump

output is OFF.

The ComfortLink™ controls have the ability to periodically

start the pumps to maintain the bearing lubrication and seal in-

tegrity. If Pump Sticking Protection (Configuration OPTN

PM.PS) is set to YES, and if the unit is off at 2:00 PM, a pump

will be started once each day for 2 seconds. If the unit has

2 pumps, Pump 1 will be started on even days (such as day 2, 4,

or 6 of the month); Pump 2 will be started on odd days. The de-

fault for this option is PM.PS=NO.

The pump will continue to run for 60 seconds after an off

command is issued.

COOLER PUMP CONTROL CONFIGURATIONS

No Pump Control — To configure cooler pump control op-

tions with the Touch Pilot™ display:

To configure cooler pump control options with the Naviga-

tor™ display:

Single Pump Control — To configure cooler pump control

options with the Touch Pilot display:

To configure cooler pump control options with the Naviga-

tor display:

Dual Pump and Manual Control — To configure cooler

pump control options with the Touch Pilot™ display:

To configure cooler pump control options with the Naviga-

tor™ display:

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Cooler Pumps

Sequence

Main

Menu Config USER 80 (No Pump

Control)

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

PUMP Cooler Pumps

Sequence Configuration OPTN No Pump

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Cooler Pumps

Sequence

Main

Menu Config USER 81 (Single

Pump Control)

Pump Sticking

Protection

Main

Menu Config USER 15

Default = No

No = Disabled

Yes = Enabled

Flow Checked

if C Pump Off

Main

Menu Config USER 17

Default = Yes

No = Disabled

Yes = Enabled

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

PUMP Cooler Pumps

Sequence Configuration OPTN 1 Pump Only

PM.PS Periodic Pump

Start Configuration OPTN

Default = No

No = Disabled

Yes = Enabled

P. L O C Flow Checked

if Pmp Off Configuration OPTN

Default = Yes

No = Disabled

Yes = Enabled

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Cooler Pumps

Sequence

Main Menu

Config USER 8

2 (2 Pumps Automatic)

3 (Pump 1 Manual)

4 (Pump 2 Manual)

Pump Auto

Rotation Delay

Main Menu

Config USER 14 Default = 48 hours

Pump Sticking

Protection

Main Menu

Config USER 15

Default = No

No = Disabled

Yes = Enabled

Flow Checked

if C Pump Off

Main Menu

Config USER 17

Default = Yes

No = Disabled

Yes = Enabled

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

PUMP Cooler Pumps

Sequence Configuration OPTN

2 Pumps Auto

PMP1 Manual

PMP2 Manual

ROT.P Pump Rotation

Delay Configuration OPTN Default =

48 hours

PM.PS Periodic Pump

Start Configuration OPTN

Default = No

No = Disabled

Yes = Enabled

P. L O C Flow Checked

if Pmp Off Configuration OPTN

Default = Yes

No = Disabled

Yes = Enabled



Machine Start Delay — An option to delay the start of

the machine is also available. This parameter is useful in keep-

ing multiple machines from starting at the same time in case of

a power failure. The parameter has a factory default of

1 minute. This parameter also has a role in the timing for a

chilled water flow switch alarm. The flow switch status is not

checked until the delay time has elapsed.

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

To configure this option with the Navigator display:

Circuit/Compressor Staging and Loading —

The AquaForce® 30XW chillers employ one compressor per

circuit. As a result, circuit and compressor staging are the

same. The control has several control option parameters to load

the compressors. The circuit/compressor start can be config-

ured as well as the loading of each circuit/compressor.

CIRCUIT/COMPRESSOR STAGING — The control can be

configured to decide which circuit/compressor starts first, by

configuring Lead/Lag Circuit Select (Staged Loading

Sequence, LLCS). Three options for this variable are allowed:

Automatic Lead-Lag, Circuit A Leads or Circuit B Leads. The

factory default is Automatic Lead-Lag.

The automatic lead-lag function determines which circuit/

compressor starts. When enabled, the control will determine

which circuit/compressor starts to even the wear of the com-

pressor. The compressor wear factor (combination of starts and

run hours) is used to determine which compressor starts.

Compressor Wear Factor = (Compressor Starts) + 0.1 (Com-

pressor Run Hours)

The circuit/compressor with the lowest compressor wear

factor is the circuit that starts first.

If starting a particular circuit/compressor first is desired, that

can also be configured with the same variable.

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

To configure this option with the Navigator display:

CIRCUIT/COMPRESSOR LOADING — The control can

be configured to stage the circuit/compressors. The Loading

Sequence Select (Circuit Loading Sequence, LOAD) setting

determines how the control will perform loading. The configu-

ration can be set to Equal or Staged.

Equal Loading — With Equal loading, the circuit which starts

first will maintain the minimum stage of capacity with the slide

valve fully unloaded. When additional capacity is required, the

next circuit with the lowest compressor wear factor is started

with its slide valve at minimum position. As additional capaci-

ty is required, the slide valve for a circuit will be adjusted in

approximately 5% increments to match capacity requirements.

The control will alternate between circuits to maintain the same

percentage of capacity on each circuit.

Staged Loading — If staged loading is selected, the circuit

which starts first will gradually load its slide valve to match

capacity requirements until the circuit is fully loaded. Once the

circuit is fully loaded and additional capacity is required, the

control will start an additional circuit fully unloaded. The con-

trol will gradually unload the circuit which was fully loaded to

match capacity requirements.

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:

To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:

Minimum Load Control — Minimum Load Control

can be a factory-installed option or a field-installed accessory.

If installed, and its operation is desired, the Minimum Load

Control must be enabled. Once enabled, the valve will be oper-

ational only during the first stage of cooling.

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

A power cycle is required for the values to take effect.

To configure this option with the Navigator display:

A power cycle is required for the values to take effect.

Dual Chiller Control — The dual chiller routine is

available for the control of two units installed in series or paral-

lel supplying chilled fluid on a common loop. One chiller must

be configured as the master chiller, the other as the slave chill-

er. An additional leaving fluid temperature thermistor (dual

chiller LWT) must be installed in the common chilled water

piping as described in the Installation Instructions for both the

master and slave chillers. See the Field Wiring section in the

30XW Installation Instructions for dual chiller LWT sensor

control wiring.

The control algorithm relies on several parameters that must

be field configured for operation. Both chillers must be on the

same Carrier Comfort Network® bus with different addresses.

On both chillers, Master/Slave Select (Master/Slave Select,

MSSL) must be enabled. The water piping arrangement, Chill-

ers in Series (Chiller in Series, SERI), must be configured.

The master chiller must be programmed with the Slave Chiller

Address (Slave Address, SLVA). Additional optional pro-

gramming parameters may be configured to meet application

requirements.

Lead/Lag Balance Select (Lead Lag Select, LLBL) deter-

mines which chiller is the lead machine. The options are Al-

ways Lead, Lag if Fail, and Runtime Select. Under Runtime

Select control, the lead chiller will change based on the time in-

crement selected in the Lead/Lag Balance Delta configuration

(Lead/Lag Balance Data, LLBD). If the run hour difference

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Unit Off to

On Delay

Main Menu

Config USER 6 Default = 1 Minute

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

DELY Minutes Off Time Configuration OPTN Default =

1 Minute

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Circuit Loading

Sequence

Main Menu

Config USER 1

0 (Automatic Lead-lag)

1 (Circuit A Leads)

2 (Circuit B Leads)

Default = 0

(Automatic Lead-lag)

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

LLCS Lead/Lag

Circuit Select

Configuration

OPTN

Range: Automatic,

Cir A Leads,

Cir B Leads,

Cir C Leads

Default – Automatic



DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Staged Loading

Sequence

Main

Menu Config USER 4

Default = No

No (Equal)

Yes (Staged)

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

LOAD Loading Sequence

Select Configuration OPTN

Default = Equal

Equal

Staged

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Hot Gas

Bypass Select

Main

Menu Service

FACTORY

Default = No

No (No Minimum

Load Control)

Yes (Minimum Load

Control Installed)

ITEM ITEM

EXPANSION PATH VALUE

HGBP Hot Gas

Bypass Select Configuration UNIT

No = No Minimum

Load Control

Yes = Minimum Load

Control Installed



between the master and the slave remains less than the Lead/

Lag Balance Delta, the chiller designated as the lead will

remain the lead chiller. The Lead/Lag changeover between the

master and the slave chiller due to hour balance will occur dur-

ing chiller operating odd days, such as day 1, day 3, and day 5

of the month, at 12:00 a.m. If a lead chiller is not designated,

the master chiller will always be designated the lead chiller.

The dual chiller control algorithm has the ability to delay

the start of the lag chiller in two ways. The Lead Pulldown

Time parameter (Lead Pulldown Type, LPUL) is a one-time

time delay initiated after starting the lead chiller, before

checking whether to start an additional chiller. This time delay

gives the lead chiller a chance to remove the heat that the

chilled water loop picked up while being inactive during an un-

occupied period. The second time delay, Lead/Lag Delay (Lag

Start Timer, LLDY) is a time delay imposed between the last

stage of the lead chiller and the start of the lag chiller. This pre-

vents enabling the lag chiller until the lead/lag delay timer has

expired.

A quicker start of the lag chiller can be accomplished by

configuring the Start if Error Higher parameter (Start if Error

Higher, LL.ER). If the difference between the common leav-

ing water temperature and the set point is greater than the con-

figured value, then the lag chiller will start.

A minimum on time for the lag chiller can be programmed

with the Lag Minimum Running Time configuration (Lag

Minimum Running Time, LAG.M). This parameter causes

the control to run the lag chiller for the programmed minimum

on time. The Lag Unit Pump Select (Lag Unit Pump Control,

LAGP) can be configured such that the pump can be on or off

while the chiller is off. This parameter is only active in Parallel

Chiller Operation.

For units with a Touch Pilot display, two additional steps

must be completed to start the machine. On the master chiller,

the Master Control Type must be configured for the start con-

trol defined in the Machine Control configuration. To start the

machines, the master chiller must be started with the Start/Stop

button and Master Mode selected. The slave chiller must be

started with the CCN Mode selected.

Each application, Parallel and Series, are described sepa-

rately below.

DUAL CHILLER CONTROL FOR PARALLEL APPLI-

CATIONS — To configure the master chiller for parallel

applications using the Touch Pilot display, see Table 24. To

configure the master chiller for parallel applications using the

Navigator display, see Table 25. A power cycle is required for

the values to take effect.

To configure the slave chiller for parallel applications using

the Touch Pilot display, see Table 26. To configure the slave

chiller for parallel applications using the Navigator display, see

Table 27.

Table 24 — Dual Master Chiller Control Parameters for Parallel Applications with Touch Pilot™ Display

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Master/Slave Select Main Menu Config MST_SLV 3 1 (Master)

Default: 0 (Disable)

Master Control Type Main Menu Config MST_SLV 7

1=Local Control

2=Remote Control

3=CCN Control

Default: 1

Configure for proper control type.

Slave Address Main Menu Config MST_SLV 11

Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.

The master and slave chiller must have

different addresses and be on the same

Bus Number

Default: 2

Lead Lag Select Main Menu Config MST_SLV 12

0 (Master Always Leads)

1 (Lag Once Failed Only)

2 (Lead/Lag Runtime Select)

Default: 0 (Master Always Leads)

Lead/Lag Balance Delta Main Menu Config MST_SLV 16 Range: 40 to 400 hours

Default: 168 hours

Lag Start Timer Main Menu Config MST_SLV 17 Range: 2 to 30 minutes

Default: 10 minutes

Lead Pulldown Time Main Menu Config MST_SLV 18 Range: 0 to 60 minutes

Default: 0 minutes

Start If Error Higher Main Menu Config MST_SLV 19 Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)

Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)

Lag Minimum Running Time Main Menu Config MST_SLV 20 Range: 0 to 150 minutes

Default: 0 minutes

Lag Unit Pump Control Main Menu Config MST_SLV 21

0 (Stop If Unit Stops)

1 (Run If Unit Stops)

Default: 0 (Stop If Unit Stops)

Chiller In Series Main Menu Config MST_SLV 22 Default: No

Value: No



Table 25 — Dual Master Chiller Control Parameters for Parallel Applications with Navigator™ Display

Table 26 — Dual Slave Chiller Control Parameters for Parallel Applications with Touch Pilot™ Display

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

MSSL Master/Slave Select Configuration RSET Master

Default: Disable

SLVA Slave Address Configuration RSET

Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.

The master and slave chiller must have

different addresses and be on the same

Bus Number

Default: 2

LLBL Master Lead Lag Select Configuration RSET Range: Always Lead, Lag if Fail, Runtime Sel

Default: Always Lead

LLBD Lead/Lag Balance Delta Configuration RSET Range: 40 to 400 hours

Default: 168 hours

LLDY Lag Start Delay Configuration RSET Range: 2 to 30 minutes

Default: 10 minutes

LL.ER Start If Error Higher Configuration RSET Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)

Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)

LAG.M Lag Unit Pump Select Configuration RSET Range: Off If U Stp, On If U Stop

Default: Off If U Stp

LPUL Lead Pulldown Time Configuration RSET Range: 0 to 60 minutes

Default: 0 minutes

SERI Chillers in Series Configuration RSET No

Default: No

OPER Operating Control Type Operating Modes SLCT Set to desired control



DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Master/Slave Select Main Menu Config MST_SLV 3 2 (Slave)

Default: 0 (Disable)

Master Control Type Main Menu Config MST_SLV 7

1 (Local Control)

2 (Remote Control)

3 (CCN Control)

Default: 1

Configure for proper control type.

Slave Address Main Menu Config MST_SLV 11

Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.

The master and slave chiller must have

different addresses and be on the same

Bus Number

Default: 2

Lead Lag Select Main Menu Config MST_SLV 12

0 (Master Always Leads)

1 (Lag Once Failed Only)

2 (Lead/Lag Runtime Select)

Default: 0 (Master Always Leads)

Lead/Lag Balance Delta Main Menu Config MST_SLV 16 Range: 40 to 400 hours

Default: 168 hours

Lag Start Timer Main Menu Config MST_SLV 17 Range: 2 to 30 minutes

Default: 10 minutes

Lead Pulldown Time Main Menu Config MST_SLV 18 Range: 0 to 60 minutes

Default: 0 minutes

Start If Error Higher Main Menu Config MST_SLV 19 Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)

Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)

Lag Minimum Running Time Main Menu Config MST_SLV 20 Range: 0 to 150 minutes

Default: 0 minutes

Lag Unit Pump Control Main Menu Config MST_SLV 21

0 (Stop If Unit Stops)

1 (Run If Unit Stops)

Default: 0 (Stop If Unit Stops)

Chiller In Series Main Menu Config MST_SLV 22 No

Default: No



DUAL CHILLER PUMP CONTROL FOR PARALLEL

CHILLER APPLICATIONS — It is recommended that a

dedicated pump be used for each unit. The chiller must start

and stop its own water pump located on its own piping. If

pumps are not dedicated for each chiller, chiller isolation

valves are required and each chiller must open and close its

own isolation valve.

DUAL CHILLER CONTROL FOR SERIES APPLICA-

TIONS — To configure the master chiller for series applica-

tions using the Touch Pilot™ display, see Table 28. To

configure the master chiller for series applications using the

Navigator™ display, see Table 29. A power cycle is required

for the values to take effect.

To configure the slave chiller for series applications using

the Touch Pilot™ display, see Table 30. To configure the slave

chiller for series applications using the Navigator™ display,

see Table 31.

Table 27 — Dual Slave Chiller Control Parameters for Parallel Applications with Navigator™ Display

Table 28 — Dual Master Chiller Control Parameters for Series Applications with Touch Pilot Display

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

MSSL Master/Slave Select Configuration RSET Slave

Default: Disable

SLVA Slave Address Configuration RSET

Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.

The master and slave chiller must have

different addresses and be on the same

Bus Number

Default: 2

LLBL Master Lead Lag Select Configuration RSET Range: Always Lead, Lag if Fail, Runtime Sel

Default: Always Lead

LLBD Lead/Lag Balance Delta Configuration RSET Range: 40 to 400 hours

Default: 168 hours

LLDY Lag Start Delay Configuration RSET Range: 2 to 30 minutes

Default: 10 minutes

LL.ER Start If Error Higher Configuration RSET Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)

Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)

LAG.M Lag Unit Pump Select Configuration RSET Range: Off If U Stp, On If U Stop

Default: Off If U Stp

LPUL Lead Pulldown Time Configuration RSET Range: 0 to 60 minutes

Default: 0 minutes

SERI Chillers in Series Configuration RSET No,

Default: No

OPER Operating Control Type Operating Modes SLCT CCN Control

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Master/Slave Select Main Menu Config MST_SLV 3 1 (Master)

Default: 0 (Disable)

Master Control Type Main Menu Config MST_SLV 7

1 (Local Control)

2 (Remote Control)

3 (CCN Control)

Default: 1 (Local Control)

Value: Configure for proper control type.

Slave Address Main Menu Config MST_SLV 11

Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.

The master and slave chiller must have

different addresses and be on the same

Bus Number

Default: 2

Lead Lag Select Main Menu Config MST_SLV 12

0 (Master Always Leads)

1 (Lag Once Failed Only)

2 (Lead/Lag Runtime Select)

Default: 0 (Master Always Leads)

Lead/Lag Balance Delta Main Menu Config MST_SLV 16 Range: 40 to 400 hours

Default: 168 hours

Lag Start Timer Main Menu Config MST_SLV 17 Range: 2 to 30 minutes

Default: 10 minutes

Lead Pulldown Time Main Menu Config MST_SLV 18 Range: 0 to 60 minutes

Default: 0 minutes

Start If Error Higher Main Menu Config MST_SLV 19 Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)

Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)

Lag Minimum Running Time Main Menu Config MST_SLV 20 Range: 0 to 150 minutes

Default: 0 minutes

Lag Unit Pump Control Main Menu Config MST_SLV 21

0 (Stop If Unit Stops)

1 (Run If Unit Stops)

Default: 0 (Stop If Unit Stops)

Chiller In Series Main Menu Config MST_SLV 22 Ye s

Default: No



Table 29 — Dual Master Chiller Control Parameters for Series Applications with Navigator™ Display

Table 30 — Dual Slave Chiller Control Parameters for Series Applications with Touch Pilot™ Display

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

MSSL Master/Slave Select Configuration RSET Master

Default: Disable

SLVA Slave Address Configuration RSET

Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.

The master and slave chiller must have

different addresses and be on the same

Bus Number

Default: 2

LLBL Master Lead Lag Select Configuration RSET Range: Always Lead, Lag if Fail, Runtime Sel

Default: Always Lead

LLBD Lead/Lag Balance Delta Configuration RSET Range: 40 to 400 hours

Default: 168 hours

LLDY Lag Start Delay Configuration RSET Range: 2 to 30 minutes

Default: 10 minutes

LL.ER Start If Error Higher Configuration RSET Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)

Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)

LAG.M Lag Unit Pump Select Configuration RSET Range: Off If U Stp, On If U Stop

Default: Off If U Stp

LPUL Lead Pulldown Time Configuration RSET Range: 0 to 60 minutes

Default: 0 minutes

SERI Chillers in Series Configuration RSET YES

Default: NO

OPER Operating Control Type Operating Modes SLCT Set to desired value



DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Master/Slave Select Main Menu Config MST_SLV 3 2 (Slave)

Default: 0 (Disable)

Master Control Type Main Menu Config MST_SLV 7

1 (Local Control)

2 (Remote Control)

3 (CCN Control)

Default: 1 (Local Control)

Value: Configure for proper control type.

Slave Address Main Menu Config MST_SLV 11

Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.

The master and slave chiller must have

different addresses and be on the same

Bus Number

Default: 2

Lead Lag Select Main Menu Config MST_SLV 12

0 (Master Always Leads)

1 (Lag Once Failed Only)

2 (Lead/Lag Runtime Select)

Default: 0 (Master Always Leads)

Lead/Lag Balance Delta Main Menu Config MST_SLV 16 Range: 40 to 400 hours

Default: 168 hours

Lag Start Timer Main Menu Config MST_SLV 17 Range: 2 to 30 minutes

Default: 10 minutes

Lead Pulldown Time Main Menu Config MST_SLV 18 Range: 0 to 60 minutes

Default: 0 minutes

Start If Error Higher Main Menu Config MST_SLV 19 Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)

Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)

Lag Minimum Running Time Main Menu Config MST_SLV 20 Range: 0 to 150 minutes

Default: 0 minutes

Lag Unit Pump Control Main Menu Config MST_SLV 21

0 (Stop If Unit Stops)

1 (Run If Unit Stops)

Default: 0 (Stop If Unit Stops)

Chiller In Series Main Menu Config MST_SLV 22 Ye s

Default: No



Table 31 — Dual Slave Chiller Control Parameters for Series Applications with Navigator Display

DUAL CHILLER PUMP CONTROL FOR SERIES

CHILLER APPLICATIONS — Pump control for series chill-

er applications is controlled by the master chiller only. The

control of the slave chiller is directed through commands emit-

ted by the master chiller. The slave chiller has no action in

master/slave operations. The slave chiller only verifies that

CCN communication with the master chiller is present. See the

Dual Chiller Sequence of Operation section on page 54.

Ramp Loading — Ramp Loading limits the rate of

change of the leaving fluid temperature. If the unit is in a Cool-

ing mode and configured for Ramp Loading Select (Ramp

Loading Select, RL.S), the control makes two comparisons

before deciding to increase capacity. First, the control calcu-

lates the temperature difference between the control point and

leaving fluid temperature. If the difference is greater than 4° F

(2.2° C) and the rate of change (°F or °C per minute) is more

than the configured Cool Ramp Loading rate (Cooling Ramp

Loading, CRMP), then the control does not allow any increase

of capacity.

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

To configure this option with the Navigator display:

Temperature Reset — Temperature reset is a value

added to the basic leaving fluid temperature set point and the

resulting sum of these values is the new control point. When a

non-zero temperature reset is applied, the chiller controls to the

new control point, not the set point. The type of temperature re-

set is configured with the Cooling Reset Type (Cooling Reset

Select, CRST) variable. Types of temperature reset are avail-

able: Return Water Reset, Space Temperature Reset, and 4-20

mA Temperature Reset.

Under normal operation, the chiller will maintain a constant

entering or leaving fluid temperature, based on the configura-

tion, approximately equal to the chilled fluid set point. As the

cooler load varies, the cooler fluid temperature difference will

change in proportion to the load. For example, if the chiller was

selected for a Entering to Leaving Water Temperature

difference of 10 F (5.5 C) at full load, at 50% load the tempera-

ture difference would be 5 F (2.2 C). See Fig. 19. Because the

change in temperature through the cooler is a measure of the

building load, the temperature difference reset is the average

building load. Usually the chiller size and fluid temperature set

point are selected based on a full-load condition. At part load,

the fluid temperature set point may be lower than required. If

the fluid temperature were allowed to increase at part load, the

efficiency of the machine would increase. The chiller can also

be set for return water temperature control. See Fig. 20.

Other indirect means of estimating building load and con-

trolling temperature reset are also available and are discussed

below.

To verify that reset is functioning correctly, subtract the Set-

point Select (Current Setpoint, SETP) from the Control Point

(Control Point, CTPT) to determine the degrees reset.

RETURN WATER RESET — The control system is capable

of performing fluid temperature reset based on cooler fluid

temperature difference. Because the change in temperature

through the cooler is a measure of the building load, the tem-

perature difference reset is, in effect, an average building load

reset method.

Return Water Temperature Reset allows for the chilled

water temperature set point to be reset upward as a function of

the fluid temperature difference (building load).

NOTE: Return Water Temperature Reset should not be used

with variable cooler flow rate systems.

To use Return Water Temperature Reset, four variables

must be configured. Cooling Reset Type (Cooling Reset

Select, CRST) must be enabled. The variable Delta T No Reset

Temp (Delta T No Reset Value, CRT1) should be set to the

cooler temperature difference (T) where no chilled water tem-

perature reset should occur. The variable Delta T Full Reset

Temp (Delta T Full Reset Value, CRT2) should be set to the

cooler temperature difference where the maximum chilled

water temperature reset should occur. The variable Degrees

Cool Reset (Cooling Reset Deg. Value, DGRC) should be set

to the maximum amount of reset desired.

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

MSSL Master/Slave Select Configuration RSET Slave

Default: Disable

SLVA Slave Address Configuration RSET

Must be set to the Slave Chiller’s address.

The master and slave chiller must have

different addresses and be on the same

Bus Number

Default: 2

LLBL Master Lead Lag Select Configuration RSET

Range: Always Lead, Lag if Fail,

Runtime Sel

Default: Always Lead

LLBD Lead/Lag Balance Delta Configuration RSET Range: 40 to 400 hours

Default: 168 hours

LLDY Lag Start Delay Configuration RSET Range: 2 to 30 minutes

Default: 10 minutes

LL.ER Start If Error Higher Configuration RSET Range: 3.0 to 18 F (1.7 to 10.0 C)

Default: 4.0 F (2.2 C)

LAG.M Lag Unit Pump Select Configuration RSET Range: Off If U Stp, On If U Stop

Default: Off If U Stp

LPUL Lead Pulldown Time Configuration RSET Range: 0 to 60 minutes

Default: 0 minutes

SERI Chillers in Series Configuration RSET YES

Default: NO

OPER Operating Control Type Operating Modes SLCT CCN Control



DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Ramp Loading

Select

Main Menu

Config USER 5Yes

Cooling Ramp

Main Menu

Setpoint 14

Range: 0.2 to 2.0 °F

(0.1 to 1.1 °C)

Default: 1.0 °F (0.5 °C)

ITEM ITEM

EXPANSION PATH VALUE

RL.S Ramp Load

Select Configuration OPTN Yes

CRMP Cool Ramp

Loading Setpoints COOL

Range: 0.2 to 2.0 °F

(0.1 to 1.1 °C)

Default: 1.0 °F (0.5 °C)



To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:

To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:

In the example in Fig. 21 using Return Water Temperature

Reset, the chilled water temperature will be reset by 5° F

(2.8° C) when the Fluid Temperature Difference is 2° F

(1.1° C) and 0° F (0° C) reset when the Temperature Difference

is 10° F.

SPACE TEMPERATURE RESET — The control system is

also capable of temperature reset based on space temperature

(SPT). An accessory sensor must be used for SPT reset

(33ZCT55SPT). The Energy Management Module (EMM) is

also required for temperature reset using space temperature.

To use Space Temperature Reset, four variables must be

configured. Cooling Reset Type (Cooling Reset Select, CRST)

must be enabled. The space temperature at which no tempera-

ture reset is required, Space T No Reset Temp (Space T No

Reset Value, CRS1) must be set. The space temperature at

which full temperature reset is required, Space T Full Reset

Temp (Space T Full Reset Value, CRS2) must be set. Finally,

the amount of temperature reset desired, Degrees Cool Reset

(Cooling Reset Deg. Value, DRGC), must be set.

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

To configure this option with the Navigator display:

In the space temperature reset example in Fig. 22, 0° F

(0° C) chilled water set point reset at 72 F (22.2 C) space

temperature and 6° F (3.3° C) reset at 68 F (20.0 C) space

temperature.

4-20 mA TEMPERATURE RESET — The control system is

also capable of temperature reset based on an externally pow-

ered 4 to 20 mA signal. The Energy Management Module

(EMM) is required for temperature reset using a 4 to 20 mA

signal.

To use 4-20 mA Temperature Reset, four variables must be

configured. Cooling Reset Type (Cooling Reset Select, CRST)

must be enabled. The milliamp signal at which no temperature

reset is required, Current No Reset Value (Current No Reset

Value, CRV1), must be set. The milliamp signal at which full

temperature reset is required, Current Full Reset Value (Cur-

rent Full Reset Value, CRV2), must be set. Finally, the

amount of temperature reset desired, Degrees Cool Reset

(Cooling Reset Deg. Value, DRGC), must be set.

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:

To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:

In the example in Fig. 23, at 4 mA no reset takes place and

at 20 mA, 5° F (2.8° C) chilled water set point reset is required.

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Cooling Reset

Select

Main

Menu Config USER 19

Default =0

(No Reset)

2 (Delta T)

Delta T No

Reset Temp

Main

Menu Setpoint SETPOINT 7Default =

0 F (0 C)

Delta T Full

Reset Temp

Main

Menu Setpoint SETPOINT 8Default =

0 F (0 C)

Cooling Reset

Deg. Value

Main

Menu Setpoint SETPOINT 13 Default =

0 F (0 C)

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

CRST Cooling Reset

Ty p e Configuration RSET

Default =

No Reset

Delta T Temp

CRT1 Delta T No

Reset Temp Setpoints COOL Default =

0 F (0 C)

CRT2 Delta T Full

Reset Temp Setpoints COOL Default =

0 F (0 C)

DGRC Degrees Cool

Reset Setpoints COOL Default =

0 F (0 C)

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Cooling Reset

Select

Main Menu

Config USER 19

Default =0

(No Reset)

4 (Space Temp)

Space T No

Reset Value

Main Menu

Setpoint SETPOINT 11 Default =

14 F (–10 C)

Space T Full

Reset Value

Main Menu

Setpoint SETPOINT 12 Default =

14 F (–10 C)

Cooling Reset

Deg. Value

Main Menu

Setpoint SETPOINT 13 Default =

0 F (0 C)

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

CRST Cooling Reset Type Configuration RSET

Default =

No Reset

Space Temp

CRS1 Space T No Reset

Te m p Setpoints COOL Default =

14 F (–10 C)

CRS2 Space T Full Reset

Te m p Setpoints COOL Default =

14 F (–10 C)

DGRC Degrees Cool Reset Setpoints COOL Default =

0 F (0 C)



CAUTION

Care should be taken when interfacing with other control

systems due to possible power supply differences such as a

full wave bridge versus a half wave rectification. Connec-

tion of control devices with different power supplies may

result in permanent damage. The ComfortLink™ controls

incorporate power supplies with half wave rectification. A

signal isolation device should be utilized if the signal gen-

erator incorporates a full wave bridge rectifier.

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Cooling Reset

Select

Main Menu

Config USER 19

Default =0

(No Reset)

3 (4-20mA

Control)

Current No

Reset Value

Main Menu

Setpoint SETPOINT 9 Default = 0.0

Current Full

Reset Value

Main Menu

Setpoint SETPOINT 10 Default = 0.0

Cooling Reset

Deg. Value

Main Menu

Setpoint SETPOINT 13 Default =

0.0 F (0.0 C)

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

CRST Cooling Reset

Ty p e Configuration RSET

Default =

No Reset

4-20mA Input

CRV1 Current No

Reset Temp Setpoints COOL Default = 0.0

CRV2 Current Full

Reset Temp Setpoints COOL Default = 0.0

DGRC Degrees Cool

Reset Setpoints COOL Default = 0.0



100908070605040

302010

% Load

Fluid Temperature (degF)

EWT

LWT

Design

Rise

(typical)

Fig. 20 — Return Water Temperature Control Load Profile

a30-4478

Load%

Fluid Temperature (degF)

EWT

LWT

100908070605040

302010

Design

Rise

(typical)

Fig. 19 — Leaving Chilled Water Temperature Control

a30-4066

Entering-Leaving Water Temperature (deg F)

Degrees Reset (deg F)

Cooling

Reset

Deg. Value,

DGRC Delta T No Reset Temp,

CRT1

Delta T Full Reset Temp,

CRT2

24 6810

Fig. 21 — Return Water Reset

a30-4479

60 65 70 75 80

Space Temperature (deg F)

Degrees Reset (deg F)

Cooling Reset

Deg. Value,

DGRC

Space T Full Reset Value,

CRS2

Space T No Reset Value,

CRS1

Fig. 22 — Space Temperature Reset

a30-4481

Demand Limit — Demand limit is a feature that allows

the unit capacity to be limited during periods of peak energy

usage. This allows the owner to keep energy costs down. There

are three types of demand limiting that can be configured. The

first type is through 2-step switch control, which will reduce

the maximum capacity to 2 user configurable percentages. The

second type is by 4 to 20 mA signal input which will reduce the

maximum capacity linearly between 100% at a 4 mA input

signal (no reduction) down to the user-configurable level at a

20 mA input signal. The third type uses the CCN Loadshed

module and has the ability to limit the current operating capaci-

ty to maximum and further reduce the capacity if required. De-

mand limit control can be based on a calculated capacity level

or by compressor current level.

NOTE: If using the compressor current level for demand limit,

take into account the other power draws such as the condenser-

fan motors when determining the limit value desired.

SWITCH CONTROLLED DEMAND LIMIT — The con-

trol system is capable of demand limit based on a field-sup-

plied switch for 1-step demand limit or 2 switches for 2-step

demand limit. One-step demand limit is standard. The 2-step

switch control of demand limiting requires the Energy Man-

agement Module (EMM). Demand limit steps are controlled

by two relay switch inputs field wired to TB5-5 and TB5-14

for Switch 1 and TB6-14 and TB6-15 for Switch 2.

For demand limit by switch control, closing the first de-

mand limit contact will put the unit on the first demand limit

level, either by capacity or compressor current. The unit will

not exceed the percentage of capacity or compressor current

entered as Demand Limit Switch 1 set point. Closing contacts

on the second demand limit switch prevents the unit from ex-

ceeding the demand limit entered as Demand Limit Switch 2

set point. The demand limit percent capacity or compressor

current that is set to the lowest demand takes priority if both de-

mand limit inputs are closed. If the demand limit percentage

does not match unit operation, the unit will limit capacity or

current to the closest step without exceeding the value.

To use demand limit, select the type of demand limiting to

use by configuring the Demand Limit Select variable (De-

mand Limit Type Select, DMDC) to Switch. Configure the

Demand Limit set points based on the type selected.

Switch Controlled (Capacity Based) — If using 2-step de-

mand limit control, an energy management module must be in-

stalled. One-step demand limit control does not require the en-

ergy management module. To configure Demand Limit for

switch control, three parameters for 1-step switch control must

be configured. For 2-step control, four parameters must be

configured. The parameters are: the type of Demand Limit

Selection (Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC), the setting

for Switch Limit Set Point 1 (Switch Limit Setpoint 1, DLS1),

The setting for Switch Limit Set Point 2 (Switch Limit Set-

point 2, DLS2), and Current Limit Select (Current Limit Se-

lect, CUR.S). Current Limit Select must be set to NO.

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:

To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Demand Limit

Type Select Config USER 24 1 (Switch Control)

Default = 0 (None)

Switch Limit

Setpoint 1 Setpoints SETPOINT 33 Default = 100%

Switch Limit

Setpoint 2 Setpoints SETPOINT 34

(Not required

for 1-Step)

Default = 100%

Current Limit

Select Config USER 30 No

Default = No

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

DMDC Demand Limit

Select Configuration RSET SWITCH

Default = NONE

DLS1 Switch Limit

Setpoint 1 Setpoints MISC Default = 100%

DLS2 Switch Limit

Setpoint 2 Setpoints MISC

(Not required

for 1-Step)

Default = 100%

CUR.S Current Limit

Select Configuration OPTN NO

Default: NO



Fig. 23 — 4 to 20 mA Temperature Reset

0101420

mA Signal

Degrees Reset (deg F)

Cooling Reset

Deg. Value,

DGRC

Current No Reset Value,

CRV1

Current Full Reset Value,

CRV2

46 8

12 16 18

a30-4482

In the following example, 2-step demand limit based on

capacity is desired with the first switch closure limiting the

capacity to 60%. The second switch closure is to limit the

capacity to 40%. Demand Limit Switch 1 is 60% and Demand

Limit Switch 2 is 40%.

Switch Controlled (Current Based) — If using 2-step de-

mand limit control, an energy management module must be

installed. One-step demand limit control does not require the

energy management module. Four parameters for 1-step switch

control must be configured. For 2-step control, five parameters

must be configured. The parameters are: the type of Demand

Limit Selection (Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC), the

setting for Switch Limit Set Point 1 (Switch Limit Setpoint 1,

DLS1), the setting for Switch Limit Set Point 2 (Switch Limit

Setpoint 2, DLS2), the Current Limit Select (Current Limit

Select, CUR.S), and the Compressor Current limit at 100%

signal, (Current Limit at 100%, CUR.F).

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:

EXTERNALLY POWERED (4 to 20 mA) CAPACITY

BASED DEMAND LIMIT — The energy management

module is required for 4 to 20 mA demand limit control. An

externally powered 4 to 20 mA signal must be connected to

TB6-1 and TB6-2. To configure demand limit for 4 to 20 mA

control based on unit capacity, four parameters must be config-

ured. The parameters are: the type of Demand Limit Selection

(Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC), the current at which

100% capacity limit takes place (mA For 100% Demand

Limit, DMMX), the current at which 0% capacity limit takes

place (mA For 0% Demand Limit, DMZE), and the Current

Limit Selection (Current Limit Select, CUR.S).

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:

To configure this option with the Navigator display:

In the following example, a 4 mA signal is Demand Limit

100% and a 20 mA Demand Limit signal is 0%. The 4 to

20 mA signal is connected to TB6-1 and TB6-2. The demand

limit is a linear interpolation between the two values entered. In

Fig. 24, if the machine receives a 12 mA signal, the machine

controls will limit the capacity to 50%.

EXTERNALLY POWERED (4 to 20 mA) CURRENT

BASED DEMAND LIMIT — The energy management

module is required for 4 to 20 mA demand limit control. An

externally powered 4 to 20 mA signal must be connected to

TB6-1 and TB6-2. To configure demand limit for 4 to 20 mA

control based on compressor current, five parameters must be

configured. The parameters are: the type of Demand Limit

Selection (Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC), the current at

which 100% capacity limit takes place (mA For 100%

Demand Limit, DMMX), the current at which 0% capacity

limit takes place (mA For 0% Demand Limit, DMZE), the

Current Limit Selection (Current Limit Select, CUR.S), and

the Compressor Current limit at 100% signal (Current Limit

at 100%, CUR.F).

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

TOUCH PILOT DISPLAY NAVIGATOR DISPLAY

Display Name Value Item Value

Demand Limit Type Select 1DMDC SWITCH

Switch Limit Setpoint 1 60% DSL1 60%

Switch Limit Setpoint 2 40% DSL2 40%

Current Limit Select No CUR.S NO

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE

NO. VALUE

Demand Limit

Type Select Config USER 24

1 (Switch Control)

Default = 0

(None)

Switch Limit

Setpoint 1 Setpoints SETPOINT 33 Default = 100%

Switch Limit

Setpoint 2 Setpoints SETPOINT 34

(Not required

for 1-Step)

Default = 100%

Current Limit

Select Config USER 30 Ye s

Default = No

Current Limit

at 100% Config USER 31 Default =

2000.0 Amps

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

DMDC Demand Limit

Select Configuration RSET

SWITCH

Default =

NONE

DSL1 Switch Limit

Setpoint 1 Setpoints MISC Default =

100%

DSL2 Switch Limit

Setpoint 2 Setpoints MISC

(Not required

for 1-Step)

Default =

100%

CUR.S Current Limit

Select Configuration OPTN NO

Default: NO

CUR.F Current Limit

at 100% Configuration OPTN Default =

2000



CAUTION

Care should be taken when interfacing with other control

systems due to possible power supply differences such as a

full wave bridge versus a half wave rectification. Connec-

tion of control devices with different power supplies may

result in permanent damage. ComfortLink™ controls

incorporate power supplies with half wave rectification. A

signal isolation device should be utilized if the signal gen-

erator incorporates a full wave bridge rectifier.

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Demand Limit

Type Select Config USER 24 2 (4-20mA Control)

Default = 0 (None)

mA For 100%

Demand Limit Config USER 28 Default = 0.0 mA

mA For 0%

Demand Limit Config USER 29 Default = 10.0 mA

Current Limit

Select Config USER 30 No

Default = No

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

DMDC Demand Limit

Select Configuration RSET 4-20MA INPUT

Default = NONE

DMMX mA for 100%

Demand Lim Configuration RSET Default =

0.0 mA

DMZE mA for 0%

Demand Limit Configuration RSET Default =

10.0 mA

CUR.S Current Limit

Select Configuration OPTN NO

Default: NO

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Demand Limit

Type Select Config USER 24 2 (4-20mA Control)

Default = 0 (None)

mA For 100%

Demand Limit Config USER 28 Default = 0.0 mA

mA For 0%

Demand Limit Config USER 29 Default = 10.0 mA

Current Limit

Select Config USER 30 Ye s

Default = No

Current Limit

at 100% Config USER 31 Default = 2000.0 Amps



To configure this option with the Navigator display:

In the following example, a 4 mA signal is Demand Limit

for compressor current is 2000 amps and a 20 mA Demand

Limit signal corresponds with a compressor current of 0 amps.

The 4 to 20 mA signal is connected to TB6-1 and TB6-2. The

demand limit is a linear interpolation between the two values

entered. If the machine receives a 12 mA signal, the machine

controls will limit the total compressor current capacity to

1000 amps. See Fig. 25.

CCN LOADSHED CONTROLLED DEMAND LIMIT —

To configure Demand Limit for CCN Loadshed control, the

unit Operating Type Control must be in CCN control. With the

Touch Pilot™ display, the machine must be started with CCN

Control. For the Navigator™ display, the Operating Control

Type (I/O Button, OPER) must be CCN CONTROL.

The unit must be controlled by a Chillervisor module. The

Chillervisor module can force the demand limit variable and

directly control the capacity of the machine. Additionally, the

unit’s set point will be artificially lowered to force the chiller to

load to the demand limit value.

Ice Storage Operation — Chiller operation can be

configured to make and store ice. The energy management

module and an Ice Done Switch are required for operation in

the Ice Mode. In this configuration, the machine can operate

with up to three cooling set points: Cooling Set Point 1 (Cool-

ing Setpoint 1, CSP.1) is used during the Occupied period;

Cooling Set Point 2 (Cooling Setpoint 2, CSP.2) is used dur-

ing the Unoccupied period when the ice build is complete (Ice

Done Switch is closed); and Cooling Ice Set Point (Cooling

Ice Setpoint, CSP.3) is used during the unoccupied period

while ice is building (Ice Done Switch is open).

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

To configure this option with the Navigator display:

A power cycle is required for the values to take effect.

Broadcast Configuration — The 30XW chiller is ca-

pable of broadcasting time, date, and holiday status to all ele-

ments in the CCN system. In the stand-alone mode, broadcast

must be activated to utilize holiday schedules and adjust for

daylight saving time. If the chiller is to be connected to a CCN

system, determine which system element is to be the network

broadcaster to all other system elements. Broadcast is activated

and deactivated in the BRODEFS Table. It is accessible from

Touch Pilot display (Config BRODEFS) or through Network

Service Tool. It is not accessible through Navigator display.

Only one element should be configured as a broadcaster. If

a broadcast is activated by a device that has been designated as

a network broadcaster, then broadcasted time, date, and holiday

status will be updated over the CCN system. If broadcast is en-

abled, a broadcast acknowledger must also be enabled. The ac-

knowledger cannot be the same machine as the broadcasting

machine.

ACTIVATE — The Activate variable enables the broadcast

function of the ComfortLink controls. If this variable is set to 0,

this function is not used and holiday schedules and daylight

savings compensation are not possible. Setting this variable to

1 allows the machine to broadcast and receive broadcasts on

the network. The following information is broadcast: the time

with compensation for daylight savings, date, and holiday flag.

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

DMDC Demand Limit

Select Configuration RSET

4-20MA INPUT

Default =

NONE

DMMX mA for 100%

Demand Lim Configuration RSET Default =

0.0 mA

DMZE mA for 0%

Demand Limit Configuration RSET Default =

10.0 mA

CUR.S Current Limit

Select Configuration OPTN YES

Default: NO

CUR.F Current Limit

at 100% Configuration OPTN Default =

2000



DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Ice Mode Enable Config USER 42 Yes

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

ICE.M Ice Mode Enable Configuration OPTN ENBL



100

12 14 16 1820

mA Demand Limit Signal

% Demand Limit

mA For 0% Demand Limit,

DMZE

mA For 100% Demand Limit,

DMMX

0246810

Fig. 24 — 4 to 20 mA Demand Limit (Capacity)

a30-4831

Set this variable to 2 for stand-alone units that are not con-

nected to a CCN. With this configuration, daylight saving time

and holiday determination will be done without broadcasting

through the bus. This variable can only be changed when using

the Touch Pilot display, ComfortVIEW™ software, or

Network Service Tool. This variable cannot be changed with

the Navigator display.

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

BROADCAST ACKNOWLEDGER — This configuration

defines if the chiller will be used to acknowledge broadcast

messages on the CCN bus. One broadcast acknowledger is

required per bus, including secondary buses created by the use

of a bridge. This variable can only be changed with the Touch

Pilot display, ComfortVIEW software, or Network Service

Tool. This variable cannot be changed with the Navigator

display.

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

Alarm Control

ALARM ROUTING CONTROL — Alarms recorded on the

chiller can be routed through the CCN. To configure this op-

tion, the ComfortLink control must be configured to determine

which CCN elements will receive and process alarms. Input for

the decision consists of eight digits, each of which can be set to

either 0 or 1. Setting a digit to 1 specifies that alarms will be

sent to the system element that corresponds to that digit. Set-

ting all digits to 0 disables alarm processing. The factory de-

fault is 00000000. See Fig. 26. The default setting is is based

on the assumption that the unit will not be connected to a net-

work. If the network does not contain a ComfortVIEW, Com-

fortWORKS®, TeLink, DataLINK™, or BAClink module, en-

abling this feature will only add unnecessary activity to the

CCN communication bus.

This option can be modified by the Touch Pilot display. It

cannot be modified with the Navigator display.

Typical configuration of the Alarm Routing variable is

11010000. This Alarm Routing status will transmit alarms to

ComfortVIEW software, TeLink, BAClink, and DataLINK.

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

ALARM EQUIPMENT PRIORITY — The ComfortVIEW

device uses the equipment priority value when sorting alarms

by level. The purpose of the equipment priority value is to de-

termine the order in which to sort alarms that have the same

level. A priority of 0 is the highest and would appear first when

sorted. A priority of 7 would appear last when sorted. For ex-

ample, if two chillers send out identical alarms, the chiller with

the higher priority would be listed first. The default is 4. This

variable can only be changed when using the Touch Pilot dis-

play, ComfortVIEW software, or Network Service Tool. This

variable cannot be changed with the Navigator™ display. To

configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:

COMMUNICATION FAILURE RETRY TIME — This vari-

able specifies the amount of time that will be allowed to elapse

between alarm retries. Retries occur when an alarm is not

acknowledged by a network alarm acknowledger, which may

be either a ComfortVIEW software or TeLink. If acknowledge-

ment is not received, the alarm will be re-transmitted after the

number of minutes specified in this decision. This variable can

only be changed with the Touch Pilot display, ComfortVIEW,

or Network Service Tool. This variable cannot be changed with

the Navigator display. To configure this option with the Touch

Pilot display:

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Activate Config BRODEFS 1 Range = 0 to 2

Default = 2

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Broadcast acknowledger Config Ctlt-ID 10 Yes



DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Alarm Routing

Control Config ALARMDEF 1 Default = 00000000

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Alarm Equipment

Priority Config ALARMDEF 2 Range = 0 to 7

Default = 4

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Comm Failure

Retry Time Config ALARMDEF 3

Range =

1 to 240 minutes

Default =

10 minutes



200

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2000

mA Signal

Compressor Current

mA For 100% Demand Limit,

DMMX

mA For 0% Demand Limit,

DMZE

24 6 810 12 14 16 1820

Fig. 25 — 4 to 20 mA Demand Limit (Compressor Current) a30-4832

RE-ALARM TIME — This variable specifies the amount of

time that will be allowed to elapse between re-alarms. A re-

alarm occurs when the conditions that caused the initial alarm

continue to persist for the number of minutes specified in this

decision. Re-alarming will continue to occur at the specified in-

terval until the condition causing the alarm is corrected. This

variable can only be changed with the Touch Pilot display,

ComfortVIEW, or Network Service Tool. This variable cannot

be changed with the Navigator display. To configure this option

with the Touch Pilot display:

ALARM SYSTEM NAME — This variable specifies the

system element name that will appear in the alarms generated

by the unit control. The name can be up to 8 alphanumeric

characters in length. This variable can only be changed when

using the Touch Pilot display, ComfortVIEW, or Network

Service Tool. This variable cannot be changed with the

Navigator display.

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot display:

Daylight Saving Time Configuration — The

30XW chiller control contains software which can automati-

cally correct for daylight saving time. This software is accessi-

ble from the Touch Pilot display, ComfortVIEW, or Network

Service Tool. It is not accessible through the Navigator display.

To enable this feature, Daylight Saving Select must be set to

1. The start of Daylight Saving must be configured by setting

the Month, Day of Week, and Week of Month. The end for

Daylight Saving must also be configured. To configure this op-

tion with the Touch Pilot display, see Table 32.

Table 32 — Daylight Savings Time Configuration

Capacity Control Overrides — The following ca-

pacity control overrides (Active Capacity Override, CAP.S)

will modify the normal operation routine. If any of the override

conditions listed below are satisfied, the override will deter-

mine the capacity change instead of the normal control. Over-

rides are listed by priority order and are often linked to unit op-

erating modes. See Table 33 for a list of overrides. See the Op-

erating Modes section on page 54 for more information

regarding operating modes.

Override #1: Cooler Freeze Protection — This override at-

tempts to avoid the freeze protection alarm. If the Leaving

Water Temperature is less than Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine

Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) + 2.0° F (1.1º C) then a stage of

capacity is removed.

NOTE: The freeze set point is 34 F (1.1 C) for fresh water

systems (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=1). The freeze set point

is Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP), for

Medium Temperature Brine systems (Cooler Fluid Type,

FLUD=2).

DISPLAY

NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Realarm

Time Config ALARMDEF 4

Range = 1 to 254 minutes

255 = Re-Alarm Disabled

Default = 30 minutes

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Alarm System

Name Config ALARMDEF 5 Default =

PRO_XAXQ



DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Activate Config BRODEFS 1 1 or 2

Default = 2

Daylight

Saving Select Config BRODEFS 7 Enable

Default = Dsble

Entering Config BRODEFS 8

Month Config BRODEFS 9

Enter Starting

Month for

Daylight Saving

Day of Week

(1=Monday) Config BRODEFS 10

Enter the Day of

the Week Daylight

Saving Starts

Week of Month Config BRODEFS 11

Enter Week of

the Month Daylight

Saving Starts

Leaving Config BRODEFS 12

Month Config BRODEFS 13

Enter Ending

Month for

Daylight Saving

Day of Week

(1=Monday) Config BRODEFS 14

Enter the Day of

the Week Daylight

Saving ends

Week of Month Config BRODEFS 15

Enter Week of

the Month Daylight

Saving ends



DESCRIPTION STATUS POINT

Alarm Routing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ALRM_CNT

ComfortView™, or ComfortWorks

TeLink

Unused

BacLink or DataLink™

Unused

Fig. 26 — Alarm Routing Control

a30-4485

Override #2: Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature

in Cooling

Override #3: Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature

in Cooling

These overrides attempt to avoid the low suction temperature

alarms and are active only when the compressor is running

beyond the fully unloaded level. The slide valve in the affected

circuit will be decreased in position if the Saturated Suction

Temperature is less than Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine Freeze

Setpoint, LOSP) –18.0 F (–10 C) for 90 seconds, or the Satu-

rated Suction Temperature is less than –4 F (–20 C).

Override #5: Low Temperature Cooling and High Tempera-

ture Heating — This override decreases capacity when the dif-

ference between the Control Point (Control Point, CTPT) and

the Leaving Water Temperature (Cooler Leaving Fluid, LWT)

reaches a predetermined limit and the rate of change of the wa-

ter is 0º F per minute or still decreasing.

Override #6: Low Temperature Cooling and High Temperature

Heating — This override decreases capacity (approximately

5% of circuit capacity) when the Entering Water Temperature

(Cooler Entering Fluid, EWT) is less than the Control Point

(Control Point, CTPT).

Override #7: Ramp Loading — No capacity stage increase

will be made if the unit is configured for ramp loading (Ramp

Loading Select, RL.S=ENBL) and the difference between the

Leaving Water Temperature and the Control Point is greater

than 4º F (2.2º C) and the rate of change of the leaving water is

greater than Cool Ramp Loading Rate (Cooling Ramp Load-

ing, CRMP). Operating mode 5 (MD05) will be in effect.

Override #8: Service Manual Test Override — This over-

ride mode indicates the unit has been placed into Service Test

mode. The user can then use Service Test functions to test the

unit. All safeties and higher priority overrides are monitored

and acted upon.

NOTE: The user cannot activate this override mode.

Override # 9: Demand Limit — This override mode is active

when a command to limit the capacity is received. If the

current unit capacity is greater than the active capacity limit

value, a stage is removed. If the current capacity is lower than

the capacity limit value, the control will not add a stage that

will result in the new capacity being greater then the capacity

limit value. Operating mode 4 (MD04) will be in effect.

Override #10: Cooler Interlock Override — This override

prohibits compressor operation until the Cooler Interlock

(Cooler Flow Switch, LOCK) is closed.

Override #11: High Temperature Cooling and Low Temper-

ature Heating — This override algorithm runs once when the

unit is switched to ON. If the difference between the Leaving

Water Temperature (Cooler Leaving Fluid, LWT) and the

Control Point (Control Point, CTPT) exceeds a calculated

value and the rate of change of the water temperature is greater

than –0.1º F/min, a stage will be added.

Override #12: High Temperature Cooling and Low Temper-

ature Heating — This override runs only when Minimum

Load Control is Enabled, (Hot Gas Bypass Select, HGBP)

and is set to 1, 2 or 3. This override will add a stage of capacity

if the next stage is Minimum Load Control, when the differ-

ence between the Leaving Water Temperature (Cooler Leav-

ing Fluid, LWT) and the Control Point (Control Point, CTPT)

exceeds a calculated value and the rate of change of the water

temperature is greater than a fixed value.

Override #13: Minimum On/Off and Off/On Time Delay —

Whenever a capacity change has been made, the control will

remain at this capacity stage for the next 90 seconds. During

this time, no capacity control algorithm calculations will be

made. If the capacity step is a compressor, an additional

90-second delay is added to the previous hold time (see Over-

ride #22). This override allows the system to stabilize before

another capacity stage is added or removed. If a condition of a

higher priority override occurs, the higher priority override will

take precedence. Operating Mode 10 (MD10) will be in effect.

Table 33 — Capacity Control Overrides

CAPACITY CONTROL OVERRIDES

1Cooler Freeze Protection

2Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature in Cooling

3Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature in Cooling

4—

5Low Temperature cooling and High Temperature Heating (LWT)

6Low Temperature cooling and High Temperature Heating (EWT)

7Ramp Loading

8Service Manual Test Override

9Demand Limit

10 Cooler Interlock Override

11 High Temperature Cooling and Low Temperature Heating

12 High Temperature Cooling and Low Temperature Heating

(minimum load control in effect)

13 Minimum On/Off and Off/On Time Delay

14 Slow Change Override

15 System Manager Capacity Control

16 Circuit A High Pressure Override

17 Circuit B High Pressure Override

18 —

19 Standby Mode

20 —

21 —

22 Minimum On Time Delay

23 Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Temperature in Cooling

24 Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Temperature in Cooling

25 —

26 —

27 —

28 —

29 —

30 —

31 —

32 —

33 —

34 Circuit A Low Refrigerant Charge

35 Circuit B Low Refrigerant Charge

36 —

37 —

38 —

39 —

40 —

41 Circuit A High Current Override

42 Circuit B High Current Override

43 —

44 Circuit A High Suction Superheat at Part Load

45 Circuit B High Suction Superheat at Part Load

46 —

47 —

48 —

49 —

50 —

51 —

52 —

53 Circuit A Delay for Unloading the Slide Valve

54 Circuit B Delay for Unloading the Slide Valve

55 —

56 —

57 —

58 —

59 Circuit A Low Oil Level

60 Circuit B Low Oil Level

61 —

62 Circuit A High Motor Temperature Override

63 Circuit B High Motor Temperature Override

64 —

65 —

66 Circuit A High Discharge Gas Override

67 Circuit B High Discharge Gas Override

Override #14: Slow Change Override — This override pre-

vents compressor stage changes when the leaving temperature

is close to the control point and slowly moving towards it.

Override #15: System Manager Capacity Control — If a

Chillervisor module is controlling the unit and multiple chill-

ers, the unit will increase capacity to attempt to load to the de-

mand limited value.

Override #16: Circuit A High Pressure Override

Override #17: Circuit B High Pressure Override — This

override attempts to avoid a high pressure failure. The algo-

rithm is run every 4 seconds. If the Saturated Condensing Tem-

perature for the circuit is above the High Pressure Threshold

(High Pressure Threshold, HP.TH) then the position of slide

valve will be unloaded.

Override #19: Standby Mode — This override algorithm will

not allow a compressor to run if the unit is in Standby mode,

(Heat/Cool Status, HC.ST=2).

Override #22: Minimum On Time Delay — In addition to

Override #13 Minimum On/Off and Off/On Time Delay, for

compressor capacity changes, an additional 90-second delay

will be added to Override #13 delay. No compressor will be

deenergized until 3 minutes have elapsed since the last com-

pressor has been turned ON. When this override is active, the

capacity control algorithm calculations will be performed, but

no capacity reduction will be made until the timer has expired.

A control with higher precedence will override the Minimum

On Time Delay.

Override #23: Circuit A Low Saturated Suction Tempera-

ture in Cooling

Override #24: Circuit B Low Saturated Suction Tempera-

ture in Cooling — If the circuit is operating close to the opera-

tional limit of the compressor, the circuit capacity will remain at

the same point or unload to raise the saturated suction tempera-

ture. This algorithm will be active if at least 1 compressor in the

circuit is on and one of the following conditions is true:

1. Saturated Suction Temperature is less than the Brine

Freeze Setpoint (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) –6º F

(3.3º C).

2. Saturated Suction Temperature is less than the Brine

Freeze Setpoint (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) and the

circuit approach (Leaving Water Temperature – Saturated

Suction Temperature) is greater than 15º F (8.3º C) and

the Circuit Superheat (Discharge Gas Temperature – Sat-

urated Discharge Temperature) is greater than 25º F

(13.9º C).

NOTE: The freeze set point is 34 F (1.1 C) for fresh

water systems (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=1). The

freeze set point is Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine Freeze

Setpoint, LOSP), for Medium Temperature Brine

systems (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=2).

If any of these conditions are met, the appropriate operating

mode, 21 (Circuit A) or 22 (Circuit B) will be in effect.

Override #34: Circuit A Low Refrigerant Charge

Override #35: Circuit B Low Refrigerant Charge — The ca-

pacity override attempts to protect the compressor from start-

ing with no refrigerant in the circuit. This algorithm runs only

when the circuit is not operational (compressors is OFF). There

are several criteria that will enable this override:

1. The saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge

temperature is less than –13 F (–25 C).

2. All of these conditions must be true:

a. The saturated suction temperature or saturated

discharge temperature is less than leaving fluid

temperature by more than 5.4º F (3.0º C).

b. Saturated suction temperature or saturated dis-

charge temperature is less than 41 F (5 C).

c. Outdoor air temperature is less than 32 F (0º C).

d. Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge

temperature is less than the outdoor air temperature

by more than 5.4º F (3.0º C).

3. All of these conditions must be true:

a. The saturated suction temperature or saturated

discharge temperature is less than leaving fluid

temperature by more than 5.4º F (3.0º C).

b. Saturated suction temperature or saturated dis-

charge temperature is less than 41 F (5 C).

c. Saturated suction temperature or saturated dis-

charge temperature is less than the brine freeze

point (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) by more

than 6º F (3.3º C).

NOTE: The freeze set point is 34 F (1.1 C)

for fresh water systems (Brine Freeze Setpoint,

FLUD=1). The freeze set point is brine freeze set

point (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP), for medium

temperature brine systems (Cooler Fluid Type,

FLUD=2).

4. All of these conditions must be true:

a. The saturated suction temperature or saturated

discharge temperature is less than leaving water

temperature by more than 5.4º F (3.0º C).

b. Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge

temperature is less than 41 F (5 C).

c. Saturated suction temperature or saturated discharge

temperature is less than the outdoor-air temperature

by more than 9º F (5º C).

If any of these conditions 1, 2, 3 or 4 are met, the appropri-

ate operating mode, 21 (Circuit A) or 22 (Circuit B) will be in

effect.

Override #41: Circuit A High Current Override

Override #42: Circuit B High Current Override — This

override attempts to avoid an overcurrent failure. The algo-

rithm is run every 4 seconds. If the compressor current is great-

er than 79% of must trip amps (MTA) but less than 85% MTA

then the capacity will be held at current capacity. If the com-

pressor current is greater than 85% MTA then capacity will be

reduced by repositioning the slide valve until the current is less

than 85% MTA (Must Trip Amps, MTA.X).

Override #44: Circuit A High Suction Superheat at Part

Load

Override #45: Circuit B High Suction Superheat at Part

Load — If the compressor of the circuit is on, the compressor

current is no more than 30% of the MTA, main EXV is more

than 90% open and the suction superheat is higher than the

superheat control point for more than 5 minutes, then the cir-

cuit will be shut down.

Override #53: Circuit A Delay for Unloading the Slide

Val ve

Override #54: Circuit B Delay for Unloading the Slide

Val ve — This override prevents the compressor from re-start-

ing with locked rotor failure after being shutdown due to an

alarm or power cycle. The delay varies depending on the size

of the compressor. Refer to Table 34 for compressor nominal

capacities. A delay of 20 minutes will elapse for 182 and

204 ton compressors. The delay allows the slide valve of the

compressor to move back to its fully unloaded position. The

delay is adjusted according to the percent of the compressor

running capacity before it is shut down. If the compressor is

stopped normally, no delay will be applied. If the compressor is

shut down by the locked rotor alarm, a full delay will be ap-

plied before the compressor is allowed to re-start.

Table 34 — 30XW Compressor Nominal Capacity

Override #59: Circuit A Low Oil Level

Override #60: Circuit B Low Oil Level — This override is

only effective when the circuit is not running. The override will

prevent the circuit from starting up with a low oil level. If this

override occurs three times, the low oil level alarm will be

tripped.

Override #62: Circuit A High Motor Temperature Override

Override #63: Circuit B High Motor Temperature Override

— This override prevents the compressor motor temperature

from rising above the high temperature limit, but still allows

the chiller to run close to the high temperature limit by unload-

ing the compressor. If the motor temperature is greater than

214 F (101.1 C), the compressor will not load. This override

will remain active until the temperature drops below 214 F

(101.1 C). If the motor temperature is greater than 225 F

(107.2 C) for 60 seconds, the circuit capacity will decrease by

one stage. If the motor temperature is greater than 228 F

(108.9), the circuit capacity will decrease by one stage

immediately.

Override #66: Circuit A High Discharge Gas Override

Override #67: Circuit B High Discharge Gas Override —

When the temperature is above the limit minus 2° F (1.1° C) in-

crease in capacity will not be allowed. This override will re-

main active until the discharge gas temperature drops below

the limit by –3° F (–1.7° C).

Head Pressure Control — The Main Base Board

(MBB) uses the saturated condensing temperature input from

the discharge pressure transducer to control the head pressure

control signal. Head pressure control is maintained through a

calculated set point which is automatically adjusted based on

actual saturated condensing and saturated suction temperatures

so that the compressor(s) is (are) always operating within the

manufacturer’s specified envelope. The control will automati-

cally reduce the unit capacity as the saturated condensing tem-

perature approaches an upper limit. See capacity overrides

#16-18. The control will indicate through an operating mode

that high ambient unloading is in effect. If the saturated con-

densing temperature in a circuit exceeds the calculated maxi-

mum, the circuit will be stopped. For these reasons, there are

no head pressure control methods or set points to enter. The

control will modulate the 0 to 10v head pressure control output

signal when condensing temperature is below the minimum

head pressure requirement for the compressor. See Table 34 for

compressor nominal capacity.

LOW CONDENSER FLUID TEMPERATURE HEAD

PRESSURE CONTROL OPTION — Units will start and op-

erate down to 65 F (18.3 C) entering condenser water tempera-

ture as standard. Operation with entering condenser water tem-

peratures below 65 F (18.3 C) requires a field supplied and in-

stalled condenser fluid control valve.

Sequence of Operation — Valve position is controlled

through a 0 to 10 vdc signal provided by the MLV/COND

board, channel 9, to maintain the head pressure set point. Unit

sizes 325-400 use a common condenser so the MBB uses the

highest saturated condensing temperature of either circuit. As a

safety feature, if the circuit is on and if the saturated condens-

ing temperature reaches the condensing set point +10° F, the

valve is opened to its maximum position to avoid a high pres-

sure alarm. The water valve is fully closed when the circuit is

OFF on unit sizes 150-200 and if both circuits are off on unit

sizes 325-400.

If the unit is configured as a heat machine, the valve will be

maintained fully open when the unit operates in heating mode

and when the condenser leaving water temperature becomes

greater than the head pressure set point.

Maximum and minimum condenser valve position is con-

figurable. The minimum condenser valve position is very im-

portant to avoid condenser freeze risks as condenser freeze pro-

tection is ensured by the condenser pump.

To configure this option with the Touch Pilot™ display:

To configure this option with the Navigator™ display:

NOTE: Operation of the head pressure control valve can be

verified by entering Quick Test. From the Navigator display,

go to Service Test\QUIC\FAN.A. From the Touch Pilot dis-

play, go to MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1\Q_VFANA.

PRE-START-UP

Do not attempt to start the chiller until the following checks

have been completed.

System Check

1. Check to ensure the unit is level per the installation

instructions.

2. Electrical power source must agree with unit nameplate.

3. Check that auxiliary components, such as the chilled fluid

and condenser fluid circulating pumps, air-handling

equipment, or any other equipment to which the chiller

supplies liquid are operational. Consult manufacturer's in-

structions. If the unit has field-installed accessories, be

sure all are properly installed and wired correctly. Refer

to unit wiring diagrams.

4. Open compressor suction service valves (if equipped).

5. Open discharge, liquid line, oil line, and economizer (if

equipped) service valves.

30XW UNIT SIZE 150 175 200 325 350 400

Compressor Nominal Capacity (tons)

Circuit A 182 182 204 182 182 204

Circuit B — — — 182 182 204

DISPLAY NAME PATH LINE NO. VALUE

Condenser Water

Val Sel Service FACTORY 13 YES

Water Val

Condensing Stp Setpoint 38

Range: 80 to120 F

(26.7 to 48.9 C)

Default: 86 F (30 C)

Recl Valve Min

Position Service SERVICE1 19 Range: 0 to 50%

Default: 20%

Recl Valve Max

Position Service SERVICE1 20 Range: 20 to 100%

Default: 100%

Prop PID Gain

Varifan Service SERVICE1 6 Range: -20 to 20

Default: 2.0

Int PID Gain

Varifan Service SERVICE1 7 Range: -5.0 to 5.0

Default: 0.2

Deri PID Gain

Varifan Service SERVICE1 8 Range: -20 to 20

Default: 0.4

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

CON.V Condenser Valve

Select Configuration UNIT YES

W.SCT Water Val Cond Stp Setpoint MISC

Range: 80 to140 F

(26.7 to 60 C)

Default: 86 F (30 C)

HR.MI Reclaim Water Valve

Min Configuration SERV Range: 0 to 50%

Default: 20%

HR.MA Reclaim Water Valve

Max Configuration SERV Range: 20 to 100%

Default: 100%

HD.PG Varifan Proportion

Gain Configuration SERV Range: –10 to 10

Default: 2.0

HD.DG Varifan Derivative

Gain Configuration SERV Range: –10 to 10

Default: 0.4

HD.IG Varifan Integral Gain Configuration SERV Range: –10 to 10

Default: 0.2

IMPORTANT: Complete the Start-Up Checklist

for 30XW Liquid Chillers at the end of this publication.

The checklist assures proper start-up of a unit, and

provides a record of unit condition, application

requirements, system information, and operation at

initial start-up.



6. Fill the chiller fluid circuit with clean water (with recom-

mended inhibitor added) or other non-corrosive fluid to

be cooled. Bleed all air out of high points of system. If

unit is exposed to temperatures below 32 F (0° C), suffi-

cient inhibited propylene glycol or other suitable corro-

sion inhibited antifreeze should be added to the chiller

water and condenser water circuit to prevent possible

freeze-up. The chilled water loop must be cleaned before

the unit is connected. To set the maintenance time for

cleaning and inspecting loop strainers, go to Water Filter

Ctrl (days), W.FIL. Values for this item are counted as

days. Refer to the system pump package literature for

specific internal inspection/cleaning requirements.

7. Check tightness of all electrical connections.

8. Verify power supply phase sequence. The phase sequence

should be A-B-C for proper compressor rotation.

START-UP

Actual Start-Up — Actual start-up should be done only

under supervision of a qualified refrigeration technician.

1. Be sure all discharge, oil, and suction valves (if equipped)

and liquid line service valves are open.

2. Using the unit control, set leaving-fluid set point (Cool-

ing Setpoint 1, CSP.1). No cooling range adjustment is

necessary.

3. If optional control functions or accessories are being

used, the unit must be properly configured. Refer to

Configuration Options section for details.

4. Start the chilled fluid and condenser pumps, if unit is not

configured for pump control. (Cooler Pumps Sequence,

PUMP=0; Condenser Pump Sequence, HPUM = No)

5. Complete the Start-Up Checklist to verify all components

are operating properly.

6. Check the cooler flow switch for proper operation. En-

sure that the flow switch input indicates closed when the

pump is on and open when the pump is off.

7. Turn Enable/Off/Remote contact switch to Enable position.

8. Allow unit to operate and confirm that everything is

functioning properly. Check to see that leaving fluid

temperature agrees with leaving set point Control Point

(Control Point, CTPT).

Operating Limitations

TEMPERATURES — Unit operating temperature limits are

listed in Table 35.

Low Condenser Water Temperature Operation — For con-

denser entering water temperatures between 33 F (0.6 C) and

65 F (18.3 F), field installed accessory head pressure control

valve is required. Contact your Carrier representative for

details.

Table 35 — Temperature Limits for Standard Units

LEGEND

*Temperature limit for high condensing/heat reclaim option units are

140 F (60 C).

†For sustained operation, EWT should not exceed 85 F (29.4 C).

**Unit requires brine modification for operation below this

temperature.

VOLTAGE

Main Power Supply — Minimum and maximum acceptable

supply voltages are listed in the Installation Instructions.

Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage — Never operate a motor

where a phase imbalance between phases is greater than 2%.

To determine percent voltage imbalance:

The maximum voltage deviation is the largest difference

between a voltage measurement across 2 legs and the average

across all 3 legs.

Example: Supply voltage is 240-3-60.

AB = 243v

BC = 236v

AC = 238v

1. Determine average voltage:

2. Determine maximum deviation from average voltage:

(AB) 243 – 239 = 4 v

(BC) 239 – 236 = 3 v

(AC) 239 – 238 = 1 v

Maximum deviation is 4 v.

3. Determine percent voltage imbalance:

= 1.7%

This voltage imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the

maximum allowable of 2%.

MINIMUM FLUID LOOP VOLUME — To obtain proper

temperature control, loop fluid volume must be at least 3 gal-

lons per ton (3.25 L per kW) of chiller nominal capacity for air

conditioning and at least 6 gallons per ton (6.5 L per kW) for

CAUTION

Do not manually operate contactors. Serious damage to the

machine may result.

CAUTION

Brine duty application (below 40 F [4.4 C] LCWT) for

chiller normally requires factory modification. Contact a

Carrier Representative for details regarding specific

applications. Operation below 40 F (4.4 C) LCWT with-

out modification can result in compressor failure.

TEMPERATURE F C

Maximum Condenser EWT 110 43.3

Minimum Condenser EWT 65 18.3

Maximum Condenser LWT* 118 47.8

Maximum Cooler EWT† 70 21.1

Maximum Cooler LWT 60 15.6

Minimum Cooler LWT** 40 4.4

EWT — Entering Fluid (Water) Temperature

LWT — Leaving Fluid (Water) Temperature

% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x

max voltage deviation from

avg voltage

average voltage

Average voltage = 243+236+238

= 717

= 239

% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x 4

239

IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbal-

ance is more than 2%, contact the local electric

utility company immediately. Do not operate unit

until imbalance condition is corrected.

process applications. Refer to application information in Prod-

uct Data literature for details.

FLOW RATE REQUIREMENTS — Standard chillers should

be applied with nominal flow rates within those listed in the

Evaporator and Condenser Flow Rates table. Higher or lower

flow rates are permissible to obtain lower or higher tempera-

ture rises. Minimum flow rates must be exceeded to assure

turbulent flow and proper heat transfer in the cooler. See Table

36. See Fig. 27-37 for cooler pressure drop curves.

Consult application data section in the Product Data

literature and job design requirements to determine flow rate

requirements for a particular installation.

Table 36 — Evaporator and Condenser Flow Rates

*Maximum condenser fluid temperature shown for standard condensing

option. High condensing or heat machine option may have leaving fluid tem-

peratures up to 140 F (60 C) and entering up to 128 F (53.3 C).

CAUTION

Operation below minimum flow rate could generate

alarms, which could result in damage to the cooler.

30XW UNIT

EVAPORATOR CONDENSER NOMINAL

Leaving Fluid/Entering Fluid Leaving Fluid/Entering Fluid

Evaporator Condenser

Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum*

40 F (4.4 C)/

45 F (7.2 C)

60 F (15.6 C)/

70 F (21.1 C)

70 F (21.1 C)/

65 F (18.3 C)

118 F (47.8 C)/

110 F (43.3 C)

Minimum

Flow Rate

Maximum

Flow Rate

Minimum

Flow Rate

Maximum

Flow Rate

Nominal

Flow Rate

Nominal

Flow Rate

GPM L/s GPM L/s GPM L/s GPM L/s GPM L/s GPM L/s

150

Two pass 200 12.6 720 45.4 240 15.1 960 60.6 384 24.2 480 30.3

One pass 384 24.2 1520 95.9 480 30.3 1600 100.9 384 24.2 480 30.3

Three pass 1207.648030.3————38424.2——

175

Two pass 213 13.4 765 48.3 255 16.1 1020 64.4 408 25.7 510 32.2

One pass 408 25.7 1615 101.9 510 32.2 1700 107.3 408 25.7 510 32.2

Three pass 1288.051032.2————40825.7——

200

Two pass 241 15.2 869 54.8 290 18.3 1158 731.0 463 29.2 579 36.5

One pass 463 29.2 1834 115.7 579 36.5 1930 121.8 463 29.2 579 36.5

Three pass 1459.157936.5————46329.2——

325

Two pass 403 25.4 1149 91.4 483 30.5 1932 121.9 773 48.8 966 60.9

One pass 773 48.8 3059 193.0 966 60.9 3220 203.2 773 48.8 966 60.9

Three pass 24215.296660.9————77348.8——

350

Two pass 429 27.0 1544 97.4 515 32.5 2058 129.8 823 51.9 1029 64.9

One pass 823 51.9 3259 205.6 1029 64.9 3430 216.4 823 51.9 1029 64.9

Three pass 257 16.2 1029 64.9 ————82351.9——

400

Two pass 481 30.4 1733 109.3 578 36.4 2310 145.7 924 58.3 1155 72.9

One pass 924 58.3 3658 230.8 1155 72.9 3850 242.9 924 58.3 1155 72.9

Three pass 289 18.2 1155 72.9 ————92458.3——

Fig. 27 — 30XW150-200 Evaporator Marine Waterbox

0.00

5.00

10.00

15.00

20.00

25.00

30.00

35.00

40.00

(0)

(14.9)

(29.8)

(44.8)

(59.7)

(74.6)

(89.5)

(104.4)

(119.4)

ft wg(kPa)

0 500 1000 1500 2000 gpm

(0) (31.5) (63.1) (94.6) (126.2) (L/s)

Evaporator Flow Rate

Pressure Drop

3 pass

2 pass

1 pass

a30-4833

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over

the entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

Fig. 28 — 30XW325-400 Evaporator Marine Waterbox

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

(0) (31.5) (63.1) (94.6) (126.2) (157.7) (189.3)

pass

gpm

(L/s)

Evaporator Flow Rate

0.00

5.00

10.00

15.00

20.00

25.00

30.00

35.00

40.00

ft wg

(0)

(14.9)

(29.8)

(44.8)

(59.7)

(74.6)

(89.5)

(104.4)

(119.4)

(kPa)

Pressure Drop

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over

the entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented. A30-4691

Fig. 29 — 30XW150-200 Evaporator NIH Flange and NIH Victaulic

0 500 1000 1500 2000 gpm

(0) (31.5) (63.1) (94.6) (126.2) (L/s)

2 pass

1 pass

3 pass

0.00

5.00

10.00

15.00

20.00

25.00

30.00

35.00

40.00

(0)

(14.9)

(29.8)

(44.8)

(59.7)

(74.6)

(89.5)

(104.4)

(119.4)

ft wg

(kPa)

Pressure Drop

Evaporator Flow Rate

A30-4834

LEGEND

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the

entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

NIH — Nozzle-In-Head

0 500 1000 1500 2000

(0) (31.5) (63.1) (94.6) (126.2)

Evaporator Flow Rate

1 pass

pass

0.00

5.00

10.00

15.00

20.00

25.00

30.00

35.00

40.00

ft wg

gpm

(L/s)

(0)

(14.9)

(29.8)

(44.8)

(59.7)

(74.6)

(89.5)

(104.4)

(119.4)

(kPa)

Pressure Drop

LEGEND

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the

entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

NIH — Nozzle-In-Head

A30-4692

Fig. 30 — 30XW325-400 Evaporator NIH Flange

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

(0) (31.5) (63.1) (94.6) (126.2) (157.7) (189.3)

Evaporator Flow Rate

pass

pass pass

0.00

5.00

10.00

15.00

20.00

25.00

30.00

35.00

40.00

ft wg

(0)

(14.9)

(29.8)

(44.8)

(59.7)

(74.6)

(89.5)

(104.4)

(119.4)

(kPa)

Pressure Drop

gpm

(L/s)

LEGEND

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the

entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

NIH — Nozzle-In-Head A30-4693

Fig. 31 — 30XW325-400 Evaporator NIH Victaulic

Fig. 32 — 30XW150-200 Condenser Marine Waterbox A30-4835

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the

entire range of condenser water flow rates represented.

0 500 1000 1500 2000 gpm

(0) (31.5) (63.1) (94.6) (126.2) (L/s)

0.00

5.00

10.00

15.00

20.00

25.00

30.00

35.00

40.00

Condenser Flow Rate

2 pass

1 pass

(0)

(14.9)

(29.8)

(44.8)

(59.7)

(74.6)

(89.5)

(104.4)

(119.4)

ft wg

(kPa)

Pressure Drop

Fig. 33 — 30XW325-400 Condenser Marine Waterbox

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the

entire range of condenser water flow rates represented. A30-4694

0.00

5.00

10.00

15.00

20.00

25.00

30.00

35.00

40.00

ft wg

gpm

(L/s)

(0)

(14.9)

(29.8)

(44.8)

(59.7)

(74.6)

(89.5)

(104.4)

(119.4)

(kPa)

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

(0) (31.5) (63.1) (94.6) (126.2) (157.7) (189.3) (220.8)

Condenser Flow Rate

Pressure Drop

2 pass 1

ass

Fig. 34 — 30XW150-200 Condenser NIH Flange A30-4836

LEGEND

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the entire

range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

NIH — Nozzle-In-Head

0 500 1000 1500 2000 gpm

(0) (31.5) (63.1) (94.6) (126.2) (L/s)

2 pass

1 pass

0.00

5.00

10.00

15.00

20.00

25.00

30.00

35.00

40.00

Condenser Flow Rate

(0)

(14.9)

(29.8)

(44.8)

(59.7)

(74.6)

(89.5)

(104.4)

(119.4)

ft wg

(kPa)

Pressure Drop

LEGEND

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the entire

range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

NIH — Nozzle-In-Head

A30-4695

Fig. 35 — 30XW325-400 Condenser NIH Flange

0.00

5.00

10.00

15.00

20.00

25.00

30.00

35.00

40.00

ft wg

(0)

(14.9)

(29.8)

(44.8)

(59.7)

(74.6)

(89.5)

(104.4)

(119.4)

(kPa)

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

(0) (31.5) (63.1) (94.6) (126.2) (157.7)

Condenser Flow Rate

Pressure Drop

2 pass 1 pass

gpm

(L/s)

Fig. 36 — 30XW150-200 Condenser NIH Victaulic A30-4837

LEGEND

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the entire

range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

NIH — Nozzle-In-Head

0 500 1000 1500 2000 gpm

(0) (31.5) (63.1) (94.6) (126.2) (L/s)

2 pass

0.00

5.00

10.00

15.00

20.00

25.00

30.00

35.00

40.00

Condenser Flow Rate

(0)

(14.9)

(29.8)

(44.8)

(59.7)

(74.6)

(89.5)

(104.4)

(119.4)

ft wg

(kPa)

Pressure Drop

Fig. 37 — 30XW325-400 Condenser NIH Victaulic

LEGEND

NOTE: The table above represents pressure drops only. The table does not imply that the chiller can be properly applied over the

entire range of evaporator water flow rates represented.

NIH — Nozzle-In-Head A30-4696

2 pass

0.00

5.00

10.00

15.00

20.00

25.00

30.00

35.00

40.00

ft wg

gpm

(L/s)

(0)

(14.9)

(29.8)

(44.8)

(59.7)

(74.6)

(89.5)

(104.4)

(119.4)

(kPa)

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

(0) (31.5) (63.1) (94.6) (126.2) (157.7) (189.3) (220.8)

Condenser Flow Rate

Pressure Drop

OPERATION

Sequence of Operation — With a command to start

the chiller, the cooler and condenser pumps will start. After

verifying water flow, the control will monitor the entering and

leaving water temperatures. If the need for mechanical cooling

is determined, the control decides which circuit and compres-

sor to start. The control will start the required compressor com-

pletely unloaded. The control will continue to load this circuit

by moving the slide valve to satisfy cooling requirements.

Once fully loaded, the control will start an additional circuit to

satisfy the load as required. Shutdown of each circuit under

normal conditions occurs in the opposite sequence to loading.

Once the circuit is fully unloaded the compressor is shut off

and the EXV will close completely.

Dual Chiller Sequence of Operation — With a

command to start the chiller, the master chiller determines

which chiller will become the lead chiller based on the configu-

ration of Lead Lag Select, LLBL and Lead/Lag Balance Da-

ta, LLBD. The lead chiller is always started first and the lag

chiller is held at zero percent capacity by the master chiller

forcing the lag demand limit value to 0%. If Lead Pulldown

Time (Lead Pulldown Time, LPUL) has been configured, the

lead chiller will continue to operate alone for that specified

time. After the Lead Pulldown Time timer has elapsed and

when the lead chiller is fully loaded, either all available com-

pression is on or at the master demand limit value, then the lag

start timer (Lag Start Timer, LLDY) is initiated. When the

pulldown timer and lag start timer has elapsed and the Com-

bined Leaving Chilled Water Temperature is more than 3° F

(1.7° C) above the set point, then the lag chiller is started. If the

lag chiller’s water pump was not started when the machines

went into occupied mode, the lag chiller water pump will be

started. The lag chiller will start with the master chiller forcing

the lag chiller demand limit value (LAG_LIM) to the master’s

demand limit value. If lead/lag capacity balance is selected,

once the lag chiller has started, the master shall try to keep the

difference in capacity between lead and lag less than 20%. The

master shall then be responsible for water loop capacity

calculation, and will determine which chiller, the lead or lag,

will increase or decrease capacity. When the load reduces, the

lag chiller will be the first chiller to unload. To accomplish this,

the lead chiller set point is decreased by 4° F (2.2° C) until the

lag chiller unloads.

PUMP OPERATION — For parallel chiller pump operation,

the lead chiller’s water pump will be started. The lag chiller’s

water pump will be maintained off if Lag Unit Pump Control,

LAGP=0. The internal algorithm of lead chiller will control ca-

pacity of the lead chiller.

For series chiller operation, the pump is always controlled

by the master chiller.

Operating Modes — Operating modes are override

modes that affect normal operation of the equipment. More

than one operating mode can be in effect at the same time.

Some operating modes have corresponding capacity control

overrides in the Capacity Control Overrides section on

page 43.

For the Touch Pilot display, the status of the operating

modes can be found in the MODES submenu, which is under

the STATUS menu. Each operating mode and its status (Yes =

active, No = inactive) is listed.

For the Navigator display, the status of the operating modes

can be found in the MODE submenu under the OPERATING

MODES menu. The 6 top priority operating modes are dis-

played in MD01 through MD06. To view the modes with the

Navigator display:

See Table 37 for a list of operating modes.

Table 37 — 30XW Operating Modes

ITEM ITEM EXPANSION PATH VALUE

MD01 First Active Mode Operating modes MODE 0-32

MD02 Second Active Mode Operating modes MODE 0-32

MD03 Third Active Mode Operating modes MODE 0-32

MD04 Fourth Active Mode Operating modes MODE 0-32

MD05 Fifth Active Mode Operating modes MODE 0-32

MD06 Sixth Active Mode Operating modes MODE 0-32



NAVIGATOR OPERATING

MODE NUMBER NAVIGATOR EXPANSION TOUCH PILOT DISCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

LINE NUMBER

TOUCH PILOT

VALUE

01 Startup Delay in Effect Startup Delay in Effect 2 Yes/No

02 Second Setpoint in Use Second Setpoint in Use 3 Yes/No

03 Reset in Effect Reset in Effect 4 Yes/No

04 Demand Limit Active Demand Limit Active 5 Yes/No

05 Ramp Loading Active Ramp Loading Active 6 Yes/No

06 Cooler Heater Active Cooler Heater Active 7 Yes/No

07 Cooler Pumps Rotation Cooler Pumps Rotation 8 Yes/No

08 Pump Periodic Start Pump Periodic Start 9 Yes/No

09 Night Low Noise Active Night Low Noise Active 10 Yes/No

10 System Manager Active System Manager Active 11 Yes/No

11 Mast Slave Ctrl Active Mast Slave Active 12 Yes/No

12 Auto Changeover Active Auto Changeover Active 13 Yes/No

13 Free Cooling Active Free Cooling Active 14 Yes/No

14 Reclaim Active Reclaim Active 15 Yes/No

15 Electric Heat Active Electric Heat Active 16 Yes/No

16 Heating Low EWT Lockout Heating Low EWT Lockout 17 Yes/No

17 Condenser Pumps Rotation Condenser Pumps Rotation 18 Yes/No

18 Ice Mode in Effect Ice Mode in Effect 19 Yes/No

19 Defrost Active on Cir A Defrost Active on Cir A 20 Yes/No

20 Defrost Active on Cir B Defrost Active on Cir B 21 Yes/No

21 Low Suction Circuit A Low Suction Circuit A 22 Yes/No

22 Low Suction Circuit B Low Suction Circuit B 23 Yes/No

24 High DGT Circuit A High DGT Circuit A 25 Yes/No

25 High DGT Circuit B High DGT Circuit B 26 Yes/No

27 High Pres Override Cir A High Pres Override Cir A 28 Yes/No

28 High Pres Override Cir B High Pres Override Cir B 29 Yes/No

30 Low Superheat Circuit A Low Superheat Circuit A 31 Yes/No

31 Low Superheat Circuit B Low Superheat Circuit B 32 Yes/No

STARTUP DELAY IN EFFECT — This mode is checked

for when the unit is started. This mode is active when the Min-

utes Off Time (Unit Off to On Delay, DELY) timer is active.

The unit will not start until the timer has expired. The mode

will terminate when the timer expires.

SECOND SETPOINT IN USE — This mode is checked for

when the unit is ON. The mode is active when Cooling Set-

point 2 (Cooling Setpoint 2, CSP.2) or Ice Setpoint (Cooling

Ice Setpoint, CSP.3) is in use. While in this mode, the Active

Setpoint (Current Setpoint, SETP) will show the CSP.2 or

CSP.3 value.

While in this mode, the unit will operate to the Cooling Set-

point 2 (CSP.2) or Ice Setpoint (CSP.3). The mode will termi-

nate when the Cooling Setpoint 2 (CSP.2) or Ice Setpoint

(CSP.3) is no longer in use.

RESET IN EFFECT — This mode is checked for when the

unit is ON. The mode will be active when Temperature Reset

(Cooling Reset Select, CRST) is enabled either by CRST=1

(Outside Air Temperature), CRST=2 (Return Water), CRST=3

(4-20 mA Input), or CRST=4 (Space Temperature) and reset is

active.

While in this mode, the Active Setpoint (Current Setpoint,

SETP) will be modified according to the programmed infor-

mation and will be displayed as the Control Point (Control

Point, CTPT). The mode will terminate when the Temperature

Reset is not modifying the active leaving water set point, caus-

ing SETP to be the same as CTPT.

DEMAND LIMIT ACTIVE — This mode is checked for

when the unit is ON. The mode is active when Demand Limit

(Demand Limit Type Select, DMDC) is enabled either by

DMDC=1 (Switch), DMDC=2 (4-20 mA Input), or the Night

Time Low Sound Capacity Limit (Capacity Limit, LS.LT).

The Active Demand Limit Value (Active Demand Limit

Val, LIM) will display the current demand limit according to

the programmed information and the unit’s capacity will be re-

duced to the amount shown or lower. The mode will terminate

when the Demand Limit command has been removed.

RAMP LOADING ACTIVE — This mode is checked for

when the unit is ON. The mode is active when Ramp Loading

(Ramp Loading Select, RL.S) is enabled and the following

conditions are met:

1. The leaving water temperature is more than 4° F (2.2° C)

from the Control Point (Control Point, CTPT), and

2. The rate of change of the leaving water temperature is

greater than the Cool Ramp Loading (Cooling Ramp

Loading, CRMP).

The control will limit the percent capacity increase until one

of the two conditions above are no longer met, then the mode

will terminate.

COOLER PUMPS ROTATION — This mode is checked for

whether the unit is ON or OFF. The mode is active when the

Cooler Pump Sequence (Cooler Pump Run Status,

PUMP=2) (2 Pumps Automatic Changeover) and the Pump

Rotation Delta Timer (Pump Auto Rotation Delay, ROT.P)

have expired.

The control will switch the operation of the pumps. The

lead pump will operate normally. The lag pump will be started,

becoming the lead, and then the original lead pump will be shut

down. This mode will terminate when the pump operation has

been completed.

PUMP PERIODIC START — This mode is active when the

cooler pump is started due to the Periodic Pump Start configu-

ration (Pump Sticking Protection, PM.PS=YES). If the pump

has not run that day, a pump will be started and will run for 2

seconds at 2:00 PM. If the machine is equipped with dual

pumps, Pump no. 1 will run on even days (such as day 2, 4, 6

of the month). Pump no. 2 will run on odd days (such as day 1,

3, 5 of the month). The mode will terminate when the pump

shuts down.

SYSTEM MANAGER ACTIVE — This mode is checked

when the unit is ON or OFF. This mode is active if a System

Manager such as Building Supervisor, Chillervisor System

Manager, or another CCN device is controlling the machine.

When this mode is active, the machine will respond to the

specific commands received from the System Manager. The

mode will be terminated if the System Manager control is

released.

MASTER SLAVE CONTROL ACTIVE — This mode is

checked for if the machine is ON. This mode is active if Master

Slave Control has been enabled. This occurs when two ma-

chines are programmed, one as the master (Master/Slave Se-

lect, MSSL=1 [Master]) and the other as a slave (Master/

Slave Select, MSSL=2 [Slave]).

Both the master and slave machines will respond to the ca-

pacity control commands issued by the master controller. This

may include control point changes and demand limit com-

mands. This mode will terminate when Master Slave Control

has been disabled.

AUTO CHANGEOVER ACTIVE — This mode is not

supported.

FREE COOLING ACTIVE — This mode is not supported.

RECLAIM ACTIVE — This mode is not supported.

ELECTRIC HEAT ACTIVE — This mode is not supported.

HEATING LOW EWT LOCKOUT — This mode is not

supported.

CONDENSER PUMPS ROTATION — This mode is

checked for whether the unit is ON or OFF. The mode is active

when the condenser pump sequence (Condenser Pump

Sequence, HPUM = Yes) and the pump rotation delta timer

(Pump Auto Rotation Delay, ROT.P) have expired.

ICE MODE IN EFFECT — This mode is checked for when

the unit is ON. This mode is active when Ice Setpoint (Cooling

Ice Setpoint, CSP.3) is in use. While in this mode, the Active

Setpoint (Current Setpoint, SETP) will show the Cooling Ice

Setpoint, CSP.3 value and the unit will operate to the Ice Set-

point (CSP.3). This mode will terminate when the Ice Setpoint

(CSP.3) is no longer in use.

DEFROST ACTIVE ON CIR A — This mode is not supported.

DEFROST ACTIVE ON CIR B — This mode is not supported.

LOW SUCTION CIRCUIT A

LOW SUCTION CIRCUIT B

These modes are checked when the circuit is ON. The

appropriate circuit mode will be active if one of the follow-

ing conditions is true:

1. If the circuit’s saturated suction temperature (SST) is

more than 6° F (3.3° C) less than the freeze point and

both the cooler approach (Leaving Water Temperature –

SST) and superheat (Suction Gas Temperature – SST) are

greater than 15° F (8.3° C).

2. If the circuit is ON and the circuit’s SST is more than

18º F (10.0º C) below the freeze point for more than

90 seconds.

3. If the circuit’s saturated suction temperature is more

than 6° F (3.3° C) below the freeze point for more than

3 minutes.

For a fresh water system (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD =1),

the freeze point is 34° F (1.1° C). For medium temperature

brine systems, (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=2), the freeze point

is Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP).

For criterion 1, no additional capacity will be added. For cri-

teria 2 and 3 capacity will be decreased on the circuit. The

mode will terminate when the circuit’s SST is greater than the

freeze point minus 6° F (3.3° C) or the circuit has alarmed.

If this condition is encountered, see Possible Causes for

Alarms 56 and 57 on page 75.

HIGH DGT CIRCUIT A

HIGH DGT CIRCUIT B — The capacity of the affected

circuit may be increased to reduce circuit discharge gas

temperature.

HIGH PRES OVERRIDE CIR A

HIGH PRES OVERRIDE CIR B — This mode is checked

for when the circuit is ON. The appropriate circuit mode will

be active if the discharge pressure for the circuit, Discharge

Pressure Circuit A (Discharge Pressure, DP.A), Discharge

Pressure Circuit B (Discharge Pressure, DP.B), or Discharge

Pressure Circuit C (Discharge Pressure, DP.C), is greater than

the High Pressure Threshold (High Pressure Threshold,

HP.TH).

The capacity of the affected circuit will be reduced. Two

minutes following the capacity reduction, the circuit’s saturated

condensing temperature (SCTt+2) is calculated and stored. The

affected circuit will not be allowed to add capacity for at least 5

minutes following the capacity reduction. If after 5 minutes,

the circuit’s saturated condensing temperature is less than

SCTt+2 –3° F (1.7° C), and then if required, percent capacity

will be added. If additional capacity is required, the control will

look for other circuits to add capacity.

This mode will terminate once the circuit’s saturated con-

densing temperature is less than SCTt+2 –3° F (1.7° C).

If this condition is encountered, see Possible Causes for

Alarm A1.03. on page 81.

LOW SUPERHEAT CIRCUIT A

LOW SUPERHEAT CIRCUIT B — This mode is checked

for when the circuit is ON. The appropriate circuit mode will

be active if the circuit’s superheat (discharge gas temperature

— SCT) is less than 18° F (10° C).

No additional capacity will be added until the circuit’s su-

perheat is greater than 18° F (10° C). The control will look for

other circuits to add capacity if additional steps of capacity are

required. This mode will terminate once the affected circuit’s

superheat is greater than 18° F (10° C).

If this condition is encountered, see Possible Causes for

Alarms P.11 and P.12 on page 77.

Sensors — The electronic control uses up to 13 thermistors

to sense temperatures and up to 8 transducers to sense pressure

for controlling chiller operation. These sensors are outlined

below. See Fig. 38 for thermistor and transducer locations.

THERMISTORS (Tables 38-39B) — Thermistors that are

monitoring the chiller’s operation include: Cooler Entering

Water, Cooler Leaving Water, Condenser Entering Water,

Condenser Leaving Water, Dual Chiller Leaving Water, Com-

pressor Suction Gas Temperature, Compressor Discharge Gas

Temperature, Economizer Temperature, and Compressor Motor

Temperature. These thermistors are 5 kat 77 F (25 C) and are

identical in temperature versus resistance. The Space Tempera-

ture Thermistor is 10 kat 77 F (25 C) and has a different tem-

perature vs. resistance. See Fig. 38 for thermistor locations.

Cooler Leaving Water Sensor — On all sizes, this thermistor

is installed in a well in the leaving water nozzle of the cooler.

See Fig. 39 and 40.

Cooler Entering Water Sensor — On all sizes, this thermis-

tor is factory-installed in a well in the entering water nozzle of

the cooler.

Condenser Leaving Water Sensor — On all sizes with heat

machine options, this thermistor is installed in a well in the

leaving water nozzle of the condenser. See Fig. 39 and 40.

Condenser Entering Water Sensor — On all sizes with heat

machine options, this thermistor is factory-installed in a well in

the entering water nozzle of the condenser.

Compressor Suction Gas Temperature — On all sizes, this

thermistor is factory-installed in a well located on the compres-

sor of each circuit. There is one thermistor for each circuit.

Compressor Discharge Gas Temperature — On all sizes, this

thermistor is factory-installed in a well located in the discharge

end of the compressor for the circuit. There is one thermistor

for each circuit.

Economizer Temperature (sizes 175,200,350,400 only) —

On all sizes, this thermistor is factory-installed in a friction fit

well located in the economizer line for the circuit. There is one

thermistor for each circuit.

Compressor Motor Temperature — On all sizes, this therm-

istor is embedded in the motor windings. There are two therm-

istors in each compressor. One spare is provided.

Remote Space Temperature — This sensor (part no.

33ZCT55SPT) is a field-installed accessory mounted in the in-

door space and is used for water temperature reset. The sensor

should be installed as a wall-mounted thermostat would be (in

the conditioned space where it will not be subjected to either a

cooling or heating source or direct exposure to sunlight, and 4

to 5 ft above the floor).

Space temperature sensor wires are to be connected to

terminals in the unit main control box. The space temperature

sensor includes a terminal block (SEN) and a RJ11 female con-

nector. The RJ11 connector is used to access the Carrier Com-

fort Network® (CCN) system at the sensor. See Fig. 39 and 40.

To connect the space temperature sensor (see Fig. 41):

1. Using a 20 AWG twisted pair conductor cable rated for

the application, connect one wire of the twisted pair to

one SEN terminal and connect the other wire to the other

SEN terminal located under the cover of the space

temperature sensor.

2. Connect the other ends of the wires to terminals 7 and 8

on TB6 located in the unit control box.

Units on the CCN can be monitored from the space at the

sensor through the RJ11 connector, if desired. To wire the RJ11

connector into the CCN:

1. Cut the CCN wire and strip ends of the red (+), white

(ground), and black (–) conductors. (If another wire color

scheme is used, strip ends of appropriate wires.)

2. Insert and secure the red (+) wire to terminal 5 of the

space temperature sensor terminal block.

3. Insert and secure the white (ground) wire to terminal 4 of

the space temperature sensor.

4. Insert and secure the black (–) wire to terminal 2 of the

space temperature sensor.

5. Connect the other end of the communication bus cable to

the remainder of the CCN communication bus.

NOTE: The Energy Management Module (EMM) is required

for this accessory.

TRANSDUCERS — There are four pressure transducers per

circuit (3 per circuit for sizes 150,325), and two different types

of transducers: low pressure (green connector) and high pres-

sure (black connector). See Fig. 38 for transducer locations.

Low-pressure type:

• Suction pressure transducer (SPT)

• Economizer pressure transducer (EPT)

High-pressure type:

• Discharge pressure transducer (DPT)

• Oil pressure transducer (OPT)

IMPORTANT: The cable selected for the RJ11

connector wiring MUST be identical to the CCN

communication bus wire used for the entire network.

Refer to Table 11 for acceptable wiring.

HPSB

DGTA

HPSA

DGTB

EPTB

(350, 400 ONLY)

ECTB

(350, 400 ONLY)

EPTA

(175, 200, 350, 400 ONLY)

ECTA

(175, 200, 350, 400 ONLY)

A30-4838

LEGEND

*Not visible from angle shown.

DGT — Discharge Gas Thermistor

DPT — Discharge Pressure Transducer

ECT — Economizer Gas Thermistor

EPT — Economizer Pressure Transducer

HPS — High-Pressure Switch

OPT — Oil Pressure Transducer

SGT — Suction Gas Thermistor

SPT — Suction Pressure Transducer

Fig. 38 — Thermistor and Transducer Locations A30-4839

SGTA

DPTA

DPTB

SGTB

SPTA*

SPTB*

OPTA

OPTB

Table 38 — Thermistor Identification

*SGTA and SGTB for 30XW150-325 units are connected to the EXV1 board.

Table 39A — 5K Thermistor Temperature (°F) vs Resistance

THERMISTOR ID DESCRIPTION RESISTANCE AT 77 F (25 C) CONNECTION POINT

EWT Evaporator Entering Water Thermistor 5k MBB-J6-CH2

LWT Evaporator Leaving Water Thermistor 5k MBB-J6-CH1

CEWT Condenser Entering Water Thermistor 5k MBB-J6-CH4

CLWT Condenser Leaving Water Thermistor 5k MBB-J6-CH5

SGTA* Circuit A Suction Gas Thermistor 5k EXV1-J3-THA

SGTB* Circuit B Suction Gas Thermistor 5k EXV2-J3-THA

DGTA Circuit A Discharge Gas Thermistor 5k CPM-A-J9-CH02

DGTB Circuit B Discharge Gas Thermistor 5k CPM-B-J9-CH02

ECTA Circuit A Economizer Thermistor 5k EXV1-J3-THB

ECTB Circuit B Economizer Thermistor 5k EXV2-J3-THB

DUAL Dual Chiller LWT Thermistor 5k MBB-J6-CH3

CAMT Circuit A Motor Temperature 5k CPM-A-J9-CH01

CBMT Circuit B Motor Temperature 5k CPM-B-J9-CH01

SPT Space Temperature Thermistor 10k EMM-J6-CH2

TEMP

(F)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

–25 98,010

–24 94,707

–23 91,522

–22 88,449

–21 85,486

–20 82,627

–19 79,871

–18 77,212

–17 74,648

–16 72,175

–15 69,790

–14 67,490

–13 65,272

–12 63,133

–11 61,070

–10 59,081

–9 57,162

–8 55,311

–7 53,526

–6 51,804

–5 50,143

–4 48,541

–3 46,996

–2 45,505

–1 44,066

042,679

141,339

240,047

338,800

437,596

536,435

635,313

734,231

833,185

932,176

10 31,202

11 30,260

12 29,351

13 28,473

14 27,624

15 26,804

16 26,011

17 25,245

18 24,505

19 23,789

20 23,096

21 22,427

22 21,779

23 21,153

24 20,547

25 19,960

26 19,393

27 18,843

28 18,311

29 17,796

30 17,297

31 16,814

32 16,346

33 15,892

34 15,453

35 15,027

36 14,614

37 14,214

TEMP

(F)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

38 13,826

39 13,449

40 13,084

41 12,730

42 12,387

43 12,053

44 11,730

45 11,416

46 11,112

47 10,816

48 10,529

49 10,250

50 9,979

51 9,717

52 9,461

53 9,213

54 8,973

55 8,739

56 8,511

57 8,291

58 8,076

59 7,686

60 7,665

61 7,468

62 7,277

63 7,091

64 6,911

65 6,735

66 6,564

67 6,399

68 6,238

69 6,081

70 5,929

71 5,781

72 5,637

73 5,497

74 5,361

75 5,229

76 5,101

77 4,976

78 4,855

79 4,737

80 4,622

81 4,511

82 4,403

83 4,298

84 4,196

85 4,096

86 4,000

87 3,906

88 3,814

89 3,726

90 3,640

91 3,556

92 3,474

93 3,395

94 3,318

95 3,243

96 3,170

97 3,099

98 3,031

99 2,964

100 2,898

TEMP

(F)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

101 2,835

102 2,773

103 2,713

104 2,655

105 2,597

106 2,542

107 2,488

108 2,436

109 2,385

110 2,335

111 2,286

112 2,239

113 2,192

114 2,147

115 2,103

116 2,060

117 2,018

118 1,977

119 1,937

120 1,898

121 1,860

122 1,822

123 1,786

124 1,750

125 1,715

126 1,680

127 1,647

128 1,614

129 1,582

130 1,550

131 1,519

132 1,489

133 1,459

134 1,430

135 1,401

136 1,373

137 1,345

138 1,318

139 1,291

140 1,265

141 1,240

142 1,214

143 1,190

144 1,165

145 1,141

146 1,118

147 1,095

148 1,072

149 1,050

150 1,029

151 1,007

152 986

153 965

154 945

155 925

156 906

157 887

158 868

159 850

160 832

161 815

162 798

163 782

TEMP

(F)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

164 765

165 750

166 734

167 719

168 705

169 690

170 677

171 663

172 650

173 638

174 626

175 614

176 602

177 591

178 581

179 570

180 561

181 551

182 542

183 533

184 524

185 516

186 508

187 501

188 494

189 487

190 480

191 473

192 467

193 461

194 456

195 450

196 445

197 439

198 434

199 429

200 424

201 419

202 415

203 410

204 405

205 401

206 396

207 391

208 386

209 382

210 377

211 372

212 367

213 361

214 356

215 350

216 344

217 338

218 332

219 325

220 318

221 311

222 304

223 297

224 289

225 282

Table 39B — 5K Thermistor Temperature (°C) vs Resistance

SERVICE

Economizer Assembly — Each circuit on

30XW175,200,350,400 units has an economizer assembly. The

30XW150,325 units do not have an economizer and have one

main electronic expansion valve. The 30XW150,325 units are

controlled the same way as units with a separate economizer

assembly. See Fig. 42.

Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV) — See Fig. 43

for a cutaway view of the EXV. High-pressure liquid refriger-

ant enters valve through the top. As refrigerant passes through

the orifice, pressure drops and refrigerant changes to a 2-phase

condition (liquid and vapor). The electronic expansion valve

operates through an electronically controlled activation of a

stepper motor. The stepper motor stays in position unless pow-

er pulses initiate the two discrete sets of motor stator windings

for rotation in either direction. The direction depends on the

phase relationship of the power pulses.

The motor directly operates the spindle, which has rotating

movements that are transformed into linear motion by the

transmission in the cage assembly. The valve cone is a V-port

type which includes a positive shut-off when closed.

The large number of steps and long stroke results in very ac-

curate control of the refrigerant flow. The stepper motor has ei-

ther 4260 (main) or 2785 (economizer) steps.

MAIN EXV CONTROL — Each circuit has a thermistor lo-

cated in a well in the discharge line of the compressor (DGT)

and another one located in the compressor motor cavity (SGT).

Each circuit also has discharge and suction pressure transducer.

Discharge and suction pressure as measured by the transducers

are converted to saturated temperatures. The main control logic

for the EXV uses discharge superheat to control the position of

the EXV. The difference between the temperature of the

discharge gas and the saturated discharge temperature is the

superheat. The EXV module controls the position of the elec-

tronic expansion valve stepper motor to maintain the discharge

superheat set point.

TEMP

(C)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

314,026

413,342

512,696

612,085

711,506

810,959

910,441

10 9,949

11 9,485

12 9,044

13 8,627

14 8,231

15 7,855

16 7,499

17 7,161

18 6,840

19 6,536

20 6,246

21 5,971

22 5,710

23 5,461

24 5,225

25 5,000

26 4,786

27 4,583

28 4,389

29 4,204

30 4,028

31 3,861

32 3,701

33 3,549

34 3,404

35 3,266

36 3,134

37 3,008

TEMP

(C)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

38 2,888

39 2,773

40 2,663

41 2,559

42 2,459

43 2,363

44 2,272

45 2,184

46 2,101

47 2,021

48 1,944

49 1,871

50 1,801

51 1,734

52 1,670

53 1,609

54 1,550

55 1,493

56 1,439

57 1,387

58 1,337

59 1,290

60 1,244

61 1,200

62 1,158

63 1,118

64 1,079

65 1,041

66 1,006

67 971

68 938

69 906

70 876

71 836

72 805

TEMP

(C)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

–32 100,260

–31 94,165

–30 88,480

–29 83,170

–28 78,125

–27 73,580

–26 69,250

–25 65,205

–24 61,420

–23 57,875

–22 54,555

–21 51,450

–20 48,536

–19 45,807

–18 43,247

–17 40,845

–16 38,592

–15 38,476

–14 34,489

–13 32,621

–12 30,866

–11 29,216

–10 27,633

–9 26,202

–8 24,827

–7 23,532

–6 22,313

–5 21,163

–4 20,079

–3 19,058

–2 18,094

–1 17,184

016,325

115,515

214,749

TEMP

(C)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

73 775

74 747

75 719

76 693

77 669

78 645

79 623

80 602

81 583

82 564

83 547

84 531

85 516

86 502

87 489

88 477

89 466

90 456

91 446

92 436

93 427

94 419

95 410

96 402

97 393

98 385

99 376

100 367

101 357

102 346

103 335

104 324

105 312

106 299

107 285

6" MINIMUM

CLEARANCE FOR

THERMISTOR

REMOVAL

1.188 in.

2.315 in.

1/4-18 NPT

Fig. 40 — Dual Leaving Water Thermistor Well

(00PPG000008000A)

a30-4080

Fig. 41 — Typical Remote Space Temperature

Sensor (33ZCT55SPT) Wiring

TB6

SEN

SENSOR

a30-4081

O-RING BRASS NUT 3/8 - 24 FOR

ASSEMBLY ON BRASS WELL

Fig. 39 — 5K Thermistor

(30RB660036 Thermistor Kit)

a30-4079

The EXV control logic has several overrides, which are also

used to control the position of the EXV.

• Approach between SST and LWT

• Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP)

Approach — If the approach (pinch), which is the difference

between leaving fluid temperature and saturated suction tem-

perature, is equal to or less than the pinch set point then the

EXV will not open any further even though discharge super-

heat set point is not met. Pinch set point is calculated using

suction superheat, discharge superheat and pinch offset. Pinch

offset is used to adjust calculated pinch set point do to accuracy

of transducers and thermistors.

MOP — The EXV is also used to limit cooler saturated suction

temperature to 55 F (12.8 C). This makes it possible for the

chiller to start at higher cooler fluid temperatures without over-

loading the compressor. This is commonly referred to as MOP

(maximum operating pressure). If the SST is equal to or greater

than the MOP set point then the MBB will try to control the

EXV position to maintain the MOP set point.

The discharge superheat leaving the compressor is main-

tained between approximately 18 and 25 F (10 and 14 C), or

less. Because EXV status is communicated to the Main Base

Board (MBB) and is controlled by the EXV modules, it is pos-

sible to track the valve position. The unit is then protected

against loss of charge and a faulty valve. During initial start-up,

the EXV is fully closed. After an initialization period, valve

position is tracked by the EXV module by constantly monitor-

ing the amount of valve movement.

ECONOMIZER EXV CONTROL — The economizer EXV

is controlled by the circuit EXV board. There is an economizer

gas temperature thermistor and economizer pressure transducer

located in the line, which runs from the economizer assembly to

the compressor. The economizer pressure is converted to satu-

rated temperature and is used to calculate economizer superheat.

Economizer superheat equals economizer temperature minus

saturated economizer temperature. The economizer EXV only

operates during normal conditions when the capacity of the

circuit is greater than 70%. Once the capacity of the circuit is

greater than 70% the MBB will start controlling the economizer

EXV to maintain economizer superheat set point, which is ap-

proximately 8° to 12° F (4.4° to 6.7° C). If the circuit capacity is

less than 70%, the economizer EXV will be closed.

The economizer EXV has one override. If the discharge gas

temperature exceeds 195 F (90.6 C) the economizer EXV will

start to open. The EXV will be controlled to maintain discharge

gas temperature at approximately 195 F (90.6 C).

If it appears that main EXV or economizer EXV is not

properly controlling circuit operation to maintain correct super-

heat, there are a number of checks that can be made using test

functions and initialization features built into the microproces-

sor control. See the Service Test section to test EXVs.

Fig. 42 — Economizer Assembly

MAIN EXV CONNECTOR

ECONOMIZER

EXV CONNECTOR

NAME PLATE

LEGEND

EXV — Electronic Expansion Valve

1—Fuse Plug Adaptor

2—High Flow Access Fitting

3—Filter Drier

4—Main Expansion Valve

5—Economizer Expansion Valve

6—Brazed Plate Heat Exchanger

Fig. 43 — Cutaway Views of the Electronic Expansion Valve

1. Cable

2. Glass Seal

3. Motor Housing

4. Stepper Motor

5. Bearing

6. Lead Screw

7. Insert

8. Valve Piston

9. Valve Seat

10. Valve Port

a30-4241

EXV TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE — There are

two different economizer EXVs. Both of the economizer

EXVs have a total of 2785 steps. There are three different main

EXVs, which all have a total of 4260 steps. The EXV motor

moves at 150 steps per second. Commanding the valve to

either 0% or 100% will add an additional 160 steps to the

move, to ensure the valve is open or closed completely.

Follow the steps below to diagnose and correct EXV

problems. Check EXV motor operation first. Switch the

Enable/Off/Remote (EOR) Contact switch to the Off position.

Check the appropriate circuit EXV, Circuit A EXV % Open

(Circuit A EXV Position, EXV.A) or Circuit B EXV % Open

(Circuit B EXV Position, EXV.B). The current value of 0 will

be displayed. Increase the EXV position to select 100% valve

position. The actuator should be felt moving through the EXV.

To close the valve, select 0%. The actuator should knock when

it reaches the bottom of its stroke. See Table 40 for a list of

EXV modes and submodes.

If the valve is not working properly, continue with the fol-

lowing test procedure:

Check the 8-position DIP switch on the board for the proper

address (Fig. 10). Check the EXV output signals at appropriate

terminals on the EXV module. For 30XW150,325 units, con-

nect the positive test lead to EXV-J2A terminal 5 for Circuit A

and to EXV-J2B terminal 5 for Circuit B.

For 30XW175,200,350,400 units connect positive test lead

to EXV(X)-J2A terminal 5 for EXV(X) and EXV(X)-J2B ter-

minal 5 for Economizer EXV(X). Using the Service Test pro-

cedure on page 83, move the valve output under test to 100%.

DO NOT short meter leads together or pin 5 to any other pin,

as board damage will occur. During the next several seconds,

carefully connect the negative test lead to pins 1,2,3 and 4 in

succession. Digital voltmeters will average this signal and

display approximately 6 vdc. If the output remains at a constant

voltage other than 6 vdc or shows 0 volts, remove the connec-

tor to the valve and recheck.

Select 0% to close the valve.

NOTE: When the valve is stationary, the output from the EXV

board is 12-vdc.

See Tables 6 and 7. If a problem still exists, replace the

EXV board. If the reading is correct, the expansion valve and

EXV wiring should be checked. Check the EXV connector and

interconnecting wiring.

1. Check color-coding and wire connections. Make sure

they are connected to the correct terminals at the EXV

board and EXV plug and that the cables are not crossed.

2. Check for continuity and tight connection at all pin

terminals.

Check the resistance of the EXV motor windings. For

30XW150,325 units remove the EXV module plug EXV-J2A

for Circuit A EXV and EXV-J2B for Circuit B EXV. For

30XW175,200,350,400 units remove the EXV module plug

EXV(X)-J2A for main EXV and EXV(X)-J2B for economizer

EXV. Check the resistance of the two windings between pins 1

and 3 for one winding and pins 2 and 4 for the other winding.

The resistance should be 52 ohms (± 5.2 ohms). Also check

pins 1-4 for any shorts to ground.

Inspecting/Opening Electronic Expansion Valves

To check the physical operation of an EXV, the following

steps must be performed.

1. Close the liquid line service valve of the circuit to be

checked. Put the Enable/Off/Remote Contact (EOR)

switch in the Off position. Enter the Service Test mode

and change Service Test Enable, T.REQ from OFF to

ON. A password may be required. Switch the EOR

switch to the Enable position. Under the COMP sub-

mode, enable one of the compressors (CP.xn) for the cir-

cuit. Let compressor run until gage on suction pressure

port reads 10 psig (68.9 kPa). Turn the compressor off.

The compressor will turn off. Immediately after the com-

pressor shuts off, manually close the actuated ball valve

(ABV). If the unit is equipped with suction service valves

and economizer service valves, close both valves. Clos-

ing the valves will minimize the amount of charge that

will have to be removed from the system after pump

down.

2. Remove any remaining refrigerant from the system low

side using proper recovering techniques. The economizer

assembly has a 1/4-in. access connection which can be

used to remove charge from the inlet of the EXVs. Turn

off the line voltage power supply to the compressors.

3. The expansion valve motor is hermetically sealed inside

the top portion of the valve. See Fig. 43. Disconnect the

EXV plug. Carefully unscrew the motor portion from the

body of the valve. The EXV operator will come out with

the motor portion of the device. Reconnect the EXV plug.

4. Enter the appropriate EXV test step under the (QUIC)

Service Test mode Locate the desired item Circuit A

EXV Position, EXV.A or Circuit B EXV Position,

EXV.B. Change the position to 100%. Observe the opera-

tion of the lead screw. See Fig. 43. The motor should be

turning, raising the operator closer to the motor. Motor

actuator movement should be smooth and uniform from

fully closed to fully open position. Select 0% and check

open to closed operation. If the valve is properly connect-

ed to the processor and receiving correct signals, yet does

not operate as described above, the sealed motor portion

of the valve should be replaced.

Installing EXV Motor

If re-installing the motor, be sure to use a new gasket in the

assembly. See Fig. 44. It is easier to install the motor assembly

with the piston in the fully closed position. Insert the motor into

the body of the EXV. Tighten the motor to the body to 36 ft-lb

(50 N-m) and then tighten the valve another 30 degrees.

Moisture Liquid Indicator — Clear flow of liquid refrigerant

indicates sufficient charge in system. Bubbles in the sight glass

indicate undercharged system or presence of noncondensables.

Moisture in system, measured in parts per million (ppm),

changes color of indicator. See Table 41. Change filter drier at

first sign of moisture in system.

Filter Drier — Whenever moisture-liquid indicator shows

presence of moisture, replace filter drier(s). There is one filter

drier assembly on each circuit with two cores. Refer to the Car-

rier Standard Service Techniques Manual, Chapter 1, Refriger-

ants, for details on servicing filter driers.

IMPORTANT: Obtain replacement gaskets before

opening EXV. Do not re-use gaskets.

CAUTION

Ensure refrigerant is removed from both the inlet and outlet

of EXV assemblies. Equipment damage could result.

IMPORTANT: Obtain replacement gasket before

opening EXV. Do not re-use gaskets.

IMPORTANT: Unit must be in operation at least

12 hours before moisture indicator can give an accu-

rate reading.

With unit running, indicating element must be in con-

tact with liquid refrigerant to give true reading.

Table 40 — EXV Modes and Submodes

Table 41 — Color Indicators when

Moisture is Present in Refrigerant

Liquid Line Service Valve — This valve is located immediately

ahead of filter drier, and has a 1/4-in. access connection for field

charging. In combination with compressor discharge service

valve, each circuit can be pumped down into the high side for

servicing.

EXV TYPE AND CIRCUIT TOUCH PILOT™ PATH NAVIGATOR™ PATH

EXV, Circuit A Main Menu Status QCK_TST1 Q_EXVA Service Test Mode QUIC EXV.A

EXV, Circuit B Main Menu Status QCK_TST1 Q_EXVB Service Test Mode QUIC EXV.B

Economizer EXV, Circuit A Main Menu Status QCK_TST1 Q_ECO_A Service Test Mode QUIC ECO.A

Economizer EXV, Circuit B Main Menu Status QCK_TST1 Q_ECO_B Service Test Mode QUIC ECO.B



COLOR INDICATOR

R-134a,

75 F (24 C)

(ppm)

R-134a,

125 F (52 C)

(ppm)

Green — Dry <30 <45

Yellow-green — Caution 30-100 45-170

Yellow — Wet >100 >170

CLOSED

OPEN

CLOSED

OPEN

GASKET

OPEN VALVE IN QUICK TEST SUB-MODE BEFORE DISASSEMBLING

EF05BD271 NV 32.5mm

EF05BD331 NV 36mm

50Nm (36 ft-lb)+ 30° 27mm / 11/16''

27mm / 11/16''

DISASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

NOTES:

1. Push down on valve piston to close valve before assembling.

2. After valve is assembled close valve in Quick Test sub-mode or cycle power before opening service valve.

Fig. 44 — Disassembly and Assembly of EXV Motor

NOTE: Open valve in Quick Test sub-mode before disassembling.

A30-4072ef

Compressor Assembly — The 30XW units utilize

screw compressors with a modulating slide valve which varies

capacity from 15% to 100% of compressor capacity for each

circuit. See Fig. 45 for a view of a typical 06T compressor.

The slide valve position is varied by opening and closing the

2 solenoid valves located on the compressor. To unload the

compressor, both solenoids are deenergized. To increase in

capacity both solenoid valves are energized together which

will cause the slide valve to slide towards the fully loaded posi-

tion. To stop the loading process solenoid 2 is energized and

solenoid 1 is deenergized. This will cause the slide valve to

maintain its current position. There is no feedback for the posi-

tion of the slide valve. The control utilizes compressor current

as an indicator of the slide valve position. Once the calculated

position of the slide valve reaches 100% circuit capacity, the

control will try to increase capacity again if the compressor

current continues to increase. The control will continue to load

the compressor until the compressor current no longer

increases. At that time the control will energize both solenoids

and the circuit will be considered fully loaded.

COMPRESSOR OIL SYSTEM — Each compressor/circuit

has its own oil system which includes an oil filter, oil solenoid,

check valve, oil level switch, oil pressure transducer, and an oil

shut-off valve. A typical oil system is shown in Fig. 46. See

Table 42.

Table 42 — Unit Oil Quantities

30XW UNIT SIZE OIL CHANGE (gal, [liters])

Circuit A Circuit B

150-200 6.0 [22.7] —

325-400 5.0 [18.9] 5.0 [18.9]

Fig. 45 — Typical 06T Compressor

SOLENOID 1

SOLENOID 2

HIGH PRESSURE

SWITCH

MOTOR TEMPERATURE

SENSOR 2

COMMON

MOTOR TEMPERATURE

SENSOR 1

t e x t

C o m p r e s s i o n

P r o c e s

H i g h P r e s s u r e O i l

D e - e n e r g i z e d

F L O W

V a l v e # 2 ( N O )

D e - e n e r g i z e d

N O F L O W

V a l v e # 1 ( N C )

B l e e d L i n e t o L o w P r e s s u r e S u c t i o n

D i s c h a r g e

P o r

U n l o a d e r P i s t o n

C h a m b e

t e x t

C o m p r e s s i o n

P r o c e s s

L o a d e d P o s i t i o

H i g h P r e s s u r e O i l

E n e r g i z e d

N O F L O W

V a l v e # 2 ( N O )

E n e r g i z e d

F L O W

V a l v e # 1 ( N C )

B l e e d L i n e t o L o w P r e s s u r e S u c t i o n

S l i d e V a l v e

D i s c h a r g e

P o r

U n l o a d e r P i s t o n

C h a m b e

Loaded Position

High with

High

Pressure

Oil

Drain to

Low Pressure

Unloaded Position

Slide Valve

t e x t

H i g h P r e s s u r e O i l

T r a p p e d

O i l a t

H i g h

P r e s s u r

C o m p r e s s i o n

P r o c e s s

P a r t L o a d P o s i t i o n

E n e r g i z e d

N O F L O W

V a l v e # 2 ( N O )

D e - e n e r g i z e d

N O F L O W

V a l v e # 1 ( N C )

B l e e d L i n e t o L o w P r e s s u r e S u c t i o n

S l i d e V a l v e

D i s c h a r g e

P o r t

U n l o a d e r P i s t o n

C h a m b e

Slide Valve

FULLY LOADED OPERATION FULLY UNLOADED OPERATION MAINTAIN POSITION

DISCHARGE

GAS THERMISTOR

ACCESS

FITTING

SUCTION

TEMPERATURE

A30-4841

Fig. 46 — Typical Oil System

A30-4842

LEGEND

1—Oil Pressure Transducer

2—Oil Solenoid

3—Oil Filter

4—1/4 in. FL (Female) Access Fitting

5—Shut-Off Valve

6—Oil Level Sight Glass

7—Oil Level Switch

8—1/4 in. FL (Female) Access Fitting

Oil Charge — When additional oil or a complete charge is

required it must meet the following specifications:

• Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emkarate RL220XL

• Oil Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inhibited polyolester-based

synthetic compressor lubricant for use with screw compressors.

• ISO Viscosity Grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Do not reuse drained oil or any oil that has been exposed to

the atmosphere.

Oil is available in the following quantities from your local

Carrier representative:

If unsure if there is low oil charge in the system, follow the

steps below:

1. If the unit shuts off repeatedly from a low oil level alert it

may be an indication of inadequate oil charge; however, it

could also indicate that the oil is not being recovered from

the low-side of the system.

2. Begin running the unit at full load for 11/2 hours. Use the

manual Test Mode feature of Service Test if the unit does

not normally run at full load.

NOTE: An adequate load must be available.

3. After running the unit for 11/2 hours at full load, allow the

unit to restart and run normally. If low oil alarms persist,

continue with the following steps.

4. Close the liquid line service valve and place a pressure

gage on top of the cooler. Enable the Service Test feature

and turn the Enable/Off/Remote switch to the enable po-

sition. Start the desired circuit by turning it on under the

TEST function: CP.A for compressor A, CP.B for com-

pressor B, or CP.C for compressor C.

5. When the compressor starts successfully observe the

cooler pressure when the pressure reads 10 psig

(68.9 kPa), turn the Emergency Switch (SW2) to the OFF

position. The compressor should stop.

6. Open the liquid line service valve and allow the unit to

restart normally. If low oil level alarms persist, continue

with the following steps.

7. If none of the previous steps were successful, the unit is

low on oil charge. Add oil to the oil separator using the

1/4 in. access fitting that the discharge pressure transducer

is mounted to.

8. To facilitate the oil charging process, ensure that the unit

is not running when adding oil. The system is under pres-

sure even when the unit is not running, so it is necessary

to use a suitable pump to add oil to the system.

9. Using a suitable pump, add 1/2 gal (1.9 l) of oil to the

system. Continue adding oil in 1/2 gal (1.9 l) increments

until the problem is resolved, up to a maximum of 1.5 gal

(5.7 l). If it is necessary to add factory oil charge levels to

the system contact your local Carrier representative.

Oil Filter Maintenance — Each circuit has one oil filter locat-

ed externally to the compressor. Oil line pressure drop is

monitored by the control. Oil line pressure drop is calculated

by subtracting oil pressure (OP) from discharge pressure (DP).

If the oil line pressure drop exceeds 30 psi (206.8 kPa) for

5 minutes the control will generate a High Oil Filter Pressure

Drop alert. The High Oil Filter Pressure Drop alert will

not shut down the compressor, but instead indicates that the

oil filter is dirty. If oil pressure line losses exceed 50 psi

(344.7 kPa) then the control will shut down the circuit on

Maximum Oil Filter Differential Pressure Failure.

Replacing the Oil Filter — Close the oil line ball valve locat-

ed in front of the oil filter. Connect a charging hose to the 1/4-in.

access fitting port located downstream of the valve and bleed

off oil trapped between the service valve and the oil solenoid

valve. A quart of oil is typically what is removed during this

process. Remove the charging hose. Unscrew the nuts from

both ends of the oil filter and remove the oil filter. Remove the

protective caps from the new oil filter and install, being careful

not to lose or damage the new O-ring located on the new oil fil-

ter. Draw a vacuum at the Schrader port. Remove the charging

hose and open the oil line ball valve. Check both fittings for

leaks.

Cooler

SUCTION SERVICE VALVE — The suction service valve

is a factory-installed option for 30XW units. It is located in the

suction outlet of the cooler. The suction service valve is bolted

between the cooler outlet and the suction flange piping. The

suction service valve shaft has a locking device located on the

shaft to lock the valve in either a fully open position or a fully

closed position. The locking device must be pulled out prior to

moving the valve handle to a fully open or a fully closed posi-

tion. See Fig. 47A and 47B.

QUANTITY TOTALINE PART NO.

1 Quart P903-2325

1 Gallon P903-2301

5 Gallon P903-2305

CAUTION

Compressor oil is pressurized. Use proper safety precau-

tions when relieving pressure.

CLOSED AND UNLOCKED

SUCTION SERVICE VALVE

OPENED AND LOCKED

SUCTION SERVICE VALVE

Fig. 47A — Suction Service Valve Locking Device,

Closed and Unlocked

Fig. 47B — Suction Service Valve Locking Device,

Open and Locked

A30-4843

A30-4844

LOW FLUID TEMPERATURE — Main Base Board is pro-

grammed to shut chiller down if leaving fluid temperature

drops below 34 F (1.1 C) for cooler fluid type water or below

Brine Freeze Setpoint (Brine Freeze Setpoint, LOSP) for

cooler fluid type brine. The unit will shut down without a

pumpout. When fluid temperature rises to 6° F (3.3° C) above

the leaving fluid set point, safety resets and chiller restarts.

Reset is automatic as long as this is the first occurrence.

LOSS OF FLUID FLOW PROTECTION — All 30XW ma-

chines include an integral flow switch that protects the cooler

against loss of cooler flow. In addition, all models ordered for

heat reclaim duty have factory installed condenser water sen-

sors and an integral flow switch.

TUBE PLUGGING — A leaky tube can be plugged until

retubing can be done. The number of tubes plugged determines

how soon the cooler must be retubed. All tubes in the cooler

may be removed. Loss of unit capacity and efficiency as well

as increased pump power will result from plugging tubes.

Failed tubes should be replaced as soon as possible. Up to 10%

of the total number of tubes per pass can be plugged before

retubing is necessary. Fig. 48 shows an Elliott tube plug and a

cross-sectional view of a plug in place. See Tables 43-46 for

plug components. If the tube failure occurs in both circuits

using tube plugs will not correct the problem. Contact your

local Carrier representative for assistance.

Table 43 — Condenser (Sizes 150-200) and

Evaporator Plug Component Parts

*Order directly from Elliot Tube Company, Dayton, OH or RCD.

†Can be obtained locally.

Table 44 — Condenser (Sizes 150-200) and

Evaporator Tube Components

LEGEND

NOTE: Tubes replaced along heat exchanger head partitions must

be flush with tube sheet (both ends).

Table 45 — Condenser (Sizes 325-400) Plug

Component Parts

*Order directly from Elliot Tube Company, Dayton, OH or RCD.

†Can be obtained locally.

Table 46 — Condenser (Sizes 325-400) Tube

Components

LEGEND

NOTE: Tubes replaced along heat exchanger head partitions must

be flush with tube sheet (both ends).

RETUBING — When retubing is required, obtain service of

qualified personnel experienced in boiler maintenance and

repair. Most standard procedures can be followed when retub-

ing the coolers. An 8% crush is recommended when rolling

replacement tubes into the tubesheet.

Place one drop of Loctite No. 675 or equivalent on top of

tube prior to rolling. This material is intended to “wick” into the

area of the tube that is not rolled into the tube sheet, and prevent

fluid from accumulating between the tube and the tube sheet.

New tubes must also be rolled into the center tubesheet to

prevent circuit to circuit leaks.

TIGHTENING COOLER HEAD BOLTS

Preparation — When reassembling cooler heads, always

check the condition of the O-rings first. The O-ring should be

replaced if there is visible signs of deterioration, cuts or

damage. Apply a thin film of grease to the O-ring before

installation. This will aid in holding the O-ring in the groove

while the head is installed. Torque all bolts to the following

specification and in sequence:

3/4-in. Diameter Perimeter Bolts (Grade 5) . . . 200 to 225 ft-lb

(271 to 305 N-m)

1. Install all bolts finger tight.

2. Bolt tightening sequence is outlined in Fig. 49. Follow

the numbering or lettering sequence so that pressure is

evenly applied to O-ring.

3. Apply torque in one-third steps until required torque is

reached. Load all bolts to each one-third step before pro-

ceeding to next one-third step.

4. No less than one hour later, retighten all bolts to required

torque values.

5. After refrigerant is restored to system, check for refriger-

ant leaks using recommended industry practices.

6. Replace cooler insulation.

CAUTION

Use extreme care when installing plugs to prevent damage

to the tube sheet section between the holes.

COMPONENT PART NUMBER

For Tubes

Brass Pin 853103-1*

Brass Ring 853002-657 or 670* (Measure inside

diameter of tube before ordering.)

For Holes without Tubes

Brass Pin 853103-1A*

Brass Ring 853002-738*

Loctite No. 675†

Locquic “N”†

COMPONENT SIZE

in. mm

Tube Sheet Hole Diameter 0.752 to 0.757 19.10 to 19.23

Tube OD 0.742 to 0.748 18.85 to 19.00

Tube ID after Rolling

(includes expansion due to

clearance.)

0.666 to 0.681 16.92 to 17.30

ID — Inside Diameter

OD — Outside Diameter

COMPONENT PART NUMBER

For Tubes

Brass Pin 853103-2A*

Brass Ring 853002-918*

For Holes without tubes

Brass Pin 853103-3*

Brass Ring 853002-988*

Loctite No. 675†

Locquic “N”†

COMPONENT SIZE

in. mm

Tube Sheet Hole Diameter 1.000 to 1.008 25.40 to 25.60

Tube OD 0.992 to 0.998 25.20 to 25.35

Tube ID after Rolling

(includes expansion due to

clearance.)

0.918 to 0.935 23.32 to 23.75

ID — Inside Diameter

OD — Outside Diameter

Fig. 48 — Elliott Tube Plug

a30-4083

INSPECTING/CLEANING HEAT EXCHANGERS — In-

spect and clean cooler tubes at the end of the first operating

season. Because these tubes have internal ridges, a rotary-type

tube cleaning system is necessary to fully clean the tubes. Tube

condition in the cooler will determine the scheduled frequency

for cleaning, and will indicate whether water treatment is

adequate in the chilled water/brine circuit. Inspect the entering

and leaving water thermistor wells for signs of corrosion or

scale. Replace the well if corroded or remove any scale if

found.

WATER TREATMENT — Untreated or improperly treated

water may result in corrosion, scaling, erosion or algae. The

services of a qualified water treatment specialist should be

obtained to develop and monitor a treatment program.

CHILLED WATER FLOW SWITCH — A factory-installed

flow switch is installed in the entering water nozzle for all ma-

chines. See Fig. 50 and 51. This is a thermal-dispersion flow

switch. Figure 50 shows typical installation. If nuisance trips of

the sensor are occurring, follow the steps below to correct:

When power is supplied to the device, a warm-up period is

initiated. The warm-up period may take up to 30 seconds.

When enough flow is detected, the switch contacts will close.

The switch closure does not indicate minimum flow require-

ments have been met for the machine.

1. Check to confirm that all strainers are clean, valves are

open and pumps are running. For the case of variable

frequency drive (VFD) controlled pumps, ensure the

minimum speed setting has not been changed.

2. Measure the pressure drop across the cooler (evaporator).

Use the cooler pressure drop curves in Fig. 27-37 to cal-

culate the flow and compare this to system requirements.

3. If the contacts do not close with sufficient flow, then

check the wiring connection to the MBB. If the input sig-

nal is not closed, then the switch needs to be replaced.

CAUTION

Hard scale may require chemical treatment for its preven-

tion or removal. Consult a water treatment specialist for

proper treatment procedures.

CAUTION

Water must be within design flow limits, clean and treated

to ensure proper machine performance and reduce the

potential of tubing damage due to corrosion, scaling, and

algae. Carrier assumes no responsibility for cooler damage

resulting from untreated or improperly treated water.

Fig. 51 — Flow Switch (Typical)

LEGEND

CEWT — Condenser Entering Water Thermistor

CLWT — Condenser Leaving Water Thermistor

CWFS — Chilled Water Flow Switch

EWT — Entering Water Thermistor

LWT — Leaving Water Thermistor

OUT

LWT

EWT

CLWT

CWFS

CEWT

A30-4846

Fig. 49 — Cooler Head Recommended

Bolt Torque Sequence

19 16 15

14 13 17

A30-4845

Fig. 50 — Chilled Water Flow Switch

WIRING

a30-4708

Refrigerant Circuit

LEAK TESTING — Units are shipped with complete operat-

ing charge of refrigerant R-134a or nitrogen (see Physical Data

tables supplied in the 30XW installation instructions) and

should be under sufficient pressure to conduct a leak test. If

there is no pressure in the system, introduce enough nitrogen to

search for the leak. Repair the leak using good refrigeration

practices. After leaks are repaired, system must be evacuated

and dehydrated.

REFRIGERANT CHARGE — Refer to Physical Data tables

supplied in the 30XW installation instructions. Immediately

ahead of filter drier in each circuit is a factory-installed liquid

line service valve. Each valve has a 1/4-in. access connection

for charging liquid refrigerant.

Charging with Unit Off and Evacuated — Close liquid line

service valve before charging. Weigh in charge shown on unit

nameplate. Open liquid line service valve; start unit and allow

it to run several minutes fully loaded. Check for a clear sight

glass. Be sure clear condition is liquid and not vapor.

Charging with Unit Running — If charge is to be added while

unit is operating, loop water temperatures should be near the

ARI rating point (54/44 F evaporator; 85/95 F condenser). At

these conditions and with the circuit at full load, charge to a

clear sightglass and a liquid line temperature of 90 to 93 F (32.2

to 33.9 C).

Add 5 lb (2.3 kg) of liquid charge into the fitting located on

the tube entering the bottom of the cooler. This fitting is located

between the electronic expansion valve (EXV) and the cooler.

Allow the system to stabilize and then recheck the liquid

temperature. If needed, add additional liquid charge, 5 lb

(2.3 kg) at a time, allowing the system to stabilize between

each charge addition. Slowly add charge as the sight glass

begins to clear to avoid overcharging.

Safety Devices — The 30XW chillers contain many

safety devices and protection logic built into the electronic

control. Following is a description of the major safeties.

COMPRESSOR PROTECTION

Motor Overload — The compressor protection modules

(CPM) protect each compressor against overcurrent. Do not

bypass the current transducers or make any changes to the

factory-installed and configured headers. The configuration of

these headers defines the Must Trip Amps (MTA) at which the

CPM will turn the compressors off. Determine the cause for

trouble and correct the problem before resetting the CPM. See

Appendix D for MTA settings and configuration headers.

Each CPM board also reads the status of each compressor’s

high-pressure switch. All compressors have factory-installed

high-pressure switches. See Table 47.

Table 47 — High-Pressure Switch Settings

If the switch opens during operation, the compressor will be

shut down. The CPM will reset automatically when the switch

closes, however, a manual reset of the control is required to

restart the compressor.

COOLER PROTECTION

Low Water Temperature — Microprocessor is programmed

to shut the chiller down if the leaving fluid temperature drops

below 34 F (1.1 C) for water or more than 8 F (4.4 C) below

set point for Fluid Type = brine. When the fluid temperature

rises 6 F (3.3 C) above the leaving fluid set point, the safety

resets and the chiller restarts. Reset is automatic as long as this

is the first occurrence of the day.

Relief Devices — Fusible plugs are located in each cir-

cuit between the condenser and the liquid line shutoff valve.

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES — Valves are installed in each

circuit and are located on all coolers and condensers. These

valves are designed to relieve if an abnormal pressure condition

arises. Relief valves on all coolers relieve at 220 psi (1517 kPa).

These valves should not be capped. If a valve relieves, it should

be replaced. If the valve is not replaced, it may relieve at a lower

pressure, or leak due to trapped dirt from the system which may

prevent resealing. Valves on standard condensers relieve at

220 psi (1517 kPa). Valves on high condensing and heat reclaim

units relieve at 300 psi (2068 kPa).

Pressure relief valves located on shells have 3/4-in. NPT

connections for relief. Some local building codes require that

relieved gases be exhausted to a specific location. This connec-

tion allows conformance to this requirement. Refer to Installa-

tion Instructions for details.

MAINTENANCE

Recommended Maintenance Schedule — The fol-

lowing are only recommended guidelines. Jobsite conditions

may dictate that maintenance schedule is performed more often

than recommended.

Every month:

• Check moisture indicating sight glass for possible refriger-

ant loss and presence of moisture.

Every 3 months:

• Check refrigerant charge.

• Check all refrigerant joints and valves for refrigerant leaks;

repair as necessary.

• Check chilled water and condenser flow switch operation.

• Check oil filter pressure drop.

Every 12 months:

• Check all electrical connections; tighten as necessary.

• Inspect all contactors and relays; replace as necessary.

• Check accuracy of thermistors; replace if greater than ±2° F

(1.2° C) variance from calibrated thermometer.

• Check accuracy of transducers; replace if greater than ±5 psi

(34.47 kPa) variance.

• Check to be sure that the proper concentration of antifreeze

is present in the chilled water and condenser loops, if

applicable.

• Verify that the chilled water loop is properly treated.

• Check refrigerant filter driers for excessive pressure drop;

replace as necessary.

• Check chilled water and condenser strainers, clean as

necessary.

• Perform Service Test to confirm operation of all components.

• Check for excessive cooler approach (Leaving Chilled

Water Temperature – Saturated Suction Temperature) which

may indicate fouling. Clean cooler vessel if necessary.

• Obtain oil analysis; change as necessary.

TROUBLESHOOTING

See Table 48 for an abbreviated list of symptoms, possible

causes and possible remedies.

IMPORTANT: When adjusting refrigerant charge, circu-

late fluid through cooler and condenser continuously to

prevent freezing and possible damage to both. Do not

overcharge, and never charge liquid into the low-pressure

side of system.

30XW UNIT SWITCH SETTING

psig kPa

STD 217.6 +7.25, –14.5 1500 +50, –100

HIGH COND 304.5 +7.25, –14.5 2099 +50, –100

IMPORTANT: If unit is installed in an area where

ambient temperatures fall below 32 F (0° C), a suit-

able corrosion-inhibited antifreeze solution must be

used in the chilled water and condenser water circuit.

Table 48 — Troubleshooting

LEGEND

Alarms and Alerts — The integral control system con-

stantly monitors the unit and generates warnings when abnor-

mal or fault conditions occur. Alarms may cause either a circuit

(Alert) or the whole machine (Alarm) to shut down. Alarms

and Alerts are assigned codes as described in Fig. 52. The

alarm/alert indicator LED on the Navigator™ module is

illuminated when any alarm or alert condition is present. If an

Alert is active, the Alarm Indicator LED will blink. If an Alarm

is active, the Alarm Indicator LED will remain on. Currently

active Alerts and Alarms can be found in (Current Alarm,

ALRM).

The controller generates two types of alarms. Automatic

reset alarms will reset without any intervention if the condition

that caused the alarm corrects itself. Manual reset alarms

require the service technician to check for the alarm cause and

reset the alarm. The following method must be followed to

reset manual alarms:

Before resetting any alarm, first determine the cause of the

alarm and correct it. To reset the alarm, set R.ALM to YES.

The alarms will be reset. Indicator light will be turned off when

switched correctly. Do not reset the chiller at random without

first investigating and correcting the cause(s) of the failure.

Each alarm is described by a three or four-digit code. The

first one or two digits indicate the alarm source and are listed in

Fig. 52. The last two digits pinpoint the problem. See Table 49.

SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSE POSSIBLE REMEDY

Unit Does Not Run Check for power to unit • Check overcurrent protection device.

• Check non-fused disconnect (if equipped).

• Restore power to unit.

Wrong or incorrect unit configuration Check unit configuration.

Active alarm Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow

troubleshooting instructions.

Active operating mode Check for Operating Modes. See the Operating Modes section and follow trouble-

shooting instructions

Unit Operates too Long or

Continuously

Low refrigerant charge Check for leak and add refrigerant.

Compressor or control contacts welded Replace contactor or relay.

Air in chilled water loop Purge water loop.

Non-condensables in refrigerant circuit. Remove refrigerant and recharge.

Inoperative EXV • Check EXV, clean or replace.

• Check EXV cable, replace if necessary.

• Check EXV board for output signal.

Load too high Unit may be undersized for application

Circuit Does Not Run Active alarm Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow

troubleshooting instructions.

Active operating mode Check for Operating Modes. See the Operating Modes section and follow trouble-

shooting instructions.

Circuit Does Not Load Active alarm Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow

troubleshooting instructions.

Active operating mode Check for Operating Modes. See the Operating Modes section and follow trouble-

shooting instructions.

Low saturated suction temperature See Operating Modes 21 and 22.

High circuit suction superheat The circuit capacity is not allowed increase if circuit superheat is greater than 36 F

(20 C). See Alarms 74 and 75 for potential causes.

Low suction superheat The circuit capacity is not allowed to increase if the circuit superheat is less than

18° F (10° C). See Alarms 74 and 75 for potential causes.

Compressor Does Not Run Active alarm Check Alarm status. See the Alarms and Alerts section and follow

troubleshooting instructions.

Active operating mode Check for Operating Modes. See the Operating Modes section and follow trouble-

shooting instructions.

Inoperative compressor contactor • Check control wiring.

• Check scroll protection module.

• Check contactor operation, replace if necessary.

Chilled Water Pump is ON, but

the Machine is OFF

Cooler freeze protection Chilled water loop temperature too low. Check cooler heater.

EXV — Electronic Expansion Valve

Alarm Suffix

Code Number to identify source

Alarm Descriptor th .01

Alarm Prefix

A1 – Compressor A1 Failure

B1 – Compressor B1 Failure

Co – Communication Failure

FC – Factory Configuration Error

MC – Master Chiller Configuration Error

P – Process Failure

Pr – Pressure Transducer Failure

Sr – Service Notification

th – Thermistor Failure

Alarm

Fig. 52 — Alarm Description

A30-4847

Table 49 — Alarm Codes

LEGEND

PREFIX

CODE

SUFFIX

CODE

ALARM

NUMBER ALARM DESCRIPTION REASON FOR ALARM ACTION TAKEN

BY CONTROL

RESET

TYPE PROBABLE CAUSE

th 01 1 Cooler Entering Fluid

Thermistor

Temperature measured

by the controller is

outside of the range

of –40 F to 245 F

Unit be shut down or

not allowed to start

Automatic Faulty Sensor,

wiring error or failed

main base board

02 2 Cooler Leaving Fluid

Thermistor

03 3 Circuit A Defrost Thermistor None Automatic Configuration error

04 4 Circuit B Defrost Thermistor

06 5 Condenser Entering

Fluid Thermistor

07 6 Condenser Leaving

Fluid Thermistor

08 7 Reclaim Condenser

Entering Thermistor

09 8 Reclaim Condenser

Leaving Thermistor

11 10 Master/Slave Common Fluid

Thermistor

Dual chiller deacti-

vated. Master and

slave machines

operate in stand-

alone mode

Automatic Faulty Sensor,

wiring error or failed

main base board

12 11 Circuit A Suction Gas

Thermistor

Circuit shut down or

not allowed to start Automatic Faulty Sensor,

wiring error, failed

EXV or CPM board

13 12 Circuit B Suction Gas

Thermistor

15 14 Circuit A Discharge Gas

Thermistor

16 15 Circuit B Discharge Gas

Thermistor

18 17 Circuit A Condenser Sub-

cooling Liquid Thermistor

Not supported Automatic Configuration error

19 18 Circuit B Condenser Sub-

cooling Liquid Thermistor

21 19 Space Temperature

Thermistor

Alarm tripped Automatic Faulty Sensor, wiring

error, failed EMM

board

23 20 Cooler heater feedback

thermistor

None Automatic Configuration error

24 21 Circuit A Economizer Gas

Thermistor

Circuit economizer

function disabled Automatic Faulty Sensor,

wiring error, failed

EXV board

25 22 Circuit B Economizer Gas

Thermistor

Pr 01 26 Circuit A Discharge

Transducer

Measured voltage is

0 vdc or SST > EWT and

EXV < 50% for 1 minute

Circuit shut down or

not allowed to start

Automatic Faulty transducer,

wiring error, failed

main base board or

fan board

02 27 Circuit B Discharge

Transducer

04 29 Circuit A Suction Transducer

05 30 Circuit B Suction Transducer

07 32 Circuit A Reclaim Pump-

down Pressure Transducer

None Automatic Configuration error

08 33 Circuit B Reclaim Pump-

down Pressure Transducer

10 34 Circuit A Oil Pressure

Transducer

Circuit shut down or

not allowed to start Automatic Faulty transducer,

wiring error, failed

CPM board

11 35 Circuit B Oil Pressure

Transducer

13 37 Circuit A Economizer

Pressure Transducer

Measured voltage is

0 vdc

14 38 Circuit B Economizer

Pressure Transducer

CCN — Carrier Comfort Network®MLV — Minimum Load Valve

CPM — Compressor Protection Module MOP — Maximum Operating Pressure

EMM — Energy Management Module MTA — Must Trip Amps

EWT — Entering Water Temperature SST — Saturated Suction Temperature

EXV — Electronic Expansion Valve UL — Underwriters Laboratories

HPS — High Pressure Switch

Table 49 — Alarm Codes (cont)

LEGEND

PREFIX

CODE

SUFFIX

CODE

ALARM

NUMBER ALARM DESCRIPTION REASON FOR ALARM ACTION TAKEN

BY CONTROL

RESET

TYPE PROBABLE CAUSE

Co A1 53 Loss of communication with

Compressor Board A

No communication

with CPM board

Affected

compressor shut

down

Automatic Wrong CPM address,

wrong unit configura-

tion, wiring error, power

loss, failed

CPM board

B1 54 Loss of communication with

Compressor Board B

E1 56 Loss of communication with

EXV Board 1

No communication with

EXV board

Affected

compressor

shut down

Automatic Wrong EXV board

address, wrong unit

configuration, wiring

error, power loss,

failed EXV board

E2 57 Loss of communication with

EXV Board 2

03 64 Loss of communication with

Energy Management Board

No communication with

EMM board

Disable or not allow

EMM functions

3 step and 4-20 mA

and space tempera-

ture reset, occu-

pancy override and

ice build)

Automatic Wrong board

address, wrong unit

configuration, wiring

error, power loss to

module, failed module

05 66 Loss of communication with

AUX Board 6 No communication

with MLV/COND Board

Unit shut down or

not allowed to start

Automatic Wrong board

address, wrong unit

configuration, wiring

error, power loss to

module, failed module

P01 67 Cooler Freeze Protection Entering or leaving therm-

istor sensed a tempera-

ture at or below freeze

point

Unit shut down or

not allowed to start

Automatic, first

occurrence in

24 hours;

manual if

multiple alarms

within 24 hours

Faulty thermistor, faulty

wiring, low water flow,

low loop volume, fouled

cooler, or freeze

conditions

02 68 Condenser Freeze Protection

Circuit A

— None Automatic Configuration error

03 69 Condenser Freeze Protection

Circuit B

05 71 Circuit A Low Suction

Temperature

Low saturated suction

temperatures detected for

a period of time

Circuit shut down Automatic, first

occurrence in

24 hours;

manual if

multiple alarms

within 24 hours

Faulty thermistor, faulty

wiring, low water flow,

low loop volume, fouled

cooler, or freeze

conditions

06 72 Circuit B Low Suction

Temperature

08 74 Circuit A High Suction

Superheat

EXV>98%,

suction superheat > 30 F,

and SST<MOP for more

than 5 minutes

Circuit shut down Manual Faulty transducer,

faulty wiring, faulty

thermistor, faulty EXV,

low refrigerant charge,

plugged or restricted

liquid line

09 75 Circuit B High Suction

Superheat

CCN — Carrier Comfort Network®MLV — Minimum Load Valve

CPM — Compressor Protection Module MOP — Maximum Operating Pressure

EMM — Energy Management Module MTA — Must Trip Amps

EWT — Entering Water Temperature SST — Saturated Suction Temperature

EXV — Electronic Expansion Valve UL — Underwriters Laboratories

HPS — High Pressure Switch

Table 49 — Alarm Codes (cont)

LEGEND

PREFIX

CODE

SUFFIX

CODE

ALARM

NUMBER ALARM DESCRIPTION REASON FOR ALARM ACTION TAKEN

BY CONTROL

RESET

TYPE PROBABLE CAUSE

P11 77 Circuit A Low Suction

Superheat

EXV<5% and either the

suction superheat is less

than the set point by at

least 5 F or the suction

temperature is greater

than MOP set point for

more than 5 minutes

Circuit shut down Manual Faulty transducer,

faulty wiring, faulty

thermistor, faulty EXV,

or incorrect

configuration

12 78 Circuit B Low Suction

Superheat

14 80 Interlock Failure Lockout Switch Closed Unit shut down or

not allowed to start

Automatic Lockout Switch Closed

on EMM board

28 81 Electrical Box Thermostat

Failure/Reverse Rotation

External pump interlock

open

Unit shut down or

not allowed to start

Automatic External pump off.

Faulty jumper wiring

when channel not used

29 82 Loss of communication with

System Manager

Loss of communication

with an external control

device for more than

2 minutes

Unit change to

stand-alone

operation

Automatic Faulty communication

wiring, no power

supply to the external

controller

30 83 Master/Slave communication

Failure

Communication between

the master and slave

machines lost

Unit change to

stand-alone

operation

Automatic Faulty communication

wiring, no power or

control power to the

main base board of

either module

67 84 Circuit A Low Oil Pressure Oil pressure and suction

pressure differential is

less than the set point

Circuit shut down Automatic, first

occurrence in

24 hours;

manual if

multiple alarms

within 24 hours

Plugged oil filter, faulty

oil transducer, oil check

valve stuck, plugged oil

strainer

68 85 Circuit B Low Oil Pressure

70 87 Circuit A Max Oil Filter Differ-

ential Pressure

Difference between dis-

charge pressure and oil

pressure is greater than

50 psi for more than

30 seconds

Circuit shut down Manual Plugged oil filter,

closed oil valve, bad oil

solenoid, oil check

valve stuck, faulty oil

pressure transducer

71 88 Circuit B Max Oil Filter Differ-

ential Pressure

84 90 Circuit A High Oil Filter Drop

Pressure

Difference between dis-

charge pressure and oil

pressure is greater than

30 psi for more than

5 minutes

Alert generated Manual Plugged oil filter

85 91 Circuit B High Oil Filter Drop

Pressure

75 93 Circuit A Low Oil Level Oil level switch open Circuit shut down or

not allowed to start

Automatic, first

occurrence in

24 hours;

manual if

multiple alarms

within 24 hours

Low oil level, faulty

switch, wiring error,

failed CPM board, oil

solenoid stuck open

76 94 Circuit B Low Oil Level

MC nn 96 Master chiller configuration

error Number 01 to nn

Wrong or incompatible

configuration data

Unit not allowed to

start in Master-slave

control

Automatic Configuration error

FC n0 97 No factory configuration No Configuration Unit not allowed to

start

Automatic Configuration error

nn 98 Illegal factory configuration

Number 01 to 04

Wrong or incompatible

configuration data

Unit not allowed to

start

Automatic Configuration error

P31 99 Unit is in CCN emergency

stop

Emergency stop com-

mand has been received

Unit shut down or

not allowed to start

Automatic Carrier Comfort

Network® Emergency

Stop command

received

32 100 Cooler pump #1 fault Pump interlock status

does not match pump

status

Unit shuts down, if

available, another

pump will start

Manual Faulty contacts, wiring

error or low control

voltage. Configuration

error.

33 101 Cooler pump #2 fault

15 102 Condenser Flow Switch

Failure

— None Manual Configuration error,

faulty wiring or external

pump off

34 103 Circuit A Reclaim Operation

Failure

— None Manual Configuration error

35 104 Circuit B Reclaim Operation

Failure

37 105 Circuit A — High condensing

temperature out of compres-

sor envelope

Multiple capacity over-

rides due to high

saturated discharge

temperature

Circuit shut down Automatic Low or restricted

condenser water flow.

Fouled condenser

tubes.

38 106 Circuit B — High condensing

temperature out of compres-

sor envelope

CCN — Carrier Comfort Network®MLV — Minimum Load Valve

CPM — Compressor Protection Module MOP — Maximum Operating Pressure

EMM — Energy Management Module MTA — Must Trip Amps

EWT — Entering Water Temperature SST — Saturated Suction Temperature

EXV — Electronic Expansion Valve UL — Underwriters Laboratories

HPS — High Pressure Switch

Table 49 — Alarm Codes (cont)

LEGEND

PREFIX

CODE

SUFFIX

CODE

ALARM

NUMBER ALARM DESCRIPTION REASON FOR ALARM ACTION TAKEN

BY CONTROL

RESET

TYPE PROBABLE CAUSE

P40 108 Circuit A — Repeated low

suction temp overrides

Multiple capacity

overrides due to low satu-

rated suction temperature

Circuit shut down Automatic Inaccurate

transducer, faulty EXV,

low refrigerant charge,

plugged or restricted

liquid line filter drier.

41 109 Circuit B — Repeated low

suction temp overrides

43 111 Low entering water tempera-

ture in heating

Not supported — — —

73 112 Condenser pump #1 default — None Manual Faulty contacts, wiring

error or low control

voltage. Configuration

error.

74 113 Condenser pump #2 default

78 114 Circuit A High Discharge

Temperature

Discharge gas tempera-

ture is higher than 212 F

for more than 90 seconds

Circuit shut down Manual Faulty transducer/high

pressure switch, low/

restricted condenser

flow

79 115 Circuit B High Discharge

Temperature

81 117 Circuit A Low Economizer

Pressure

The economizer pressure

is below the suction pres-

sure more than 14.5 psi

for more than 10 seconds

Circuit shut down Manual Faulty transducer,

faulty main base board,

faulty wiring, closed

suction service valve,

faulty EXV

82 118 Circuit B Low Economizer

Pressure

87 120 Circuit A Slide Valve Control

Unverifiable

If 100% load current is

less than 1.1 times of

30% load current, or for

1 minute when active

cooling setpoint is

greater than 32 F.

None Manual Slide valve stuck, inac-

curate initial current

reading

88 121 Circuit B Slide Valve Control

Unverifiable

90 123 Cooler flow switch set point

configuration failure

— None Manual Configuration error

91 124 Cooler flow switch failure Flow switch open Unit shut down Manual if unit

is running,

automatic

otherwise

Faulty flow switch, low

cooler flow, faulty

wiring, faulty cooler

pump, faulty main base

board

Sr nn 128 Service maintenance alert

Number # nn

Field programmed

elapsed time has expired

for maintenance time

None Manual Maintenance required

A1, B1 01 132-01,

133-01

Compressor Motor tempera-

ture too high

Compressor temperature

higher than 232 F for

more than 90 seconds

Circuit shut down Manual Economizer EXV fail-

ure (350,400 only),

faulty CPM board,

low refrigerant charge

02 132-02,

133-02

Compressor Motor tempera-

ture out of range

Compressor temperature

reading out of the range of

–40 F to 245 F

Circuit shut down Manual Faulty thermistor, faulty

wiring, faulty CPM

board

03 132-03,

133-03

Compressor High pressure

switch protection

HPS input on CPM board

open

Circuit shut down Manual, press

reset button on

HPS

Loss of condenser air

flow, operation beyond

compressor envelope,

faulty high pressure

switch, faulty wiring,

faulty CPM board

04 132-04,

133-04

Compressor Over current CPM board detects high

motor current compared

with MTA setting

Circuit shut down Manual Operating beyond

compressor envelope,

incorrect configuration

05 132-05,

133-05

Compressor Locked rotor CPM board detects locked

rotor current compared

with MTA setting

Circuit shut down Manual Compressor motor fail-

ure, unloader slide

valve failure, compres-

sor mechanical failure

06 132-06,

133-06

Compressor Phase loss L1 CPM board detects cur-

rent unbalance greater

than 65% for more than

1 second

Circuit shut down Manual Blown fuse, wiring

error, loose terminals

07 132-07,

133-07

Compressor Phase loss L2

08 132-08,

133-08

Compressor Phase loss L3

09 132-09,

133-09

Compressor Low current

alarm

CPM detects motor cur-

rent less than a certain

percentage of the MTA

setting, compressor not

operating

Circuit shut down Manual Power supply discon-

nected, blown fuse,

wiring error, contact

deenergized, faulty

current toroid high

pressure switch trip.

CCN — Carrier Comfort Network®MLV — Minimum Load Valve

CPM — Compressor Protection Module MOP — Maximum Operating Pressure

EMM — Energy Management Module MTA — Must Trip Amps

EWT — Entering Water Temperature SST — Saturated Suction Temperature

EXV — Electronic Expansion Valve UL — Underwriters Laboratories

HPS — High Pressure Switch

Table 49 — Alarm Codes (cont)

LEGEND

DIAGNOSTIC ALARM CODES AND POSSIBLE

CAUSES

Thermistor Failure

Alarm 1 — Cooler Fluid Entering (th.01)

Alarm 2 — Cooler Fluid Leaving (th.02)

Criteria for Trip — This alarm criterion is tested whether the

unit is on or off if the temperature as measured by the thermis-

tor is outside of the range –40 to 245 F (–40 to 118.3 C).

Action to be Taken — The unit shuts down normally, or is not

allowed to start.

Reset Method — Automatic, the alarm will reset once the

thermistor reading is within the expected range.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• sensor wiring to the Main Base Board

• sensor accuracy

See the Thermistors section on page 56 for thermistor de-

scription, identifiers and connections.

Defrost Thermistor Failure

Alarm 3 — Circuit A (th.03)

Alarm 4 — Circuit B (th.04)

NOTE: Alarms 3 and 4 are not used or supported. If this condi-

tion is encountered, confirm machine configuration.

Thermistor Failure

Alarm 5 — Condenser Entering Fluid (th.06)

Alarm 6 — Condenser Leaving Fluid (th.07)

NOTE: Alarms 5 and 6 are not used or supported. If this condi-

tion is encountered, confirm machine configuration.

Condenser Reclaim Thermistor

Alarm 7— Reclaim Entering Fluid (th.08)

Alarm 8 — Reclaim Leaving Fluid (th.09)

NOTE: Alarms 7 and 8 are not used or supported. If this condi-

tion is encountered, confirm machine configuration.

PREFIX

CODE

SUFFIX

CODE

ALARM

NUMBER ALARM DESCRIPTION REASON FOR ALARM ACTION TAKEN

BY CONTROL

RESET

TYPE PROBABLE CAUSE

A1, B1 10 132-10,

133-10

Compressor Y delta starter

current increase failure alarm

If the delta mode current

is not 25% greater than

the current in Y mode

Circuit shut down Manual Power supply to delta

contactor not

connected, faulty delta

contactor or wiring,

faulty CPM board

11 132-11,

133-11

Compressor Contactor failure CPM board detects

greater than 15% of MTA

current for 10 seconds

after shutting off the com-

pressor contactor. Oil

solenoid is energized.

Circuit shut down Manual Faulty contactor, con-

tactor welded, wiring

error

12 132-12,

133-12

Compressor Unable to stop

motor

CPM board detects

greater than 15% of MTA

current for 10 seconds

after three attempts

Circuit shut down Manual Faulty contactor,

contactor welded,

wiring error

13 132-13,

133-13

Compressor Phase reversal CPM board detects phase

reversal from current

toroid

Circuit shut down Manual Terminal block power

supply lead not in

correct phase. Power

supply leads going

through toroid crossed

14 132-14,

133-14

Compressor MTA configura-

tion fault

MTA setting is out of the

allowed MTA range

Circuit shut down Manual Incorrect MTA setting,

faulty CPM board

15 132-15,

133-15

Compressor Configuration

switch mismatch

CPM board MTA setting

do not match factory

configuration

Circuit shut down Manual Incorrect CPM dip-

switch setting,

incorrect factory MTA

setting, faulty CPM

board

16 132-16,

133-16

Compressor Unexpected

switch setting change

CPM board dipswitch S1

setting changed

Circuit shut down Manual Incorrect CPM dip-

switch setting, faulty

CPM board

17 132-17,

133-17

Compressor Power on reset CPM board detects a

power failure

Circuit shut down Manual Power supply

interruption

18 132-18,

133-18

Compressor UL 1998 critical

section software error

Software error Circuit shut down Manual Electric noise, faulty

CPM board

19 132-19,

133-19

Compressor UL 1998 current

measure dual channel

mismatch

Software error Circuit shut down Manual Electric noise, faulty

CPM board

CCN — Carrier Comfort Network®MLV — Minimum Load Valve

CPM — Compressor Protection Module MOP — Maximum Operating Pressure

EMM — Energy Management Module MTA — Must Trip Amps

EWT — Entering Water Temperature SST — Saturated Suction Temperature

EXV — Electronic Expansion Valve UL — Underwriters Laboratories

HPS — High Pressure Switch

Alarm 10 — Master/Slave Common Fluid Thermistor

(th.11)

Criteria for Trip — This alarm criterion is tested whether the

unit is ON or OFF. The alarm will be tripped if the unit is

configured as a master or a slave (Master/Slave Select,

MSSL), leaving temperature control is selected (Entering

Fluid Control, EWTO), and if the temperature measured by

the CHWS (chilled water sensor) fluid sensor is outside the

range of –40 to 245 F (–40 to 118.3 C).

Action to be Taken — Master/slave operation is disabled and

the chiller returns to stand alone mode.

Reset Method — Reset is automatic when the thermistor read-

ing is inside the range of –40 to 245 F (–40 to 118.3 C).

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• sensor wiring to the Main Base Board

• a faulty thermistor

See the Thermistors section on page 56 for thermistor de-

scription, identifiers and connections.

Suction Gas Thermistor

Alarm 11 — Circuit A (th.12)

Alarm 12 — Circuit B (th.13)

Criteria for Trip — This alarm criterion is tested whether the

unit is ON or OFF. If the suction gas temperature as measured

by the thermistor is outside of the range –40 to 245 F (–40 to

118.3 C).

Action to be Taken — The affected circuit shuts down

normally.

Reset Method — Automatic, once the thermistor reading is

within the expected range. The affected circuit will restart once

the alarm has cleared.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• sensor wiring to the EXV board

• board for a faulty channel

• a faulty thermistor

See the Thermistors section on page 56 for thermistor de-

scription, identifiers and connections.

Circuit Discharge Gas Thermistor Sensor Failure

Alarm 14 — Circuit A (th.15)

Alarm 15 — Circuit B (th.16)

Criteria for Trip — This alarm criterion is tested whether the

unit is ON or OFF. The alarm is tripped if the temperature

measured by the Outdoor Air Thermistor sensor is outside the

range of –40 to 245 F (–40 to 118.3 C).

Action to be Taken — The unit shuts down normally, or is not

allowed to start.

Reset Method — Automatic, the alarm will reset once the

thermistor reading is within the expected range.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• sensor wiring to the CPM board

• a faulty thermistor

• a faulty channel on the board

See the Thermistors section on page 56 for thermistor descrip-

tion, identifiers and connections.

Condenser Subcooling Liquid Thermistor

Alarm 17 — Circuit A (th.18)

Alarm 18 — Circuit B (th.19)

NOTE: Alarms 17 and 18 are not used or supported. If this

condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.

Alarm 19 — Space Temperature Sensor Failure (th.21)

Criteria for Trip — This alarm criterion is checked whether the

unit is ON or OFF and if Space Temperature Reset has been

enabled. This alarm is generated if the outdoor-air temperature

as measured by the thermistor is outside of the range –40 to

245 F (–40 to 118.3 C).

Action to be Taken — Unit operates under normal control.

Temperature Reset based on Space Temperature is disabled.

Reset Method — Automatic, once the thermistor reading is

within the expected range. The Space Temperature Reset will

resume once the alarm has cleared.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• sensor wiring to the Energy Management Module

• board for a faulty channel

• a faulty thermistor

For thermistor descriptions, identifiers and connections, see

the Thermistors section.

Alarm 20 — Cooler Heater Feedback Sensor Thermistor

(th.23)

NOTE: Alarm 20 is not used or supported. If this condition is

encountered, confirm machine configuration.

Economizer Gas Thermistor

Alarm 21 — Circuit A (th.24)

Alarm 22 — Circuit B (th.25)

Criteria for Trip — This alarm criterion is tested whether the

unit is ON or OFF. The alarm is tripped if the Economizer gas

reading is outside the range of –40 to 245 F (–40 to 118.3 C).

Action to be Taken — The unit shuts down normally, or is not

allowed to start.

Reset Method — Automatic, the alarm will reset once the

thermistor reading is within the expected range.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• sensor wiring to the EXV board

• a faulty thermistor

• a faulty channel on the board

See the Thermistors section on page 56 for thermistor descrip-

tion, identifiers and connections.

Discharge Transducer

Alarm 26 — Circuit A (Pr.01)

Alarm 27 — Circuit B (Pr.02)

Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the circuit is

ON or OFF. This alarm is generated if the voltage as sensed by

the MBB or Fan Board C (FBC) is 0 vdc, which corresponds

to the Navigator™ display of –7 psi (–48.3 kPa).

Action to be Taken — The circuit is shut down normally, or not

allowed to start.

Reset Method — Automatic, once the transducer voltage is

greater than 0 vdc, which corresponds to the Navigator display

of a value greater than –7 psi (–48.3 kPa).

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• sensor wiring to Main Base Board (Alarms 24 and 25)

• sensor wiring to Fan Board C (Alarm 26)

• board for a faulty channel

• for a faulty transducer

• confirm unit configuration

Suction Pressure Transducer Failure

Alarm 29 — Circuit A (Pr.04)

Alarm 30 — Circuit B (Pr.05)

Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested whether the circuit is

ON or OFF. The alarm is generated if one of the following

criteria is met:

1. If the voltage as sensed by the MBB is 0 vdc, which

corresponds to the Navigator™ display of –7 psi

(–48.3 kPa).

2. The circuit is ON in cooling mode and the Saturated

Suction Temperature (Saturated Suction Temp, SST)

for the circuit is greater than the Entering Water Tempera-

ture and EXV opening is less than 50% for more than

60 seconds.

Action to be Taken — The circuit is shut down immediately, or

not allowed to start.

Reset Method

1. Automatic, once the transducer voltage is greater than

0 vdc, which corresponds to the Navigator display of a

value greater than –7 psi (–48.3 kPa).

2. Automatic once the circuit’s saturated suction tempera-

ture is lower than the Entering Water Temperature by 3° F

(1.6° C). If this criterion trips the alarm 3 times within a

24-hour period, the alarm changes to a manual reset.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• sensor wiring to Main Base Board

• board for a faulty channel

• faulty transducer

• faulty entering water temperature sensor

Reclaim Pumpdown Pressure Transducer

Alarm 32 — Circuit A (Pr.07)

Alarm 33 — Circuit B (Pr.08)

NOTE: Alarms 30 and 31 are not used or supported. If this

condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.

Oil Pressure Transducer

Alarm 34 — Circuit A (Pr.10)

Alarm 35 — Circuit B (Pr.11)

Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested whether the circuit is

ON or OFF. The alarm is generated if one of the following cri-

teria is met:

1. If the voltage as sensed by the CPM board is 0 vdc,

which corresponds to the Navigator display of –7 psi

(–48.3 kPa).

2. The circuit is OFF and outside air temperature is below

35.6 F (2 C).

3. The circuit is OFF and the fluid type is brine.

Action to be Taken — The circuit is shut down immediately, or

not allowed to start.

Reset Method — Automatic, once the transducer voltage is

greater than 0 vdc.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• sensor wiring to CPM board

• board for a faulty channel

• faulty transducer

• plugged oil filter

• faulty oil solenoid valve coil

• stuck oil solenoid valve

• confirm unit configuration

Economizer Pressure Transducer Failure (sizes

175,200,350,400 only)

Alarm 37 — Circuit A (Pr. 13)

Alarm 38 — Circuit B (Pr. 14)

Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested whether the circuit is

ON or OFF. The alarm is generated if the voltage as sensed by

the MBB or Fan Board C is 0 vdc, which corresponds to the

Navigator display of –7 psi (–48.3 kPa).

Action to be Taken — The circuit is shut down immediately, or

not allowed to start.

Reset Method — Automatic, once the transducer voltage is

greater than 0 vdc, which corresponds to the Navigator display

of a value greater than –7 psi (–48.3 kPa).

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• sensor wiring to EXV Board

• EXV board for a faulty channel

• faulty transducer

• faulty economizer EXV or EXV wiring

• faulty economizer EXV channel on the board

• closed or partially closed suction service valve

• confirm unit configuration

Loss of Communication with Compressor Board

Alarm 53 — Compressor Board A (Co.A1)

Alarm 54 — Compressor Board B (Co.B1)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is tested whether the

unit is ON or OFF. If communication with the Compressor

Protection Module Board (CPM) is lost for a period of 10 sec-

onds, the alarm will be generated.

Action to be Taken — The affected compressor will be shut

down.

Reset Method — Automatic, if communication is established.

If called for, the compressor will start normally.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• power supply to the affected CPM board

• address of the CPM

• local equipment network (LEN) wiring

• confirm unit configuration

Loss of Communication with EXV Board

Alarm 56 — Circuit A, EXV Board 1 (Co.E1)

Alarm 57 — Circuit B, EXV Board 2 (Co.E2)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is tested whether the

unit is ON or OFF. If communication with EXV1 or 2 is lost

for a period of 10 seconds, the alarm will be triggered.

Action to be Taken — If running, Circuit A or B will shut

down normally. If Circuit A or B is not operating, it will not be

allowed to start.

Reset Method — Automatic, if communication is established,

the unit will start normally.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• power supply to EXV1 or 2

• address of the EXV board

• local equipment network (LEN) wiring

• confirm unit configuration

Alarm 64 — Loss of Communication with Energy Manage-

ment Module Board (Co.03)

Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the unit is

ON or OFF and when a function that requires the Energy

Management Module (EMM) is configured. If communication

with the EMM is lost for a period of 10 seconds, the alarm will

be triggered.

Action to be Taken — If any function controlled by the EMM

(3-Step and 4-20 mA Demand Limit, 4-20 mA and Space

Temperature Reset, Occupancy Override, and Ice Build) is

active, that function will be terminated. If an EMM function is

programmed, and communication is lost, the function will not

be allowed to start.

Reset Method — Automatic, if communication is established,

the functions will be enabled.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• The EMM is installed, (EMM NRCP2 Board, EMM). If

EMM NRCP2 Board, EMM=YES, then check for a con-

trol option that requires the EMM that may be enabled (cor-

rect configuration if not correct).

• power supply to EMM

• address of the EMM

• local equipment network (LEN) wiring

• confirm unit configuration to be sure that no options that

require the EMM are enabled

Alarm 66 — Loss of Communication with AUX Board 6

(Co.05)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criteria are checked whether the

unit is ON or OFF. If units are configured for minimum load

control or head pressure control (Hot Gas Bypass Select,

HGBP=Yes or Condenser Valve Select, CON.V=Yes). If

communication with the AUX board is lost then the alarm will

be generated.

Action to be Taken — Unit shut down or not allowed to start.

Reset Method — Automatic, if communication is established,

the unit will start normally.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• power supply to the MLV/COND board

• address of the MLV/COND board

• local equipment network (LEN) wiring

• confirm network configuration

Alarm 67 — Cooler Freeze Protection (P.01)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criteria are checked whether the

unit is ON or OFF. If the entering or leaving water thermistor

senses a temperature at the freeze point or less, the alarm will

be generated. For a fresh water system (Cooler Fluid Type,

FLUD=1), the freeze point is 34 F (1.1 C). For medium tem-

perature brine systems (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=2), the

freeze point is Brine Freeze Set Point (Brine Freeze Setpoint,

LOSP).

Action to be Taken — Unit shut down or not allowed to start.

Chilled water pump will be started.

Reset Method — Automatic, first occurrence in 24 hours if

LWT rises to 6° F (3° C) above set point. Manual, if more than

one occurrence in 24 hours.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• entering and leaving fluid thermistors for accuracy

•water flow rate

• loop volume — low loop volume at nominal flow rates can

in extreme cases bypass cold water to the cooler

• freezing conditions

• freeze protection items for proper operation

• glycol concentration and adjust LOSP accordingly

• If the Leaving Water Set Point is above 40 F (4.4 C) and

there is glycol in the loop, consider using the Medium

Temperature Brine option (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=2)

to utilize the brine freeze point instead of 34 F (1.1 C)

Condenser Freeze Protection

Alarm 68 — Circuit A (P.02)

Alarm 69 — Circuit B (P.03)

NOTE: Alarms 53-55 are not used or supported. If this condi-

tion is encountered, confirm machine configuration.

Low Saturated Suction Temperature

Alarm 71 — Circuit A (P.05)

Alarm 72 — Circuit B (P.06)

Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested only when the

circuit is ON. This alarm is generated if one of the following

criteria is met:

• If the circuit Saturated Suction Temperature is below –13 F

(–25 C) for more than 30 seconds or 40 seconds if OAT is

less than 14 F (–10 C) or LWT is less than 36 F (2.2 C).

• If the circuit Saturated Suction Temperature is below –22 F

(–30 C) for more than 10 seconds, or 20 seconds if OAT less

than 50 F (10 C).

Action to be Taken — The circuit is shut down immediately.

Prior to the alarm trip, the control will take action to avoid

the alarm. See Operating Modes 21 and 22 on page 54.

Reset Method — Automatic, first occurrence in 24 hours.

Manual, if more than one occurrence in 24 hours.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• sensor wiring to Main Base Board

• board for a faulty channel

• faulty suction transducer

• cooler water flow

• loop volume

• EXV operation

• liquid line refrigerant restriction, filter drier, service valve,

etc

• refrigerant charge

• If the Leaving Water Set Point is above 40 F (4.4 C) and

there is glycol in the loop, consider using the Medium

Temperature Brine option (Cooler Fluid Type, FLUD=2)

to utilize the brine freeze point instead of 34 F (1.1 C).

High Suction Superheat

Alarm 74 — Circuit A (P.08)

Alarm 75 — Circuit B (P.09)

Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested only when the cir-

cuit is ON. This alarm is generated if all of the following crite-

ria are met:

• The EXV position is equal to or greater than 98%.

• The circuit’s Suction Superheat (Suction Gas Temperature –

Saturated Suction Temperature) is greater than the super-

heat control set point.

• The circuit’s Saturated Suction Temperature is less than

Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP) set point (EXV

MOP Setpoint, MOP) for more than 5 minutes.

Action to be Taken — The circuit is shut down normally.

Reset Method — Manual.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• suction pressure transducer wiring to Main Base Board

• board for a faulty channel

• a faulty suction transducer

• suction gas thermistor wiring to EXV Board 1 or to EXV

Board 2

• suction gas thermistor sensor for accuracy

• for EXV Board 1 or EXV Board 2 faulty channel

• EXV operation

• a liquid line refrigerant restriction, filter drier, service valve,

etc.

• refrigerant charge

Low Suction Superheat

Alarm 77 — Circuit A (P.11)

Alarm 78 — Circuit B (P.12)

Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested when the circuit is

ON. This alarm is generated if the following criterion is met:

The EXV position is equal to or less than 5% and the cir-

cuit’s Suction Superheat (Suction Gas Temperature – Saturated

Suction Temperature) is less than the Suction Superheat Set

Point (EXVA Superheat Setpoint, SHP.A, EXVB Superheat

Setpoint, SHP.B, or EXVC Superheat Setpoint, SHP.C) by at

least 5° F (2.8° C) or the circuit Saturated Suction Temperature

is greater than Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP) set point

(EXV MOP Setpoint, MOP) for more than 5 minutes.

Action to be Taken — The circuit is shut down normally.

Reset Method — Automatic, first occurrence in 24 hours.

Manual, if more than one occurrence in 24 hours.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• suction pressure transducer wiring to Main Base Board

• board for a faulty channel

• faulty suction transducer

• suction gas thermistor wiring to EXV Board 1 or to EXV

Board 2

• suction gas thermistor sensor for accuracy

• EXV Board 1 or EXV Board 2 faulty channel

• EXV operation

• confirm maximum operating pressure set point

• refrigerant charge level

Alarm 80 — Interlock Failure (P.14)

Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested whether the unit is

ON or OFF. This alarm is generated if the lockout switch

(located in the Energy Management Module) is closed during

normal operation.

Action to be Taken — All compressors are shut down immedi-

ately without going through pumpdown. and is not allowed to

start.

Reset Method — Automatic, first occurrence in 24 hours.

Manual, if more than one occurrence in 24 hours.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• chilled water flow switch operation

• water flow. Be sure all water isolation valves are open and

check water strainer for a restriction

• interlock wiring circuit

• power supply to the pump

• control signal to the pump controller

• chilled water pump operation

• cooler pump contactor for proper operation

Alarm 81 — Electrical Box Thermostat Failure/Reverse

Rotation (P.28)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criteria are checked whether the

unit is ON or OFF. If channel 15A on the MBB, which is used

for field wired external pump interlock, is open then the alarm

will be generated.

Action to be Taken — Unit shut down or note allowed to start.

Reset Method — Automatic, if the channel is closed, the unit

will start normally.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• jumper wiring on TB5-1 and TB5-2 when channel is not in

use

• external pump interlock open

• field wiring for the external pump interlock open

Alarm 82 — Loss of Communication with System Manager

(P.29)

Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the unit is

ON or OFF. This alarm is generated if the System Manager

had established communications with the machine and is then

lost for more than 2 minutes.

Action to be Taken — The action to be taken by the control

depends on the configuration. If Auto Start when SM lost is

enabled, (Cooler Heater Delta Spt, AU.SM=YES), then the

unit will force the CCN Chiller Start Stop to ENBL and clear

all forced points from the System Manager. The unit will revert

to stand-alone operation.

Reset Method — Automatic, once communication is

re-established.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• communication wiring

• power supply to the System Manager and unit controls

Alarm 83 — Master/Slave Communication Failure (P.30)

Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the units are

ON or OFF and a master and slave machine has been config-

ured, (Master/Slave Select, MSSL=1 and Master/Slave

Select, MSSL=2). If communication is lost for more than 3

minutes, this alarm is generated.

Action to be Taken — Dual chiller control will be disabled and

each unit will operate in Stand-Alone mode.

Reset Method — Automatic, once communication is

re-established.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• CCN wiring

• control power to each Main Base Board, master and slave

• confirm correct configuration

Low Oil Pressure

Alarm 84 — Circuit A (P.67)

Alarm 85 — Circuit B (P.68)

Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested only when the com-

pressor is ON. The alarm is generated if one of the following

occurs, where:

oil = oil pressure transducer reading for the appropriate com-

pressor

sp = suction pressure reading for the affected circuit

dp = discharge pressure reading for the affected circuit

oil_sp1 = 0.7 x (dp-sp) + sp

oil_sp2 = sp + 7.2 psi (15 seconds after start)

oil_sp2 = sp + 14.5 psi (45 seconds after start)

• If the compressor starts with the ambient temperature

(OAT less than 36° F [2° C] the oil pressure monitoring

is delayed by 30 seconds.

Action to be Taken — The affected compressor will be

stopped. The other compressors will continue to operate.

Reset Method — Manual.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• sensor wiring to the CPM Board

• board for a faulty channel

• faulty transducer

• plugged oil filter

• faulty oil solenoid valve coil

• stuck oil solenoid valve

• stuck check valve

• manual shut off valve to ensure it is not fully open

• confirm unit configuration

Max Oil Filter Differential Pressure Failure

Alarm 87 — Circuit A (P.70)

Alarm 88 — Circuit B (P.71)

Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested when the compres-

sor has been operating for at least 5 seconds. The alarm is

generated if the difference between the Circuit Discharge Pres-

sure and the Compressor Oil Pressure is greater than 50 psi

(345 kPa) for more than 30 seconds.

Action to be Taken — The affected compressor will be turned

off.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• check the discharge and oil sensor wiring to the Main Base

Board and CPM board

• boards for a faulty channel

• faulty transducer

• plugged oil filter

• faulty oil solenoid valve coil

• stuck oil solenoid valve

• stuck check valve

• manual shut off valve to ensure it is not fully open

Check the power supply to the System Manager and unit

controls.

High Oil Filter Pressure Drop

Alarm 90 — Circuit A (P.84)

Alarm 91 — Circuit B (P.85)

Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested when the compres-

sor has been operating for at least 5 seconds. The alarm is gen-

erated if the difference between the Circuit Discharge Pressure

and the Compressor Oil Pressure is greater than 30 psi for

more than 5 minutes.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will continue to run.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• discharge and oil sensor wiring to the Main Base Board and

CPM board

• boards for a faulty channel

• faulty transducer

• plugged oil filter

• faulty oil solenoid valve coil

• stuck oil solenoid valve

• stuck check valve

• manual shut off valve to ensure it is not fully open

Check the power supply to the System Manager and unit

controls.

Low Oil Level Failure

Alarm 93 — Circuit A (P.75)

Alarm 94 — Circuit B (P.76)

Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested whether the com-

pressor is on or off. The alarm is generated if:

• The compressor is not running and an increase in capacity is

required and the compressor is not started.

• The compressor is running and the oil level switch is open

for more than 45 seconds.

Action to be Taken — The affected compressor will be turned

off.

Reset Method — Automatic, when the oil level is elevated,

first three times the alarm is tripped in a 24-hour period. Man-

ual if alarm is tripped more than three times in a 24-hour

period.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• oil level in the oil separator

• oil level switch wiring to the CPM board

• CPM board for a faulty channel

• faulty oil level switch

• oil solenoid valve stuck open

Alarm 96 — Master Chiller Configuration Error (MC.nn)

Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the unit is

ON or OFF. The units must be configured as a Master and

Slave machine (Master/Slave Select, MSSL=1 and Master/

Slave Select, MSSL=2), and one of the following configura-

tion errors has been found. The “nn” refers to the error code

listed in Table 50.

Action to be Taken — Unit not allowed to start in Master Slave

control.

Reset Method — Automatic

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following:

• CCN wiring.

• Control power to each Main Base Board, master and slave.

• Move to first position.

• Confirm unit configuration.

Alarm 97 — Initial Factory Configuration Required (FC.n0)

Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the unit is

ON or OFF. The alarm will be generated if the Unit Capacity

Model, TONS=0.

Action to be Taken — The unit is not allowed to start.

Reset Method — Automatic after factory configuration is com-

plete. The configuration must be manually completed.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, confirm

the unit configuration.

Alarm 98 — Illegal Configuration (FC.nn)

Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the unit is

ON or OFF. The alarm will be generated if the one of the

following configuration errors is detected by the control. The

“nn” refers to the error code listed in Table 51.

Action to be Taken — The unit is not allowed to start.

Reset Method — Automatic after reconfiguration is completed.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, confirm

the unit configuration (None, UNIT).

Alarm 99 — Unit is in Emergency Stop (P.31)

Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the units are

ON or OFF and when the machine receives a Carrier Comfort

Network® (CCN) command for an Emergency Stop.

Action to be Taken — Unit will stop, or will not allowed to

start.

Reset Method — Automatic, once a return to normal command

is received.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check for

CCN Emergency Stop command.

Table 50 — Master/Slave Alarm Code

LEGEND

Table 51 — Illegal Configuration Alarm Code

Cooler Pump Fault

Alarm 100 — Pump 1 Fault (P.32)

Alarm 101 — Pump 2 Fault (P.33)

Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested whether the units are

ON or OFF. This alarm will be generated if the cooler pump

interlock opens. When starting the pump, the control must

read an open circuit for 3 consecutive reads. If the pump is

operating and the circuit opens, the alarm will be generated

immediately.

Action to be Taken — The pump and machine will be shut

down. If there is another pump available, the control will start

that pump, restart the machine and clear the alarm. If no other

pump is available, the unit will remain OFF.

Reset Method — Manual.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• interlock wiring circuit

• control signal to the pump controller

• cooler pump contactor for proper operation

• control voltage for proper voltage (on 208-volt systems, be

sure the proper tap on TRAN1 is utilized)

Alarm 102 — Condenser Flow Switch Failure (P.15)

Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested whether the unit is

ON or OFF. This alarm is generated if the lockout switch

(located in the Energy Management Module) is closed during

normal operation.

Action to be Taken — All compressors are shut down immedi-

ately without going through pumpdown, and unit is not

allowed to start.

Reset Method — Automatic, first occurrence in 24 hours.

Manual, if more than one occurrence in 24 hours.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• chilled water flow switch operation

• water flow. Be sure all water isolation valves are open and

check water strainer for a restriction

• interlock wiring circuit

• power supply to the pump

• control signal to the pump controller

• condenser water pump operation

• condenser pump contactor for proper operation

Reclaim Operation Failure

Alarm 103 — Circuit A (P.34)

Alarm 104 — Circuit B (P.35)

NOTE: Alarms 103 and 104 are not used or supported. If this

condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.

High Condensing Temperature — Out of Compressor

Envelope

Alarm 105 — Circuit A (P.37)

Alarm 106 — Circuit B (P.38)

Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested when the circuit is

ON. This alarm will be tripped if the circuit capacity is reduced

more than 8 times in 30 minutes due to high discharge gas tem-

peratures. If no override occurs in a 30-minute period, the

counter is reset.

Action to be Taken — The affected circuit will be shut down.

Reset Method — Automatic, after 30 minutes. If the alarm is

cleared via the Manual method, the counter will be reset to

zero.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• Maximum Condensing Temperature (MCT) for the proper

setting

• noncondensables in the refrigerant circuit

• low condenser water flow

• refrigerant charge (overcharged)

• condenser tubes fouled

• discharge service valve to be sure that it is open. Check the

discharge pressure transducer for accuracy

• unit configuration

ERROR

CODE

MASTER SLAVE DESCRIPTION

01 XX

The master or slave water pump is not configured while the control of the lag unit pump is required

(lag_pump = 1)

02 X Master and slave units have the same network address.

03 X There is no slave configured at the slave address

04 XSlave pump_seq incorrect configuration

05 XThere is a conflict between the master and the slave LWT option: the master is configured for EWT control

while the slave is configured for LWT control.

06 XThere is a conflict between the master and the slave LWT option: the master is configured for LWT control

while the slave is configured for EWT control.

07 XThere is a conflict between the master and the slave pump option: the master is configured for lag pump

control while the slave is not configured for lag pump control.

08 XThere is a conflict between the master and the slave pump option: the master is not configured for lag pump

control while the slave is configured for lag pump control.

09 X X The slave chiller is in local or remote control (chilstat = 3)

10 X X The slave chiller is down due to fault (chilstat = 5)

11 X The master chiller operating type is not Master: master_oper_typ

12 X X No communication with slave.

13 X Master and slave heat cool status are not the same.

EWT — Entering Water Temperature

LWT — Leaving Water Temperature

ERROR

CODE

DESCRIPTION

01 Unit size is unknown.

02 Reclaim option selected for Heat Pump machine.

03 Hot Gas Bypass configured for a Heat Pump machine.

Repeated Low Suction Temperature Protection

Alarm 108 — Circuit A (P.40)

Alarm 109 — Circuit B (P.41)

Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested when the circuit is

ON. If the circuit operates and if more than 8 successive circuit

capacity decreases (stop the compressor) have occurred because

of low suction temperature protection overrides, the circuit

alarm will be tripped. If no override has occurred for more than

30 minutes, the override counter will be reset to zero.

Action to be Taken — ALARM_LED will be set to blinking.

Alert relay will be energized.

Reset Method — Automatic, when the override counter returns

to zero. If the alarm is cleared via the Manual method, the

counter will be forced to zero.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• suction transducer for accuracy

• suction transducer wiring

• EXV operation

• refrigerant charge (undercharged)

• evaporator loop for low water flow

• evaporator leaving water temperature

• suction service valve to be sure it is open. Discharge pres-

sure transducer for accuracy

• unit configuration

Alarm 111 — Low Entering Water Temperature in Heating

(P.43)

NOTE: Alarm 111 is not used or supported. If this condition is

encountered, confirm machine configuration.

Condenser Default

Alarm 112 — Pump 1 (P.73)

Alarm 113 — Pump 2 (P.74)

NOTE: Alarms 112 and 113 are not used or supported. If this

condition is encountered, confirm machine configuration.

High Discharge Temperature

Alarm 114 — Circuit A (P.78)

Alarm 115 — Circuit B (P.79)

Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested when the compressor

is operating. This alarm will be tripped if the discharge gas tem-

perature is higher than 212 F (100 C) for more than 90 seconds.

Action to be Taken — The affected compressor will be

stopped.

Reset Method — Manual.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• Maximum Condensing Temperature (MCT) for the proper

setting

• noncondensables in the refrigerant circuit

• refrigerant charge (overcharged)

• condenser tubes fouled

• the discharge service valve to be sure that it is open, check

the discharge pressure transducer for accuracy

• unit configuration

Low Economizer Pressure

Alarm 117 — Circuit A (P.81)

Alarm 118 — Circuit B (P.82)

Criteria for Trip — The criterion is tested when the compres-

sor is operating to prevent pumpdown conditions when the

suction service valve is closed. This alarm will be tripped if the

economizer pressure is below the suction pressure more than

1 bar (14.5 psi) for more than 10 seconds.

Action to be Taken — The affected compressor will be

stopped.

Reset Method — Manual.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• suction service valve is closed

• sensor wiring to the EXV boards

• boards for faulty channels

• faulty transducer

• economizer EXV operation

Slide Valve Control Unverifiable

Alarm 120 — Circuit A (P.87)

Alarm 121 — Circuit B (P.88)

Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested when the compres-

sor is operating and the active cooling set point is greater than

32° F (0° C). This alarm will be tripped if:

• The circuit is operating at 100% of capacity and the mea-

sured current is less than 1.1 times the current at fully

unloaded 30% for more than one minute.

Action to be Taken — The affected compressor will continue to

run.

Reset Method — Manual.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• faulty unloader solenoid valves

• faulty unloader solenoid coils

• wiring of the unloader solenoid valves

• CPM board for faulty channels

• current transformer reading for accuracy

Alarm 123 — Cooler Flow Switch Setpoint Configuration

Failure (P.90)

NOTE: Alarm 123 is not used or supported. If this condition is

encountered, confirm machine configuration.

Alarm 124 — Cooler Flow Switch Failure (P.91)

Criteria for Trip — The criteria are tested when the unit is on

or off. This alarm will be tripped when the unit is on if:

• The flow switch fails to close after the Off/On delay.

• If the master/slave control is active, the unit is the lag chiller

and if the cooler flow switch fails to close within one minute

after the cooler pump was restarted. The alarm is ignored if

the lag cooler pump is stopped as a result of master/slave

control.

• The flow switch is opened during normal operation.

The alarm will be tripped when the unit is off if:

• The cooler pump control is enabled (Cooler Pumps

Sequence, PUMP=0)



and the cooler flow switch is checked

when the pump is enabled (Flow Checked if C Pump Off,

P. L O C ) and the cooler flow switch is closed after the cooler

pump is commended OFF for more than 2 minutes.

• The flow switch fails to close after the Off/On delay after

the cooler pump has been turned on to protect the cooler

from freezing (Cooler Pumps Sequence, PUMP=0).

Action to be Taken — For criteria for trip A1 and A2, the com-

pressors will not be started.

For criteria for trip A3, all compressors will be stopped without

going through pumpdown. Cooler pump will be stopped with

no delay.

For criteria for trip B1, the unit will not start.

Reset Method — Manual if at least one compressor is operat-

ing. Automatic if no compressors are operating.

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• a faulty flow switch

• flow switch wiring

• Main Base Board for a faulty channel

Alarm 128 — Service Maintenance Alert (Sr.nn)

Criteria for Trip — This alert is tested whether the unit is ON

or OFF and when the Servicing Alert decisions listed under

Time Clock MCFG have been enabled. The alarm will be



generated if the one of the following configuration errors is

detected by the control. The “nn” refers to the error code listed

in Table 52.

Table 52 — Service Maintenance Alert Codes

Action to be Taken — None.

Reset Method — Manual, after the service has been completed.

Possible Causes — If the Sr-01, 02, or 03 conditions are

encountered, check the following items:

• sensor wiring to the Main Base Board

• sensor for accuracy

Compressor Motor Temperature Too High

Alarm 132-01 — Circuit A (A1.01)

Alarm 133-01 — Circuit B (B1.01)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criteria are checked when the

compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if:

• The temperature is greater than 245 F (118 C) and it has

been greater than 212 F (100 C) for 10 consecutive seconds.

• The compressor temperature is greater than 232 F (111 C)

for 90 seconds (but less than 250 F [120 C]).

Action to be Taken — The circuit shuts down immediately.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• faulty wiring and loose plugs

• faulty CPM board

Compressor Motor Temperature Out of Range

Alarm 132-02 — Circuit A (A1.02)

Alarm 133-02 — Circuit B (B1.02)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked when the

compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if: the temper-

ature is greater than 245 F (118 C) and it has NOT been greater

than 212 F (100 C) for 10 consecutive seconds.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• faulty compressor temperature thermistor

• faulty wiring and loose plugs

• faulty CPM board

Compressor High Pressure Switch Protection

Alarm 132-03 — Circuit A (A1.03)

Alarm 133-03 — Circuit B (B1.03)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked when the

compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the circuit

high-pressure switch (HPS) opens for more than 2 seconds.

The CPM board monitors the HPS switch.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual (reset button on switch)

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• loss of condenser water flow

• condenser pump failure

• compressor operating beyond the operation envelope

• faulty high pressure switch or wiring

• faulty CPM board

Compressor Overcurrent

Alarm 132-04 — Circuit A (A1.04)

Alarm 133-04 — Circuit B (B1.04)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked when the

compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the CPM

board detects a motor current greater than 93% MTA (must

trip amps) and less than 2 times that for more than 1.7 seconds.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• Compressor operating beyond the operation envelope.

• Incorrect MTA setting.

Compressor Locked Rotor

Alarm 132-05 — Circuit A (A1.05)

Alarm 133-05 — Circuit B (B1.05)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked during

start-up when the compressor is ON. This alarm will be gener-

ated if the CPM board detects a high motor current compared

with the MTA (must trip amps) setting for more than 450 ms.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• compressor mechanical failure

• unloader slide valve failure

• compressor motor failure

Compressor Phase Loss

Alarm 132-06 — Circuit A L1 (A1.06)

Alarm 133-06 — Circuit B L1 (B1.06)

Alarm 132-07 — Circuit A L2 (A1.07)

Alarm 133-07 — Circuit B L2 (B1.07)

Alarm 132-08 — Circuit A L3 (A1.08)

Alarm 133-08 — Circuit B L3 (B1.08)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criteria are checked during

startup when the compressor is ON. This alarm will be gener-

ated if:

• The current unbalance on any of the 3 phases is greater than

48% for more than 1 second continuously during start-up.

• The current unbalance on any of the 3 phases is greater than

48% for more than 2 seconds continuously during runtime.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• power failure

• blown fuse or tripped circuit breaker

• power wiring errors or loose terminals

Compressor Low Current

Alarm 132-09 — Circuit A (A1.09)

Alarm 133-09 — Circuit B (B1.09)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criteria are checked when the

compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if:

• The current is less than 15% MTA on all three legs for more

than 1 second for Wye-Delta start units.

• If the current is less than 15% of MTA on all three legs for

more than 1 second for direct start units.

CODE DESCRIPTION

Sr.01 Circuit A Loss of Refrigerant Charge

Sr.02 Circuit B Loss of Refrigerant Charge

Sr.04 Water Loop Size Warning

Sr.05 Air Exchanger Cleanliness Warning

Sr.06 Cooler Pump 1 Servicing Required

Sr.07 Cooler Pump 2 Servicing Required

Sr.08 Condenser Pump 1 Servicing Required

Sr.09 Condenser Pump 2 Servicing Required

Sr.10 Water Filter Servicing Required

Sr.11 Compressor A Oil Filter Servicing Required

Sr.12 Compressor B Oil Filter Servicing Required

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• power failure

• blown fuse or tripped circuit breaker

• deenergized contactor

• faulty current toroid

• high pressure switch (HPS) trip (when auto reset HPS is

used)

Compressor Wye-Delta Starter Current Increase Failure

Alarm 132-10 — Circuit A (A1.10)

Alarm 133-10 — Circuit B (B1.10)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked during

compressor start-up. This alarm will be generated if the current

in Delta mode is not more than 25% greater than the current in

Y mode within 550 ms.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• power supply failure to the delta contactor

• faulty wiring to the delta contactor

• faulty CPM board

• faulty current toroid

Compressor Contactor Failure

Alarm 132-11 — Circuit A (A1.11)

Alarm 133-11 — Circuit B (B1.11)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked during

compressor shut-down. This alarm will be generated if the cur-

rent is greater than 15% of the MTA on at least one phase for

10 continuous seconds.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• faulty or welded contactor

• faulty wiring

• faulty CPM board

Compressor Unable to Stop Motor

Alarm 132-12 — Circuit A (A1.12)

Alarm 133-12 — Circuit B (B1.12)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked during

compressor shut-down. This alarm will be generated if after

three attempts to turn off the compressor outputs and the cur-

rent is still greater than 15% of the MTA on at least one phase

for 10 continuous seconds.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• faulty or welded contactor

• faulty wiring

Compressor Phase Reversal

Alarm 132-13 — Circuit A (A1.13)

Alarm 133-13 — Circuit B (B1.13)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked during

compressor start-up. This alarm will be generated if the CPM

board detects a phase reversal from the current toroid.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• if power supply lead at the terminal block is not operating at

the correct phase

• if power supply is crossed when going through the current

toroid

Compressor MTA Configuration Fault

Alarm 132-14 — Circuit A (A1.14)

Alarm 133-14 — Circuit B (B1.14)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked whether the

compressor is ON or OFF. This alarm will be generated if the

MTA setting is out of the allowed MTA range.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• incorrect MTA settings

• faulty CPM board

Compressor Configuration Switch Mismatch

Alarm 132-15 — Circuit A (A1.15)

Alarm 133-15 — Circuit B (B1.15)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked whether the

compressor is ON or OFF. This alarm will be generated if

the CPM board S1 and S2 setting does not match software

configuration.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• incorrect CPM board settings

• faulty CPM board

Compressor Unexpected Switch Setting Change

Alarm 132-16 — Circuit A (A1.16)

Alarm 133-16 — Circuit B (B1.16)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked when the

compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the CPM

board S1 setting has changed.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• incorrect CPM board settings

• faulty CPM board

Compressor Power on Reset

Alarm 132-17 — Circuit A (A1.17)

Alarm 133-17 — Circuit B (B1.17)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked when the

compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the CPM

board detects a power failure.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check for

power interruptions.

Compressor UL 1998 Critical Section Software Error

Alarm 132-18 — Circuit A (A1.18)

Alarm 133-18 — Circuit B (B1.18)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked when the

compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the CPM

board detects a software error.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• electrical noise

• faulty CPM board

Compressor UL 1998 Current Measure Dual Channel Mismatch

Alarm 132-19 — Circuit A (A1.19)

Alarm 133-19 — Circuit B (B1.19)

Criteria for Trip — The alarm criterion is checked when the

compressor is ON. This alarm will be generated if the CPM

board detects a software error.

Action to be Taken — The compressor will be stopped.

Reset Method — Manual

Possible Causes — If this condition is encountered, check the

following items:

• electrical noise

• faulty CPM board

Service Test — Main power and control circuit power

must be on for Service Test.

The Service Test function is used to verify proper operation

of various devices within the chiller, such as compressors, min-

imum load valve solenoid (if installed), cooler pump(s) and re-

mote alarm relay. This is helpful during the start-up procedure

to determine if devices are installed correctly. See Fig. 53 for

30XW wiring diagram.

SERVICE TEST WITH NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY — To

use the Service Test mode, the Enable/Off/Remote Contact

switch must be in the OFF position. Use the display keys to

move to the Service Test mode. The items are described in the

Service Test table. There are two sub-modes available. Service

Test Enable, T.REQ allows for manual control of the compres-

sors and minimum load control. In this mode the compressors

will operate only on command. The capacity control, head

pressure control, and EXV control algorithms will be active.

There must be a load on the chiller to operate for an extended

period of time. All circuit safeties will be honored during the

test. Quick Test Enable, Q.REQ allows for test of EXVs,

pumps, oil solenoids, unloader solenoids and status points

(alarm relays, running status and chiller capacity). If there are

no keys pressed for 5 minutes, the active test mode will be

disabled.

To enter the Manual Control mode with the Navigator™

display, the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch must be in the

OFF position. Move the LED to the Service Test mode. Press

to access TEST. Press to access T.REQ.

Press and the display will show OFF. Press

and OFF will flash. Enter the password if required.

Use either arrow key to change the T.REQ value to ON and

press . Place the Enable/Off/Remote Switch in the

enable position. Manual Control mode is now active. Press the

arrow keys to move to the appropriate item. To activate an item

locate the item, press and the display will show OFF.

Press and OFF will flash. Use either arrow key to

change the value to ON and press . The item should

be active. To turn the item off, locate the item, press

and the display will show ON. The chiller must be enabled by

turning the Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch to Enable. Press

and ON will flash. Use either arrow key to change

the value to OFF and press . The item should be

inactive.

To enter the Quick Test mode, the Enable/Off/Remote

Contact switch must be in the OFF position. Move the LED to

the Service Test mode. Press to access TEST. Use

the key until the display reads QUIC. Press to

access Q.REQ. Press and the display will show OFF.

Press and OFF will flash. Enter the password if

required. Use either arrow key to change the QUIC value to

ON and press . Quick Test mode is now active. Fol-

low the same instructions for the Manual Control mode to acti-

vate a component.

Example — Test the oil solenoid circuit A (see Table 53).

Power must be applied to the unit. Enable/Off/Remote

Contact switch must be in the OFF position.

Test the cooler pump(s) and alarm relay by changing the

item values from OFF to ON. These discrete outputs are then

turned off if there is no keypad activity for 10 minutes. Test the

compressor and minimum load valve solenoid (if installed)

outputs in a similar manner. The minimum load valve sole-

noids will be turned off if there is no keypad activity for

10 minutes. Compressors will stay on until the operator turns

them off. The Service Test mode will remain enabled for as

long as there is one or more compressors running. All safeties

are monitored during this test and will turn a compressor, cir-

cuit or the machine off if required. Any other mode or sub-

mode can be accessed, viewed, or changed during the Manual

Control mode only. The STAT item (Run Status VIEW) will

display “0” as long as the Service mode is enabled. The TEST

sub-mode value must be changed back to OFF before the chill-

er can be switched to Enable or Remote contact for normal

operation.

NOTE: There may be up to a one-minute delay before the

selected item is energized.

SERVICE TEST WITH TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY —

To enter the Manual Control mode with the Touch Pilot dis-

play, the unit Operating Type must be Local OFF. Use the

START/STOP button on the Touch Pilot display to stop the

machine if necessary. To place the unit the Service Test mode,

select Main Menu STATUS Page Down SERV_TST

and configure Service Test Enable to YES. Enter the pass-

word if required. Configure the desired compressor output to

ON. Then press the START/STOP button on the Touch Pilot

dispaly and select Local on. Return to the SERV_TST screen

to start and stop compressors or manually operate the compres-

sor slide valve.

To enter the Quick Test mode, the unit Operating Type must

be Local OFF. Use the START/STOP button on the Touch Pilot

display to stop the machine if necessary. To place the unit in

Quick Test mode select Main Menu STATUS Page

Down QCK_TST1 and configure Quick Test Enable to Yes.

Enter the password if required. Configure the desired output to

ON, percent output or stage to confirm operation of the

component.

ENTER



Table 53 — Testing Circuit A Oil Solenoid

LEGEND FOR FIG. 53

MODE

(Red LED) SUB-MODE KEYPAD

ENTRY ITEM DISPLAY

EXPANSION

VALUE

DESCRIPTION

(Units)

COMMENT

SERVICE TEST Service Test Mode

TEST Manual Sequence

QUIC Q.REQ

PASS WORD Password may be required

0111

Each will lock in the next

digit. If 0111 is not the password,

use the arrow keys to change the

password digit and press

when correct.

Q.REQ Returns to the original field

OFF

OFF OFF will flash

ON The Enable/Off/Remote Contact

switch must be in the OFF

position.

Q.REQ

EXV.A

Press 15 times.

OLS.A Oil Solenoid cir.A

OFF

OFF OFF will flash

ON OLS.A will turn on.

ON 1 will flash

OFF

OFF OLS.A will turn off.

ALM — Isolation FIOP — Factory-Installed Option

ALT — Alert HGBP — Hot Gas Bypass

CB — Circuit Breaker LWT — Leaving Water Temperature

CDFS — Condenser Flow Switch MBB — Main Base Board

CPM — Compressor Protection Module MLV — Minimum Load Valve

CPMP — Condenser Pump Relay PL — Plug

CWFS — Chilled Water Flow Switch PMP — Pump

DPT — Discharge Pressure and Temperature SGT — Saturated Gas Temperature

ECEXV — Economizer Electronic Expansion Valve SHD — Loadshed

ECT — Entering Cooler Temperature SPT — Suction Pressure Transducer

EMM — Energy Management Module TB — Terminal Block

EXV — Electronic Expansion Valve

ENTER

ESCAPE

ENTER

Fig. 53 — 30XW Low Voltage Control Wiring Schematic A30-4848

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT DISPLAY TABLES

The Touch Pilot™ display tables are formatted in alphabetical order based on the point

name description. The line number corresponds to the line number from the top the Touch

Pilot screen. A cross reference to the CCN tables in Appendix C is provided. Please refer

to Appendix C for range and configuration default information.

NOTE: In places where duplicated point name descriptions were used, the headers were

added to the point name description to differentiate them. For example, the description

Compressor Output is used three times for circuits A, B, and C. In this table, the descrip-

tions include Cir A, Cir B, and Cir C.

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

1 Elec Stage for backup ehs_back MAIN MENU\Config\USER 35 RW Configuration Tables\USER

3 Way Valve Position Q_3W_VLV MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 11 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

3 Way Valve Position

Circuit A fc_vlv_a MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 14 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit B fc_vlv_b MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 24 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit C fc_vlv_c MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 34 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

3 Way Valve Status

Circuit A FC_VLV_A MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 15 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit B FC_VLV_B MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 25 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit C FC_VLV_C MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 35 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

4 way Valve Circuit A Q_RV_A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 13 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

4 way Valve Circuit B Q_RV_B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 14 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

4 Way Refrigerant Valve

Circuit A RV_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 24 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B RV_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 24 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C RV_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 23 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Activate ccnbroad MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS 1 RW Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS

Active Capacity Override over_cap MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 20 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Active Demand Limit Val DEM_LIM MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 21 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Actual Capacity cap_t MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 8 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Actual Capacity Limit cap_lim MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 9 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Actual Chiller Current TOT_CURR MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 10 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Actual Chiller Current TOT_CURR MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 23 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Air Cond Enter Valve A Q_HREA_A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 3 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

Air Cond Enter Valve B Q_HREA_B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 7 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

Air Cond Entering Valv A hr_ea_a MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 15 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Air Cond Entering Valv B hr_ea_b MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 25 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Air Cond Leaving Valv A Q_HRLA_A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 4 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

Air Cond Leaving Valv B Q_HRLA_B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 8 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

Air Cond Leaving Valve A hr_la_a MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 17 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Air Cond Leaving Valve B hr_la_b MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 27 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Air Cooled Reclaim Sel recl_opt MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 10 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

Alarm Equipment Priority EQP_TYP MAIN MENU\Config\ALARMDEF 2 RW Configuration Tables\ALARMDEF\ALARMS01

Alarm Relay Output Q_ALARM MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 48 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Alarm Relay Status ALARMOUT MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 28 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Alarm Routing Control ALRM_CNT MAIN MENU\Config\ALARMDEF 1 RW Configuration Tables\ALARMDEF\ALARMS01

Alarm State ALM MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 13 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Alarm System Name ALRM_NAM MAIN MENU\Config\ALARMDEF 5 RW Configuration Tables\ALARMDEF\ALARMS01

Alert Relay Output Q_ALERT MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 49 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Alert Relay Status ALERT MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 29 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Auto Changeover Active Mode_12 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 13 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Auto Changeover Select auto_sel MAIN MENU\Config\USER 18 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Auto Start When SM Lost auto_sm MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 18 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

AUX Board #1 Part Number AUX_BRD1 MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 4 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

AUX Board #2 Part Number AUX_BRD2 MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 5 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

AUX Board #3 Part Number AUX_BRD3 MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 6 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

AUX Board #4 Part Number AUX_BRD4 MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 7 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

AUX Board #5 Part Number AUX_BRD5 MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 8 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

Average Ctrl Water Temp ctrl_avg MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 2 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

Ball Valve Closing Out

Circuit A ISO_CL_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 22 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B ISO_CL_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 22 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C ISO_CL_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 22 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Ball Valve Opening Out

Circuit A ISO_OP_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 23 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B ISO_OP_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 23 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C ISO_OP_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 23 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Ball Valve Position

Circuit A ISO_REFA MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 21 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B ISO_REFB MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 21 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C ISO_REFC MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 21 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Baud rate Baud rate MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID 9 RO Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ

Brine flow Switch SP flow_sp MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 2 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Brine Freeze Setpoint lowestsp MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 3 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Broadcast acknowledger Broadcast MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID 10 RO Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ

Bus Bus MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID 7 RO Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ

CCN Chiller Start/Stop CHIL_S_S MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 5 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Chiller Capacity in0-10v Q_CATO MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 46 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Chiller Capacity Signal CAPT_010 MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 43 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Chiller Current Limit CURR_LIM MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 11 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Chiller Current Limit CURR_LIM MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 24 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Chiller in Series ll_serie MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV 24 RW Configuration Tables\MST_SLV

Chiller Occupied? CHIL_OCC MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 6 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Chiller Ready Output Q_READY MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 41 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Chiller Running Output Q_RUN MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 42 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

CHWS Temperature CHWSTEMP MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 40 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Circuit C Heater Temp T_HEAT_C MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 38 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Circuit Loading Sequence lead_cir MAIN MENU\Config\USER 1 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Comm Failure Retry Time RETRY_TM MAIN MENU\Config\ALARMDEF 3 RW Configuration Tables\ALARMDEF\ALARMS01

Comp A Must Trip Amps cpa_mtac MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2 2 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2

Comp A S1 Config Switch (8->1) cpa_s1_c MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2 3 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2

Comp B Must Trip Amps cpb_mtac MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2 6 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2

Comp B S1 Config Switch (8->1) cpb_s1_c MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2 7 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2

Comp C Must Trip Amps cpc_mtac MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2 10 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2

Comp C S1 Config Switch (8->1) cpc_s1_c MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2 11 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2

Compressor A Disable un_cp_a MAIN MENU\Service\CP_UNABL 2 RW Service Configuration\CP_UNABL

Compressor A Hours hr_cp_a MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR 7 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR

Compressor A Hours HR_CP_A MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR 3 RO Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR

Compressor A Output Q_CPA MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST 3 RW Status Display Tables\SERV_TST

Compressor A Starts st_cp_a MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR 8 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR

Compressor A Starts st_cp_a MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR 4 RO Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR

Compressor B Disable un_cp_b MAIN MENU\Service\CP_UNABL 3 RW Service Configuration\CP_UNABL

Compressor B Hours hr_cp_b MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR 9 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR

Compressor B Hours HR_CP_B MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR 5 RO Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR

Compressor B Output Q_CPB MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST 5 RW Status Display Tables\SERV_TST

Compressor B Starts st_cp_b MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR 10 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR

Compressor B Starts st_cp_b MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR 6 RO Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR

Compressor C Disable un_cp_c MAIN MENU\Service\CP_UNABL 4 RW Service Configuration\CP_UNABL

Compressor C Hours hr_cp_c MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR 11 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR

Compressor C Hours HR_CP_C MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR 7 RO Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR

Compressor C Output Q_CPC MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST 7 RW Status Display Tables\SERV_TST

Compressor C Starts st_cp_c MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR 12 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR

Compressor C Starts st_cp_c MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR 8 RO Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

Compressor Output

Circuit A COMP_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 2 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B COMP_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 2 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C COMP_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 2 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Compressor Suction Temp

Circuit A SUCT_T_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN 14 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN

Circuit B SUCT_T_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN 14 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN

Circuit C SUCT_T_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN 14 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

Condenser Entering Fluid COND_EWT MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 35 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Condenser Flow Status CONDFLOW MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 14 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Condenser Fluid Type cond_typ MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 4 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Condenser Leaving Fluid COND_LWT MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 36 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Condenser Pump #1 Command HPUMP_1 MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 23 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Condenser Pump #1 Hours hr_hpum1 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR 15 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR

Condenser Pump #1 Hours hr_hpum1 MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR 11 RO Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR

Condenser Pump #2 Command HPUMP_2 MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 24 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Condenser Pump #2 Hours hr_hpum2 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR 16 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR

Condenser Pump #2 Hours hr_hpum2 MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR 12 RO Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR

Condenser Pump 1 Q_HPMP1 MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 39 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Condenser Pump 2 Q_HPMP2 MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 40 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Condenser Pumps Rotation Mode_17 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 18 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Condenser Pumps Sequence hpump_seq MAIN MENU\Config\USER 7 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Condenser Water Val Sel cond_val MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 13 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

Control Point CTRL_PNT MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 5 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Control Point CTRL_PNT MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 28 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Control Type ctr_type MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 3 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Controlled Temp Error tp_error MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 7 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Controlled Water Temp CTRL_WT MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 29 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Cool Changeover Setpt cauto_sp MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 29 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Cooler Entering Fluid COOL_EWT MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 33 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Cooler Exchange DT Cir A pinch_a MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 6 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Cooler Exchange DT Cir B pinch_b MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 13 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Cooler Exchange DT Cir C pinch_c MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 20 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Cooler Flow Setpoint Out SET_FLOW MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 18 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Cooler Flow Switch FLOW_SW MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 12 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Cooler Fluid Type flui_typ MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 1 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Cooler Heater Active Mode_06 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 7 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Cooler Heater Command COOLHEAT MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 26 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Cooler Heater Delta Spt heatersp MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 17 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Cooler Heater Output Q_CL_HT MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 36 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Cooler Heater Select heat_sel MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 12 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

Cooler Heater Temp T_HEATER MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 37 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Cooler Leaving Fluid COOL_LWT MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 34 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Cooler Pinch Ctl Point A pinch_spa MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 7 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Cooler Pinch Ctl Point B pinch_spb MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 14 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Cooler Pinch Ctl Point C pinch_spc MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 21 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Cooler Pump #1 Command CPUMP_1 MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 20 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Cooler Pump #1 Hours hr_cpum1 MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR 9 RO Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR

Cooler Pump #2 Command CPUMP_2 MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 21 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Cooler Pump #2 Hours hr_cpum2 MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR 10 RO Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

Cooler Pump Run Status CPUMPDEF MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 13 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Cooler Pumps Rotation Mode_07 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 8 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Cooler Pumps Sequence cpump_seq MAIN MENU\Config\USER 8 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Cooling Ice Setpoint ice_sp MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 4 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Cooling Ramp Loading cramp_sp MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 14 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Cooling Reset Deg. Value cr_deg MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 13 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Cooling Reset Select cr_sel MAIN MENU\Config\USER 19 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Cooling Setpoint 1 csp1 MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 2 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Cooling Setpoint 2 csp2 MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 3 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Cooling/FreeCool Timeout fc_tmout MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 7 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

CPump 1 Ctl Delay (days) cpump1_c MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG 5 RW Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG

CPump 2 Ctl Delay (days) cpump2_c MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG 6 RW Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG

Current Alarm 1 alarm_1 MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 14 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Current Alarm 2 alarm_2 MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 15 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Current Alarm 3 alarm_3 MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 16 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Current Alarm 4 alarm_4 MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 17 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Current Alarm 5 alarm_5 MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 18 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Current At 100% Load A cur100_a MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 15 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Current At 100% Load B cur100_b MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 16 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Current At 100% Load C cur100_c MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 17 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Current At 30% Load A cur_30_a MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 12 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Current At 30% Load B cur_30_b MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 13 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Current At 30% Load C cur_30_c MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 14 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Current Control on_ctrl MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 4 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Current Cooling Power cool_pwr MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 4 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Current Full Reset Value v_cr_fu MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 10 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Current Full Reset Value v_hr_fu MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 24 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Current Limit at 100% curr_ful MAIN MENU\Config\USER 31 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Current Limit Select curr_sel MAIN MENU\Config\USER 30 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Current Mode (1=occup.) MODE MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S 1 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S

Current Mode (1=occup.) MODE MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S 1 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S

Current No Reset Value v_cr_no MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 9 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Current No Reset Value v_hr_no MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 23 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Current Occup Period # PER-NO MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S 2 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S

Current Occup Period # PER-NO MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S 2 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S

Current Occupied Time STRTTIME MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S 5 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S

Current Occupied Time STRTTIME MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S 5 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S

Current Phase 1 Comp A cpa_cur1 MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS 1 RO Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE

Current Phase 1 Comp B cpb_cur1 MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS 4 RO Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE

Current Phase 1 Comp C cpc_cur1 MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS 7 RO Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE

Current Phase 2 Comp A cpa_cur2 MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS 2 RO Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE

Current Phase 2 Comp B cpb_cur2 MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS 5 RO Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE

Current Phase 2 Comp C cpc_cur2 MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS 8 RO Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE

Current Phase 3 Comp A cpa_cur3 MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS 3 RO Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE

Current Phase 3 Comp B cpb_cur3 MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS 6 RO Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE

Current Phase 3 Comp C cpc_cur3 MAIN MENU\Maint\CUR_PHAS 9 RO Maintenance Display Tables\CUR_PHASE

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

Current Setpoint SP MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 31 RW Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Current Unoccupied Time ENDTIME MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S 6 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S

Current Unoccupied Time ENDTIME MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S 6 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S

Current Z Multiplier Val zm MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 18 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Customer Shutdown Out Q_SHUT MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 47 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Daylight Sav Ent Day of Week (1=Monday) startdow MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS 10 RW Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS

Daylight Sav Ent Month startmon MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS 9 RW Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS

Daylight Sav Ent Week of Month startwom MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS 11 RW Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS

Daylight Sav Leaving Day of Week (1=Monday) stopdow MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS 14 RW Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS

Daylight Sav Leaving Month stopmon MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS 13 RW Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS

Daylight Sav Leaving Week of Month stopwom MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS 15 RW Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS

Daylight Saving Select dayl_sel MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS 7 RW Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS

Decription DevDesc MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID 1 RW Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ

Defrost Active On Cir A Mode_19 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 20 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Defrost Active On Cir B Mode_20 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 21 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Defrost Active?

Circuit A mode[19] MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 4 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Circuit B mode[20] MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 21 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Defrost Duration

Circuit A defr_dua MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 6 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Circuit B defr_dub MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 23 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Defrost Fan Offset Cal A def_of_a MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 16 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Defrost Fan Offset Cal B def_of_b MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 33 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Defrost Fan Start Cal A def_ca_a MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 15 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Defrost Fan Start Cal B def_ca_b MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 32 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Defrost Number

Circuit A nb_def_a MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 6 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit B nb_def_b MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 7 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Defrost Number

Circuit A nb_def_a MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 3 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit B nb_def_b MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 4 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Defrost Temperature

Circuit A DEFRT_A MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 5 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Circuit B DEFRT_B MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 22 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Delta - Reference Delta

Circuit A delt_v_a MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 13 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Circuit B delt_v_b MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 30 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Delta: OAT - Mean SST

Circuit A delt_a MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 11 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Circuit B delt_b MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 28 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Delta T Full Reset Value dt_cr_fu MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 8 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Delta T Full Reset Value dt_hr_fu MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 22 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Delta T No Reset Value dt_cr_no MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 7 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Delta T No Reset Value dt_hr_no MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 21 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Demand Limit Active Mode_04 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 5 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Demand Limit Type Select lim_sel MAIN MENU\Config\USER 24 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Deri PID Gain Varifan hd_dg MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 8 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

DGT Cool Solenoid

Circuit A Q_CDGT_A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 21 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit B Q_CDGT_B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 28 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit C Q_CDGT_C MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 9 RO Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

DGT Cooling Solenoid

Circuit A GASCOOLA MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 8 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B GASCOOLB MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 8 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C GASCOOLC MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 8 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Discharge Gas Temp

Circuit A DGT_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN 10 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN

Circuit B DGT_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN 10 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN

Circuit C DGT_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN 10 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

Discharge Pressure

Circuit A DP_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN 3 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN

Circuit B DP_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN 3 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN

Circuit C DP_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN 3 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

Differential Water Temp diff_wt MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 3 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Discharge A Gas Limit sdtlim_a MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT 3 RO Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT

Discharge A Temp Average sdt_m_a MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT 1 RO Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT

Discharge A Temp Rate sdt_mr_a MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT 2 RO Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT

Discharge B Gas Limit sdtlim_b MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT 7 RO Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT

Discharge B Temp Average sdt_m_b MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT 5 RO Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT

Discharge B Temp Rate sdt_mr_b MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT 6 RO Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT

Discharge C Gas Limit sdtlim_c MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT 11 RO Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT

Discharge C Temp Average sdt_m_c MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT 9 RO Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT

Discharge C Temp Rate sdt_mr_c MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT 10 RO Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT

Discharge Superheat A DSH_A MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 3 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Discharge Superheat B DSH_B MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 10 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Discharge Superheat C DSH_C MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 17 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

DLY 3 - Cooler Pump 1 (days) cpump1_m MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT 10 RO Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT

DLY 4 - Cooler Pump 2 (days) cpump2_m MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT 11 RO Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT

DLY 5 - Condenser Pump 1 (days) hpump1_m MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT 12 RO Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT

DLY 6 - Condenser Pump 2 (days) hpump2_m MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT 13 RO Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT

DLY 7 - Water Filter (days) wfilte_m MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT 14 RO Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT

DLY 8 - Cp A Oil Filter (days) ofilta_m MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT 15 RO Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT

DLY 9 - Cp B Oil Filter (days) ofiltb_m MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT 16 RO Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT

DLY 10 - Cp C Oil Filter (days) ofiltc_m MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT 17 RO Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT

Economizer A Steps Numb eco_cnfa MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2 22 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2

Economizer B Steps Numb eco_cnfb MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2 23 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2

Economizer C Steps Numb eco_cnfc MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2 24 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2

Economizer Position A EXV_EC_A MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 25 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Economizer Position B EXV_EC_B MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 29 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Economizer Position C EXV_EC_C MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 33 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Economizer SH Setpoint A ecsh_spa MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 27 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Economizer SH Setpoint A esh_sp_a MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 21 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Economizer SH Setpoint B ecsh_spb MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 31 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Economizer SH Setpoint B esh_sp_b MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 22 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Economizer SH Setpoint C ecsh_spc MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 35 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Economizer SH Setpoint C esh_sp_c MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 23 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Economizer Superheat A eco_sha MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 26 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Economizer Superheat B eco_shb MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 30 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Economizer Superheat C eco_shc MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 34 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Economizer EXV Pos

Circuit A Q_ECO_A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 6 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit B Q_ECO_B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 7 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit C Q_ECO_C MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 8 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

Economizer Gas Temp

Circuit A ECO_TP_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN 11 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN

Circuit B ECO_TP_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN 11 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN

Circuit C ECO_TP_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN 11 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

Economizer Pressure

Circuit A ECON_P_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN 5 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN

Circuit B ECON_P_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN 5 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN

Circuit C ECON_P_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN 5 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

EHS Ctrl Override over_ehs MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 22 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Elec Stage OAT Threshold ehs_th MAIN MENU\Config\USER 34 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Electric Heat Active Mode_15 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 16 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Electrical Box Interlock ELEC_BOX MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 16 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Electrical Heat Stage EHS_STEP MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 19 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Electrical Heat Stages ehs_sel MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 16 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

Electrical Pulldown Time ehs_pull MAIN MENU\Config\USER 36 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Electrical Pulldown? ehspulld MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 24 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Element Element MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID 8 RO Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ

Emergency Stop EMSTOP MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 32 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

EMM NRCP2 Board EMM_NRCP MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 9 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

Energy Management Module emm_nrcp MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 17 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

Entering Fluid Control ewt_opt MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 5 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Estimated FreeCool Power fc_pwr MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 5 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Exchanger Frost Factor

Circuit A frost_a MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 2 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Circuit B frost_b MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 19 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

External Temperature OAT MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 30 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

EXV A Maximum Steps Numb exva_max MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2 18 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2

EXV A Superheat Setpoint sh_sp_a MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 9 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

EXV B Maximum Steps Numb exvb_max MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2 19 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2

EXV B Superheat Setpoint sh_sp_b MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 10 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

EXV Board Circuit A EXV_BRD1 MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 1 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

EXV Board Circuit B EXV_BRD2 MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 2 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

EXV Board Circuit C EXV_BRD3 MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 3 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

EXV C Maximum Steps Numb exvc_max MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2 20 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2

EXV C Superheat Setpoint sh_sp_c MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 11 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

EXV MOP Setpoint mop_sp MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 15 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

EXV Override Circuit A oc_eco_a MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 28 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

EXV Override Circuit A ov_exv_a MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 8 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

EXV Override Circuit B oc_eco_b MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 32 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

EXV Override Circuit B ov_exv_b MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 15 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

EXV Override Circuit C oc_eco_c MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 36 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

EXV Override Circuit C ov_exv_c MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 22 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

EXV Position Circuit A EXV_A MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 2 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

EXV Position Circuit B EXV_B MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 9 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

EXV Position Circuit C EXV_C MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 16 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

EXV Position

Circuit A Q_EXVA MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 3 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit B Q_EXVB MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 4 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit C Q_EXVC MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 5 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

EXV Position

Circuit A EXV_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN 15 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN

Circuit B EXV_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN 15 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN

Circuit C EXV_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN 15 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

EXV Position

Circuit A EXV_A MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 20 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit B EXV_B MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 30 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit C EXV_C MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 40 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Factory Password fac_pass MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 19 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

Fan #1 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana1 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 8 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit B hr_fanb1 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 18 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit C hr_fanc1 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 28 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Fan #1 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana1 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 5 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit B hr_fanb1 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 15 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit C hr_fanc1 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 25 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Fan #2 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana2 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 9 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit B hr_fanb2 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 19 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit C hr_fanc2 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 29 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Fan #2 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana2 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 6 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit B hr_fanb2 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 16 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit C hr_fanc2 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 26 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Fan #3 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana3 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 10 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit B hr_fanb3 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 20 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit C hr_fanc3 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 30 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Fan #3 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana3 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 7 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit B hr_fanb3 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 17 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit C hr_fanc3 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 27 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Fan #4 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana4 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 11 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit B hr_fanb4 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 21 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit C hr_fanc4 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 31 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Fan #4 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana4 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 8 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit B hr_fanb4 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 18 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit C hr_fanc4 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 28 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Fan #5 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana5 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 12 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit B hr_fanb5 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 22 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit C hr_fanc5 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 32 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Fan #5 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana5 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 9 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit B hr_fanb5 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 19 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit C hr_fanc5 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 29 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Fan #6 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana6 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 13 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit B hr_fanb6 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 23 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit C hr_fanc6 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 33 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Fan #6 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana6 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 10 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit B hr_fanb6 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 20 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit C hr_fanc6 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 30 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

Fan #7 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana7 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 14 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit B hr_fanb7 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 24 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit C hr_fanc7 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 34 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Fan #7 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana7 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 11 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit B hr_fanb7 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 21 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit C hr_fanc7 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 31 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Fan #8 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana8 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 15 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit B hr_fanb8 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 25 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit C hr_fanc8 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 35 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Fan #8 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana8 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 12 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit B hr_fanb8 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 22 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit C hr_fanc8 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 32 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Fan #9 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana9 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 16 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit B hr_fanb9 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 26 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit C hr_fanc9 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 36 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Fan #9 Hours

Circuit A hr_fana9 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 13 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit B hr_fanb9 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 23 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit C hr_fanc9 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 33 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Fan #10 Hours

Circuit A hrfana10 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 17 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit B hrfanb10 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 27 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Circuit C hrfanc10 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 37 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Fan #10 Hours

Circuit A hrfana10 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 14 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit B hrfanb10 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 24 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Circuit C hrfanc10 MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 34 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Fan Cycle Counter

Circuit A fancyc_a MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL 3 RO Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

Circuit B fancyc_b MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL 7 RO Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

Circuit C fancyc_c MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL 11 RO Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

Fan Output DO #1

Circuit A fan_a1 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 11 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B fan_b1 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 11 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C fan_c1 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 11 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Fan Output DO #2

Circuit A fan_a2 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 12 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B fan_b2 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 12 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C fan_c2 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 12 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Fan Output DO #3

Circuit A fan_a3 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 13 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B fan_b3 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 13 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C fan_c3 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 13 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Fan Output DO #4

Circuit A fan_a4 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 14 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B fan_b4 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 14 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C fan_c4 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 14 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

Fan Output DO #5

Circuit A fan_a5 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 15 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B fan_b5 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 15 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C fan_c5 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 15 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Fan Output DO #6

Circuit A fan_a6 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 16 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B fan_b6 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 16 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C fan_c6 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 16 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Fan Output DO #7

Circuit A fan_a7 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 17 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B fan_b7 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 17 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C fan_c7 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 17 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Fan Output DO #8

Circuit A fan_a7 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 17 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B fan_b7 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 17 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C fan_c7 MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 17 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Fan Sequence Started?

Circuit A def_fa_a MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 7 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Circuit B def_fa_b MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 24 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Fan Stages

Circuit A Q_FAN_A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 9 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit B Q_FAN_B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 10 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit C Q_FAN_C MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 11 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Fan Staging Number

Circuit A FAN_ST_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 19 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B FAN_ST_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 19 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C FAN_ST_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 19 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Fan Staging Number

Circuit A FAN_ST_A MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 13 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit B FAN_ST_B MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 23 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit C FAN_ST_C MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 33 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Flow Checked if C Pump Off pump_loc MAIN MENU\Config\USER 17 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Free Cool A Ball Valve Q_FCBVL_A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 18 RO Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

Free Cool A EXV Position Q_FCEXVA MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 16 RO Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

Free Cool B Ball Valve Q_FCBVL_B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 19 RO Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

Free Cool B EXV Position Q_FCEXVB MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 17 RO Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

Free Cool Conditions OK? fc_ready MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 8 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Free Cool Pump A Hours hr_fcm_a MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 1 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Free Cool Pump B Hours hr_fcm_b MAIN MENU\Status\FANHOURS 2 RO Status Display Tables\FANHOURS

Free Cool Request? fc_reqst MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 9 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Free Cooling A Pump Hours hr_fcp_a MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 4 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Free Cooling Active Mode_13 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 14 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Free Cooling Active

Circuit A FC_ON_A MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 12 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit B FC_ON_B MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 22 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit C FC_ON_C MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 32 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Free Cooling B Pump Hours hr_fcp_b MAIN MENU\Service\UPDHRFAN 5 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDHRFAN

Free Cooling Disable FC_DSBLE MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 12 RW Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Free Cooling Disable Sw FC_SW MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 6 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Free Cooling Disable? FC_DSBLE MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 2 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Free Cooling Heater Q_FC_HTR MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 15 RO Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

Free Cooling OAT Limit free_oat MAIN MENU\Config\USER 33 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Free Cooling Select freecool MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 11 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

Frost Integrator Gain

Circuit A fr_int_a MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 14 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Circuit B fr_int_b MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 31 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Head Press Speed

Circuit A Q_VFANA MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 12 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit B Q_VFANB MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 13 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit C Q_VFANC MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 14 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

HEAT RECLAIM CIRCUIT A — MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 9 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

HEAT RECLAIM CIRCUIT B — MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 19 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Heat Reclaim Select RECL_SEL MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 1 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Heat Reclaim Select RECL_SET MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 11 RW Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Heat/Cool Select HC_SEL MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 9 RW Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Heat/Cool Status HEATCOOL MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 8 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Heating Changeover Setpt hauto_sp MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 30 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Heating Low EWT Lockout Mode_16 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 17 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Heating OAT Threshold heat_th MAIN MENU\Config\USER 32 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Heating Ramp Loading hramp_sp MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 26 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Heating Reset Deg. Value hr_deg MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 25 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Heating Reset Select hr_sel MAIN MENU\Config\USER 20 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Heating Setpoint 1 hsp1 MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 17 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Heating Setpoint 2 hsp2 MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 18 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

High DGT Circuit A Mode_24 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 25 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

High DGT Circuit B Mode_25 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 26 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

High DGT Circuit C Mode_26 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 27 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

High Pres Override Cir A Mode_27 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 28 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

High Pres Override Cir B Mode_28 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 29 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

High Pres Override Cir C Mode_29 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 30 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

High Pressure Threshold hp_th MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 16 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

High Tiers Display Selec highdisp MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 18 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

Holiday Duration (days) HOL-LEN MAIN MENU\Config\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01 3 RW Configuration Tables\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01

Holiday Start Day HOL-DAY MAIN MENU\Config\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01 2 RW Configuration Tables\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01

Holiday Start Month HOL-MON MAIN MENU\Config\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01 1 RW Configuration Tables\HOLIDAY\HOLDY_01

Hot Gas Bypass Select hgbp_sel MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 14 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

Head Press Actuator Pos

Circuit A hd_pos_a MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN 16 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN

Circuit B hd_pos_b MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN 16 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN

Circuit C hd_pos_c MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN 16 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

Heater Ball Valve

Circuit A Q_BVL_A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 19 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit B Q_BVL_B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 26 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit C Q_BVL_C MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 33 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Hot Gas Bypass Output

Circuit A HGBP_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 9 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B HGBP_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 9 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C HGBP_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 9 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Hot Gas Bypass

Circuit A Q_HGBP_A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 20 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit B Q_HGBP_B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 27 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit C Q_HGBP_C MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 34 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

HPump 1 Ctl Delay (days) hpump1_c MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG 7 RW Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG

HPump 2 Ctl Delay (days) hpump2_c MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG 8 RW Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG

HR Condenser Heater Q_CD_HT MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 12 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

Ice Done Storage Switch ICE_SW MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 11 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Ice Mode Enable ice_cnfg MAIN MENU\Config\USER 42 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Ice Mode in Effect Mode_18 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 19 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

Int PID Gain Varifan hd_ig MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 7 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Lag Capacity Limit Value LAG_LIM MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 22 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Lag Minimum Running Time lag_mini MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV 20 RW Configuration Tables\MST_SLV

Lag Start Delay l_strt_d MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV 8 RO Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE

Lag Start Timer lstr_tim MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV 17 RW Configuration Tables\MST_SLV

Lag Unit Pump Control lag_pump MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV 21 RW Configuration Tables\MST_SLV

Language Selection LANGUAGE MAIN MENU\Config\DISPCONF 2 RW Configuration Tables\DISPCONF

Lead Lag Select lead_sel MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV 12 RW Configuration Tables\MST_SLV

Lead Pulldown Time lead_pul MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV 18 RW Configuration Tables\MST_SLV

Lead Pulldown? ll_pull MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV 11 RO Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE

Lead Unit is the: lead_sel MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV 5 RO Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE

Lead/Lad Changeover? ll_chang MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV 10 RO Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE

Lead/Lag Balance Delta ll_bal_d MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV 16 RW Configuration Tables\MST_SLV

Lead/Lag Hours Delta ll_hr_d MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV 9 RO Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE

Limit 4-20mA Signal LIM_ANAL MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 42 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Limit Switch 1 Status LIM_SW1 MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 8 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Limit Switch 2 Status LIM_SW2 MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 9 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Load/Unload Factor smz MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 19 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Location Location MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID 2 RO Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ

Low Suction Circuit A Mode_21 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 22 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Low Suction Circuit B Mode_22 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 23 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Low Suction Circuit C Mode_23 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 24 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Low Superheat Circuit A Mode_30 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 31 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Low Superheat Circuit B Mode_31 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 32 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Low Superheat Circuit C Mode_32 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 33 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

LWT-OAT Delta fc_delta MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 3 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

mA For 0% Demand Limit lim_ze MAIN MENU\Config\USER 29 RW Configuration Tables\USER

mA For 100% Demand Limit lim_mx MAIN MENU\Config\USER 28 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Machine Operating Hours hr_mach MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR 5 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR

Machine Operating Hours HR_MACH MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR 1 RO Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR

Machine Starts st_mach MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR 6 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR

Machine Starts Number st_mach MAIN MENU\Status\STRTHOUR 2 RO Status Display Tables\STRTHOUR

Master Control Type ms_ctrl MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV 7 RW Configuration Tables\MST_SLV

Master Control Type ms_ctrl MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV 3 RO Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE

Master Slave Active Mode_11 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 12 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Master/Slave Ctrl Active ms_activ MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV 4 RO Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE

Master/Slave Error ms_error MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV 12 RO Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE

Master/Slave Select ms_sel MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV 3 RW Configuration Tables\MST_SLV

Max Available Capacity? cap_max MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV 13 RO Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE

MCHX Exchanger Select mchx_sel MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 15 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

Metric Display on STDU DISPUNIT MAIN MENU\Config\DISPCONF 1 RW Configuration Tables\DISPCONF

Minutes Left for Start min_left MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 7 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Model Number ModelNum MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID 4 RO Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ

Must Trip Amps cpa_mtam MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 12 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

Must Trip Amps cpb_mtam MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 16 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

Must Trip Amps cpc_mtam MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 20 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

Mean SST Calculation

Circuit A sst_dm_a MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 10 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Circuit B sst_dm_b MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 27 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Motor Current

Circuit A CURREN_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN 8 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN

Circuit B CURREN_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN 8 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN

Circuit C CURREN_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN 8 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

Motor Temperature

Circuit A CP_TMP_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN 9 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN

Circuit B CP_TMP_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN 9 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN

Circuit C CP_TMP_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN 9 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

Next Sequence Allowed in

Circuit A def_se_a MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 20 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Circuit B def_se_b MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 20 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Oil Heater

Circuit A Q_HT_A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 15 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit B Q_HT_B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 22 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit C Q_HT_C MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 29 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Oil Heater Output

Circuit A OIL_HT_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 5 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B OIL_HT_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 5 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C OIL_HT_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 5 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Oil Level Input

Circuit A OIL_L_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 7 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B OIL_L_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 7 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C OIL_L_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 7 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Oil Pressure

Circuit A OP_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN 6 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN

Circuit B OP_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN 6 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN

Circuit C OP_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN 6 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

Oil Pressure Difference

Circuit A DOP_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN 7 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN

Circuit B DOP_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN 7 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN

Circuit C DOP_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN 7 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

Oil Solenoid

Circuit A Q_OILS_A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 16 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit B Q_OILS_B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 23 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit C Q_OILS_C MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 30 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Oil Solenoid Output

Circuit A OIL_SL_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 6 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B OIL_SL_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 6 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C OIL_SL_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 6 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Optimal Fan Count

Circuit A fancop_a MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL 4 RO Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

Circuit B fancop_b MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL 8 RO Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

Circuit C fancop_c MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL 12 RO Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

Override State

Circuit A over_d_a MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 8 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Circuit B over_d_b MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 25 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Percent Total Capacity

Circuit A CAPA_T MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN 2 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN

Circuit B CAPB_T MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN 2 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN

Circuit C CAPC_T MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN 2 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

Pump Differential Press.

Circuit A fc_dp_a MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 19 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit B fc_dp_b MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 29 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit C fc_dp_c MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 39 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Pump Inlet Pressure

Circuit A fc_inp_a MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 17 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit B fc_inp_b MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 27 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

Pump Inlet Pressure

Circuit A fc_inp_a MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 17 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit B fc_inp_b MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 27 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit C fc_inp_c MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 37 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Pump Outlet Pressure

Circuit A fc_oup_a MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 18 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit B fc_oup_b MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 28 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit C fc_oup_c MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 38 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

NB Fans on Varifan Cir A varfan_a MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 5 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

NB Fans on Varifan Cir B varfan_b MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 6 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

NB Fans on Varifan Cir C varfan_c MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 7 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

Next Occupied Day NXTOCDAY MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S 7 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S

Next Occupied Day NXTOCDAY MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S 7 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S

Next Occupied Time NXTOCTIM MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S 8 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S

Next Occupied Time NXTOCTIM MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S 8 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S

Next Session Allowed In fc_next MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 6 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Next Unoccupied Day NXTUNDAY MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S 9 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S

Next Unoccupied Day NXTUNDAY MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S 9 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S

Next Unoccupied Time NXTUNTIM MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S 10 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S

Next Unoccupied Time NXTUNTIM MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S 10 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S

Night Control Capacity Limit nh_limit MAIN MENU\Config\USER 41 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Night Control End Hour nh_end MAIN MENU\Config\USER 40 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Night Control Start Hour nh_start MAIN MENU\Config\USER 39 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Night Low Noise Active Mode_09 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 10 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

OAT Broadcast Bus # oatbusnm MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS 4 RW Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS

OAT Broadcast Element # oatlocad MAIN MENU\Config\BRODEFS 5 RW Configuration Tables\BRODEFS\BROCASTS

OAT Full Reset Value oatcr_fu MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 6 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

OAT Full Reset Value oathr_fu MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 20 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

OAT No Reset Value oatcr_no MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 5 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

OAT No Reset Value oathr_no MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 19 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

100

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

Occupied From OCCTOD# MAIN MENU\Schedule\OCCPC01S 3 RO Configuration Tables\OCCPC01S

Occupied Override Switch OCC_OVSW MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 10 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Occupied To UNOCTOD# MAIN MENU\Schedule\OCCPC01S 4 RO Configuration Tables\OCCPC01S

Oil Filter A Ctrl (days) oilfil_a MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG 10 RW Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG

Oil Filter B Ctrl (days) oilfil_b MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG 11 RW Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG

Oil Filter C Ctrl (days) oilfil_c MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG 12 RW Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG

On/Off - Remote Switch ONOFF_SW MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 2 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

OP WARN 1- Refrigerant Charge charge_m MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT 6 RO Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT

OP WARN 2 - Water Loop Size wloop_m MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT 7 RO Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT

Operating Type OPER_TYP MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 2 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Optional Space temp SPACETMP MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 39 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Pass for All User Config all_pass MAIN MENU\Config\USER 44 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Percent Total Capacity CAP_T MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 20 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Period # DOW (MTWTFSSH) DOW# MAIN MENU\Schedule\OCCPC01S 2 RO Configuration Tables\OCCPC01S

Pinch offset circuit A p_ofst_a MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 12 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Pinch offset circuit B p_ofst_b MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 13 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Pinch offset circuit C p_ofst_c MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 14 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Power Down 1: day-mon-year date_of1 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 3 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power Down 1: hour-minute time_of1 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 4 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power Down 2: day-mon-year date_of2 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 7 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power Down 2: hour-minute time_of2 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 8 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power Down 3: day-mon-year date_of3 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 11 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power Down 3: hour-minute time_of3 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 12 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power Down 4: day-mon-year date_of4 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 15 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power Down 4: hour-minute time_of4 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 16 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power Down 5: day-mon-year date_of5 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 19 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power Down 5: hour-minute time_of5 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 20 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power Frequency 60HZ Sel freq_60H MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 3 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

101

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

Power On 1: day-mon-year date_on1 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 1 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power On 1: hour-minute time_on1 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 2 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power On 2: day-mon-year date_on2 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 5 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power On 2: hour-minute time_on2 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 6 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power On 3: day-mon-year date_on3 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 9 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power On 3: hour-minute time_on3 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 10 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power On 4: day-mon-year date_on4 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 13 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power On 4: hour-minute time_on4 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 14 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power On 5: day-mon-year date_on5 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 17 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power On 5: hour-minute time_on5 MAIN MENU\Maint\LAST_POR 18 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LAST_POR

Power Supply Voltage voltage MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 4 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

Prev unoccupied Day PRVUNDAY MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S 11 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S

Prev unoccupied Day PRVUNDAY MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S 11 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S

Prev unoccupied Time PRVUNTIM MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S 12 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S

Prev unoccupied Time PRVUNTIM MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S 12 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S

Prop PID Gain Varifan hd_pg MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 6 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Pump Auto Rotation Delay pump_del MAIN MENU\Config\USER 14 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Pump Periodic Start Mode_08 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 9 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Pump Sticking Protection pump_per MAIN MENU\Config\USER 15 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Pumpdown Pressure Cir A PD_P_A MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 11 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Pumpdown Pressure Cir B PD_P_B MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 21 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Pumpdown Saturated Tmp A hr_sat_a MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 13 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Pumpdown Saturated Tmp B hr_sat_b MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 23 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Quick EHS for Defrost ehs_defr MAIN MENU\Config\USER 37 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Quick Test Enable Q_TSTRQ MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 1 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Quick Test Enable Q_TSTRQ MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 1 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

Ramp Loading Active Mode_05 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 6 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Ramp Loading Select ramp_sel MAIN MENU\Config\USER 5 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Ready or Running Status READY MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 30 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Realarm Time RE_ALARM MAIN MENU\Config\ALARMDEF 4 RW Configuration Tables\ALARMDEF\ALARMS01

Recl Valve Max Position max_3w MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 20 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Recl Valve Min Position min_3w MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 19 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Reclaim Active Mode_14 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 15 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Reclaim Condenser Flow CONDFLOW MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 3 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Reclaim Condenser Heater cond_htr MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 4 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Reclaim Condenser Pump HPUMP_1 MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 2 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

102

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

Reclaim Deadband hr_deadb MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 37 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Reclaim Entering Fluid HR_EWT MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 5 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Reclaim Fluid Setpoint RSP MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 7 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Reclaim Leaving Fluid HR_LWT MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 6 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Reclaim NRCP2 Board REC_NRCP MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 10 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

Reclaim Setpoint rsp MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 36 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Reclaim Status Circuit A hrstat_a MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 10 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Reclaim Status Circuit B hrstat_b MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 20 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Reclaim Valve Position hr_v_pos MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 8 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Reference Number RefNum MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID 6 RO Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ

Refrigerant Charge Ctrl charge_c MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG 3 RW Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG

Remote Heat/Cool Switch HC_SW MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 3 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Remote Interlock Status REM_LOCK MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 15 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Remote Reclaim Switch RECL_SW MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 5 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Remote Setpoint Switch SETP_SW MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 7 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Requested Electric Stage eh_stage MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 23 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Reset Amount reset MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 6 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Reset in Effect Mode_03 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 4 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Reset Maintenance Alert S_RESET MAIN MENU\Maint\SERMAINT 1 RO Maintenance Display Tables\SERMAINT

Reset/Setpnt 4-20mA Sgnl SP_RESET MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 41 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Reverse Alarms Relay al_rever MAIN MENU\Config\USER 43 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Rotate Condenser Pumps? ROTHPUMP MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 25 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Rotate Cooler Pumps? ROTCPUMP MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 22 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Run Status STATUS MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 4 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Running Status RUNNING MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 31 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Reference Delta

Circuit A delt_r_a MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 12 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Circuit B delt_r_b MAIN MENU\Maint\DEFROSTM 29 RO Maintenance Display Tables\DEFROSTM

Refrigerant Pump Out

Circuit A FC_PMP_A MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 16 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit B FC_PMP_B MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 26 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Circuit C FC_PMP_C MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 36 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Running Output

Circuit A Q_RUN_A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 43 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit B Q_RUN_B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 44 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit C Q_RUN_C MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 45 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Saturated Condensing Tmp

Circuit A SCT_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN 12 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN

Circuit B SCT_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN 12 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN

Circuit C SCT_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN 12 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

Saturated Suction Temp

Circuit A SST_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN 13 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN

Circuit B SST_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN 13 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN

Circuit C SST_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN 13 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

Circuit C Q_SLI_1C MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 31 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

103

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

SCT Candidate

Circuit A sct_fu_a MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL 2 RO Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

Circuit B sct_fu_b MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL 6 RO Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

Circuit C sct_fu_c MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL 10 RO Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

SCT Control Point

Circuit A sct_sp_a MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL 1 RO Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

Circuit B sct_sp_b MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL 5 RO Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

Circuit C sct_sp_c MAIN MENU\Maint\FANCTRL 9 RO Maintenance Display Tables\FANCTRL

Slide Valve 1

Circuit A Q_SLI_1A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 17 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit B Q_SLI_1B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 24 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit C Q_SLI_1C MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 31 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Slide Valve 2

Circuit A Q_SLI_2A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 18 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit B Q_SLI_2B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 25 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Circuit C Q_SLI_2C MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 32 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Slide Valve 1 Output

Circuit A SLID_1_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 3 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B SLID_1_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 3 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C SLID_1_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 3 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Slide Valve 2 Output

Circuit A SLID_2_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_D 4 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_D

Circuit B SLID_2_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_D 4 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_D

Circuit C SLID_2_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_D 4 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_D

Suction Pressure

Circuit A SP_A MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCA_AN 4 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCA_AN

Circuit B SP_B MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCB_AN 4 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCB_AN

Circuit C SP_C MAIN MENU\Status\CIRCC_AN 4 RO Status Display Tables\CIRCC_AN

S1 Config Switch (8 ->1) cpa_s1_m MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 13 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

S1 Config Switch (8 ->1) cpb_s1_m MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 17 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

S1 Config Switch (8 ->1) cpc_s1_m MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 21 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

Second Setpoint in Use Mode_02 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 3 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Serial Number SerialNo MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID 5 RO Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ

Service Test Enable Q_STREQ MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST 1 RW Status Display Tables\SERV_TST

Servicing Alert s_alert MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG 2 RW Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG

Setpoint Control sp_ctrl MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 27 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Setpoint Occupied? SP_OCC MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 26 RO Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Setpoint select sp_sel MAIN MENU\Status\GENUNIT 25 RW Status Display Tables\GENUNIT

Shutdown Indicator State SHUTDOWN MAIN MENU\Status\STATEGEN 27 RO Status Display Tables\STATEGEN

Slave Address slv_addr MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV 11 RW Configuration Tables\MST_SLV

Slave Chiller State slv_stat MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV 6 RO Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE

Slave Chiller Total Cap slv_capt MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV 7 RO Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE

Slave lagstat lagstat MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV 14 RO Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE

Slide Valve Capacity A Q_SLIA MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST 4 RW Status Display Tables\SERV_TST

Slide Valve Capacity B Q_SLIB MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST 6 RW Status Display Tables\SERV_TST

Slide Valve Capacity C Q_SLIC MAIN MENU\Status\SERV_TST 8 RW Status Display Tables\SERV_TST

Soft Starter Select softstar MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 8 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

Software Part Number PartNum MAIN MENU\Config\Ctlr-ID 3 RO Configuration Tables\!CtlrID\PD5_XAXQ

Space T Full Reset Value spacr_fu MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 12 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Space T No Reset Value spacr_no MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 11 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Staged Loading Sequence seq_typ MAIN MENU\Config\USER 4 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Start if Error Higher start_dt MAIN MENU\Config\MST_SLV 19 RW Configuration Tables\MST_SLV

Startup Delay in Effect Mode_01 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 2 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

Stop Pump During Standby pump_sby MAIN MENU\Config\USER 16 RW Configuration Tables\USER

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

104

APPENDIX A — TOUCH PILOT™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

LEGEND

TOUCH PILOT DESCRIPTION TOUCH PILOT

POINT NAME TOUCH PILOT PATH LINE READ/

WRITE CCN TABLE NAME

Sub Condenser Temp Cir A hr_subta MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 12 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Sub Condenser Temp Cir B hr_subtb MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 22 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Subcooling Temperature A hr_subca MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 14 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Subcooling Temperature B hr_subcb MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 24 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Suction A Temp Average sst_m_a MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT 4 RO Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT

Suction B Temp Average sst_m_b MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT 8 RO Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT

Suction C Temp Average sst_m_c MAIN MENU\Maint\PR_LIMIT 12 RO Maintenance Display Tables\PR_LIMIT

Suction SH Control Pt A sh_sp_a MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 5 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Suction SH Control Pt B sh_sp_b MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 12 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Suction SH Control Pt C sh_sp_c MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 19 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Suction Superheat A SH_A MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 4 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Suction Superheat B SH_B MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 11 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Suction Superheat C SH_C MAIN MENU\Maint\EXV_CTRL 18 RO Maintenance Display Tables\EXV_CTRL

Switch Limit Setpoint 1 lim_sp1 MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 33 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Switch Limit Setpoint 2 lim_sp2 MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 34 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Switch Limit Setpoint 3 lim_sp3 MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 35 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

System Manager Active Mode_10 MAIN MENU\Status\MODES 11 RO Status Display Tables\MODES

TCPM Board Comp A cpa_vers MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 11 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

TCPM Board Comp B cpb_vers MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 15 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

TCPM Board Comp C cpc_vers MAIN MENU\Maint\BOARD_PN 19 RO Maintenance Display Tables\BOARD_PN

Timed Overrider Hours OVR_EXT Configuration Tables\OCCPC01S 1 RO Configuration Tables\OCCPC01S

Timed Overrider Hours OVR_EXT MAIN MENU\Schedule\OCCPC02S 1 RO Configuration Tables\OCCPC02S

Timed-Override Duration OVE_HRS MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S 4 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S

Timed-Override Duration OVE_HRS MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S 4 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S

Timed-Override in Effect OVERLAST MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S 3 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC1PO1S

Timed-Override in Effect OVERLAST MAIN MENU\Maint\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S 3 RO Maintenance Display Tables\OCCDEFCM\OCC2PO2S

Total Fans NB

Circuit A nb_fan_a MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2 14 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2

Circuit B nb_fan_b MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2 15 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2

Circuit C nb_fan_c MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY2 16 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY2

Unit Capacity Model unitsize MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 2 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

Unit is Master or Slave mstslv MAIN MENU\Maint\M_MSTSLV 2 RO Maintenance Display Tables\MSTSLAVE

Unit Off to On Delay off_on_d MAIN MENU\Config\USER 6 RW Configuration Tables\USER

Unit Type (Heat Pump=2) unit_typ MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 1 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

Use Password use_pass MAIN MENU\Service\SERVICE1 24 RW Service Configuration Tables\SERVICE1

Valve Actuators Heaters FC_HTR MAIN MENU\Status\FREECOOL 10 RO Status Display Tables\FREECOOL

Water Cond Enter Valv A Q_HREW_A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 5 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

Water Cond Enter Valv B Q_HREW_B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 9 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

Water Cond Enter Valve A hr_ew_a MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 16 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Water Cond Enter Valve B hr_ew_b MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 26 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Water Cond Leav Valve B Q_HRLW_B MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 10 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

Water Cond Leaving Valve A hr_lw_a MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 18 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Water Cond Leaving Valve B hr_lw_b MAIN MENU\Status\RECLAIM 28 RO Status Display Tables\RECLAIM

Water Delta T delta_t MAIN MENU\Maint\LOADFACT 4 RO Maintenance Display Tables\LOADFACT

Water Exchanger Pump 1 Q_PMP1 MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 37 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Water Exchanger Pump 2 Q_PMP2 MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST1 38 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST1

Water Filter Ctrl (days) wfilte_c MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG 9 RW Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG

Water Loop Control wloop_c MAIN MENU\Service\MAINTCFG 4 RW Service Configuration Tables\MAINTCFG

Water Pump #1 Hours hr_cpum1 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR 13 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR

Water Pump #2 Hours hr_cpum2 MAIN MENU\Service\UPDTHOUR 14 RW Service Configuration Tables\UPDTHOUR

Water Val Condensing Stp w_sct_sp MAIN MENU\Setpoint\SETPOINT 38 RW Setpoint Configuration Tables\SETPOINT

Watre Cond Leav Valve A Q_HRLW_A MAIN MENU\Status\QCK_TST2 6 RW Status Display Tables\QCK_TST2

Wye Delta Start Select wye_delt MAIN MENU\Service\FACTORY 9 RW Service Configuration Tables\FACTORY

RO — Read Only

RW — Read/Write

105

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES

MODE — RUN STATUS

*As data in all of these categories can exceed 9999 the following display strategy is used:

From 0-9999 display as 4 digits.

From 9999-99999 display xx.xK

From 99900-999999 display as xxxK.

ITEM EXPANSION UNITS RANGE COMMENT WRITE

STATUS CCN TABLE CCN POINT PAGE

NO.

VIEW AUTO DISPLAY

EWT Entering Fluid Temp XXXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

0-100 STATEGEN COOL_EWT 44

LWT Leaving Fluid Temp XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

0-100 STATEGEN COOL_LWT 44

SETP Active Setpoint XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

0-100 GENUNIT SP 35, 55

CTPT Control Point XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

0-100 GENUNIT CTRL_PNT 35

STAT Unit Run Status Off

Running

Stopping

Delay

GENUNIT STATUS 22-25

OCC Occupied NO/YES GENUNIT CHIL_OCC 22-25

CTRL Status Unit Control Type Local Off

Local On

CCN

Remote

GENUNIT ctr_type 22-25

CAP Percent Total Capacity XXX (%) 0-100 GENUNIT CAP_T

CAP. A Percent Capacity Cir A XXX (%) 0-100 GENUNIT CAPA_T

CAP. B Percent Capacity Cir B XXX (%) 0-100 GENUNIT CAPB_T

CAP. C Percent Capacity Cir C XXX (%) 0-100 GENUNIT CAPC_T

CAP. S Capacity Indicator XX 0-32 MAINT OVER_CAP 43

LIM Active Demand Limit Val XXX (%) 0-100 GENUNIT DEM-LIM

CURR Actual Chiller Current XXX (amps) 0-4000 GENUNIT TOT_CURR

CUR.L Chiller Current Limit XXX (amps) 0-4000 GENUNIT CURR_LIM

ALRM Alarm State 0=Normal

1=Partial

2=Shutdown

GENUNIT ALM 68

EMGY Emergency Stop DSBL/ENBL GENUNIT EMSTOP

CH.SS CCN Chiller Start Stop DSBL/ENBL GENUNIT CHILL_S_S

HC.ST Heat Cool Status 0=Cooling

1=Heating

2=Standby

Heating and

Standby not

supported.

GENUNIT HEATCOOL 45

RC.ST Reclaim Select Status NO/YES Not supported. GENUNIT reclaim_sel

TIME Time of Day XX.XX 00:00-23:59 N/A TIME

MNTH Month of Year 1=January

2=February

3=March

4=April

6=May

6=June

7=July

8=August

9=September

10=October

11=November

12=December

N/A moy

DATE Day of Month XX 1-31 N/A dom

YEAR Year of Century XX 00-99 N/A yoc

RUN MACHINE STARTS/HOURS

HRS.U Machine Operating Hours XXXX (hours) 0-999000* forcible hr_mach

STR.U Machine Starts XXXX 0-9999* forcible STRTHOUR st_mach

HR.P1 Water Pump 1 Run Hours XXXX (hours) 0-999000* Not supported. forcible FANHOURS hr_cpum1

HR.P2 Water Pump 2 Run Hours XXXX (hours) 0-999000* Not supported. forcible FANHOURS hr_cpum2

HR.P3 Condenser Pump 1 Hours XXXX (hours) 0-999999* Not supported. forcible FANHOURS hr_hpump1

HOUR COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS

HR.A Compressor A Run Hours XXXX (hours) 0-999000* forcible STRTHOUR hr_cp_a

HR.B Compressor B Run Hours XXXX (hours) 0-999000* forcible STRTHOUR hr_cp_b

HR.C Compressor C Run Hours XXXX (hours) 0-999000* forcible STRTHOUR hr_cp_c

STRT COMPRESSOR STARTS

ST.A Compressor A Starts XXXX 0-999000* forcible STRTHOUR st_cp_a

ST.B Compressor B Starts XXXX 0-999000* forcible STRTHOUR st_cp_b

ST.C Compressor C Starts XXXX 0-999000* forcible STRTHOUR st_cp_c



106

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

MODE — RUN STATUS

*As data in all of these categories can exceed 9999 the following display strategy is used:

From 0-9999 display as 4 digits.

From 9999-99999 display xx.xK

From 99900-999999 display as xxxK.

ITEM EXPANSION UNITS RANGE COMMENT WRITE

STATUS CCN TABLE CCN POINT PAGE

NO.

FAN FAN RUN HOURS

FR.A1 Fan 1 Run Hours Cir A XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fana1

FR.A2 Fan 2 Run Hours Cir A XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fana2

FR.A3 Fan 3 Run Hours Cir A XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fana3

FR.A4 Fan 4 Run Hours Cir A XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fana4

FR.A5 Fan 5 Run Hours Cir A XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fana5

FR.A6 Fan 6 Run Hours Cir A XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fana6

FR.A7 Fan 7 Run Hours Cir A XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fana7

FR.A8 Fan 8 Run Hours Cir A XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fana8

FR.A9 Fan 9 Run Hours Cir A XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fana9

F.A 10 Fan 10 Run Hours Cir A XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hrfana10

FR.B1 Fan 1 Run Hours Cir B XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanb1

FR.B2 Fan 2 Run Hours Cir B XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanb2

FR.B3 Fan 3 Run Hours Cir B XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanb3

FR.B4 Fan 4 Run Hours Cir B XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanb4

FR.B5 Fan 5 Run Hours Cir B XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanb5

FR.B6 Fan 6 Run Hours Cir B XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanb6

FR.B7 Fan 7 Run Hours Cir B XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanb7

FR.B8 Fan 8 Run Hours Cir B XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanb8

FR.B9 Fan 9 Run Hours Cir B XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanb9

F.B 10 Fan 10 Run Hours Cir B XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hrfanb10

FR.C1 Fan 1 Run Hours Cir C XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanc1

FR.C2 Fan 2 Run Hours Cir C XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanc2

FR.C3 Fan 3 Run Hours Cir C XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanc3

FR.C4 Fan 4 Run Hours Cir C XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanc4

FR.C5 Fan 5 Run Hours Cir C XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanc5

FR.C6 Fan 6 Run Hours Cir C XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanc6

FR.C7 Fan 7 Run Hours Cir C XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanc7

FR.C8 Fan 8 Run Hours Cir C XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS hr_fanc8

FR.C9 Fan 9 Run Hours Cir C XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS

F.C 10 Fan 10 Run Hours Cir C XXXX (hours) 0-999999* forcible FANHOURS

CP.UN COMPRESSOR DISABLE

A.UN Compressor A Disable NO/YES forcible CP_UNABL un_cp_a

B.UN Compressor B Disable NO/YES forcible CP_UNABL un_cp_b

C.UN Compressor C Disable NO/YES forcible CP_UNABL un_cp_c

MAIN PREDICTIVE MAINTENANCE

CHRG Refrigerant Charge NO/YES SERMAINT charge_m

WATE Water Loop Size NO/YES SERMAINT wloop_m

PMP.1 Pump 1 (Days) (days) SERMAINT cpump1_m

PMP.2 Pump 2 (Days) (days) SERMAINT cpump2_m

PMP.3 Cond Pump 1 (Days) Not supported. SERMAINT hpump1_m

PMP.4 Cond Pump 1 (Days) SERMAINT hpump2_m

W.FIL Water Filter (days) SERMAINT wfilte_m 47

A.FIL Comp A OIl Filter (days) SERMAINT ofilta_m

B.FIL Comp B Oil Filter (days) SERMAINT ofiltb_m

C.FIL Comp C Oil Filter (days) SERMAINT ofiltc_m

VERS SOFTWARE VERSIONS Press ENTER

and ESCAPE

simultaneously

to read version

information

APPL CSA-XXXXXXXXX PD5_APPL

MARQ XXXXXX-XX-XX STDU

NAVI XXXXXX-XX-XX Navigator

EXVA XXXXXX-XX-XX EXV_BRDA 77

EXVB XXXXXX-XX-XX EXV_BRDB 77

EXVC XXXXXX-XX-XX EXV_BRDC 77

AUX1 XXXXXX-XX-XX AUX_BRD1

AUX2 XXXXXX-XX-XX AUX_BRD2

AUX3 XXXXXX-XX-XX AUX_BRD3

AUX4 XXXXXX-XX-XX AUX_BRD4

AUX5 XXXXXX-XX-XX AUX_BRD5

AUX6 XXXXXX-XX-XX AUX_BRD6

CPMA XXXXXX-XX-XX SPM_CPA

CPMB XXXXXX-XX-XX SPM_CPB

CPMC XXXXXX-XX-XX SPM_CPC

EMM XXXXXX-XX-XX EMM_NRCP 76

R.BRD XXXXXX-XX-XX REC_NRCP



107

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

MODE — SERVICE TEST

ITEM EXPANSION UNITS RANGE COMMENT WRITE

STATUS CCN TABLE CCN POINT PAG E

NO.

TEST MANUAL TEST MODE Remote-Off-

Enable Switch

must be set to

OFF Position

Remote-Off-

Enable Switch

must be set to

ENABLE

Position

N/A

T.REQ Manual Sequence OFF/ON forcible N/A service_test 61, 83

CP.A Compressor A Output

OFF/ON

forcible N/A comp_serv_a 64

SLI.A Slide Valve Capacity A unchanged

increase

decrease

forcible comp_ser_sid_a

CP.B Compressor B Output OFF/ON forcible N/A comp_serv_b 64

SLI.B Slide Valve Capacity B unchanged

increase

decrease

forcible comp_ser_sid_b

CP.C Compressor C Output OFF/ON forcible N/A comp_serv_c 64

SLI.C Slide Valve Capacity C unchanged

increase

decrease

forcible comp_ser_sid_c

QUIC QUICK TEST MODE Remote-Off-

Enable Switch

must be set to

OFF Position

N/A

Q.REQ OFF/ON forcible N/A 61

EXV.A Circuit A EXV % Open XXX (%) 0-100 forcible N/A 61

EXV.B Circuit B EXV % Open XXX (%) 0-100 forcible N/A 61

EXV.C Circuit C EXV % Open XXX (%) 0-100 forcible N/A

ECO.A Circ A ECO EXV % XXX (%) 0-100 forcible

ECO.B Circ B ECO EXV % XXX (%) 0-100 forcible

ECO.C Circ C ECO EXV % XXX (%) 0-100 forcible

FAN.A Circuit A Fan Stages X 0-8 forcible N/A

FAN.B Circuit B Fan Stages X 0-8 forcible N/A

FAN.C Circuit C Fan Stages X 0-8 forcible N/A

SPD.A Cir A Varifan position XXX (%) 0-100 forcible N/A

SPD.B Cir B Varifan position XXX (%) 0-100 forcible N/A

SPD.C Cir C Varifan position XXX (%) 0-100 forcible N/A

HT.A Oil Heater Circuit A OFF/ON forcible

SL1.A Slide Valve 1 Cir A OFF/ON forcible

SL2.A Slide Valve 2 Cir B OFF/ON forcible

HGP.A Hot Gas Bypass A Output OFF/ON forcible

OLS.A Oil Solenoid Cir A OFF/ON forcible

DGT.A DGT Cool Solenoid A OFF/ON forcible

HT.B Oil Heater Circuit B OFF/ON forcible

SL1.B Slide Valve 1 Cir B OFF/ON forcible

SL2.B Slide Valve 2 Cir B OFF/ON forcible

HGP.B Hot Gas Bypass B Output OFF/ON forcible

OLS.B Oil Solenoid Cir A OFF/ON forcible

DGT.B DGT Cool Solenoid B OFF/ON forcible

HT.C Oil Heater Circuit C OFF/ON forcible

SL1.C Slide Valve 1 Cir C OFF/ON forcible

SL2.C Slide Valve 2 Cir C OFF/ON forcible

HGP.C Hot Gas Bypass C Output OFF/ON forcible

OLS.C Oil Solenoid Cir A OFF/ON forcible

DGT.C DGT Cool Solenoid C OFF/ON forcible

PMP.1 Water Exchanger Pump 1 OFF/ON Not supported. forcible N/A

PMP.2 Water Exchanger Pump 2 OFF/ON Not supported. forcible N/A

PMP.3 Condenser Pump 1 OFF/ON Not supported. forcible

CL.HT Cooler Heater Output OFF/ON N/A

BVL.A Ball Valve Position A OPEN/CLSE

BVL.B Ball Valve Position B OPEN/CLSE

BVL.C Ball Valve Position C OPEN/CLSE

Q.RDY Chiller Ready Status OFF/ON forcible N/A

Q.RUN Chiller Running Status OFF/ON forcible N/A

SHUT Customer Shutdown Stat OFF/ON forcible N/A

CATO Chiller Capacity in 0-10v XX.X (vdc) forcible N/A

ALRM Alarm Relay OFF/ON forcible N/A 68

ALRT Alert Relay OFF/ON forcible N/A



108

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

MODE — TEMPERATURE

ITEM EXPANSION UNITS RANGE COMMENT WRITE

STATUS CCN TABLE CCN POINT PAGE

NO.

UNIT UNIT TEMPERATURES

CEWT Cooler Entering Fluid XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

STATEGEN COOL_EWT

CLWT Cooler Leaving Fluid XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

STATEGEN COOL_LWT

CD.LT Condenser Entering Fluid XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

Not supported.

COND_LWT

CD.ET Condenser Leaving Fluid XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

COND_EWT

OAT Outside Air Temperature XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

GENUNIT OAT

CHWS Lead/Lag Leaving Fluid XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

STATEGEN CHWS

SPT Optional Space Temp XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

STATEGEN SPACETMP

THHR Cooler Heater Temp XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

TH_HEATER

THR.C Cooler Heat Temp Cir C XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

T_HEAT_C

CIR.A CIRCUIT A TEMPERATURES

SCT.A Sat Cond Temp Circ A XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

CIRCA_AN SCT_A

SST.A Sat Suction Temp Circ A XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

CIRCA_AN SST_A

DGT.A Discharge Gas Temp Cir A XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

DGT_A

SGT.A Suction Gas Temp Circ A XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

CIRCA_AN SUCT_T_A

SUP.A Superheat Temp Circ A XXX.X (F/C) CIRCA_AN SH_A

ECT.A Economizer Gas Temp A XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

ECO_TP_A

ESH.A Economizer Superheat A XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

ECO_SH_A

CTP.A Motor Temperature Cir A XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

CP_TMP_A

CIR.B CIRCUIT B TEMPERATURES

SCT.B Sat Cond Temp Circ B XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

CIRCB_AN SCT_B

SST.B Sat Suction Temp Circ B XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

CIRCB_AN SST_B

DGT.B Discharge Gas Temp Cir B XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

DGT_B

SGT.B Suction Gas Temp Circ B XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

CIRCB_AN SUCT_T_B

SUP.B Superheat Temp Circ B XXX.X (F/C) CIRCB_AN SH_B

ECT.B Economizer Gas Temp B XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

ECO_TP_B

ESH.B Economizer Superheat B XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

ECO_SH_B

CTP.B Motor Temperature Cir B XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

CP_TMP_B

CIR.C CIRCUIT C TEMPERATURES CIRCC_AN

SCT.C Sat Cond Temp Circ C XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–45-245 F

(–43-118 C)

CIRCC_AN SCT_C

SST.C Sat Suction Temp Circ C XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–45-245 F

(–43-118 C)

CIRCC_AN SST_C

DGT.C Discharge Gas Temp Cir C XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–40-245 F

(–40-118 C)

DGT_C

SGT.C Suction Gas Temp Circ C XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–45-245 F

(–43-118 C)

CIRCC_AN SUCT_T_C

SUP.C Superheat Temp Circ C XXX.X (F/C) CIRCC_AN SH_C

ECT.C Economizer Gas Temp C XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

ECO_TP_C

ESH.C Economizer Superheat C XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

ECO_SH_C

CTP.C Motor Temperature Cir C XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

CP_TMP_C



109

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

MODE — SET POINTS

ITEM EXPANSION UNITS RANGE COMMENT WRITE

STATUS CCN TABLE CCN POINT PAG E

NO.

COOL COOLING SETPOINTS

CSP.1 Cooling Setpoint 1 XXXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–20-70 F

(–29-21 C),

Default = 44.0

forcible SETPOINT csp1 25, 41,

CSP.2 Cooing Setpoint 2 XXXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–20-70 F

(–29-21 C),

Default = 44.0

forcible SETPOINT csp2 25, 41,

CSP.3 Ice Setpoint XXXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–20-70 F

(–29-21 C),

Default = 44.0

forcible SETPOINT ice_sp 25, 41,

CRV1 Current No Reset Val XX.X (mA) 0-20,

Default = 0

forcible SETPOINT v_cr_no 36

CRV2 Current Full Reset Val XX.X (mA) 0-20,

Default = 0

forcible SETPOINT v_cr_fu 36

CRT1 Delta T No Reset Temp XXX.X (F/C) 0-125 F

(0-69.4 C),

Default = 0

forcible SETPOINT dt_cr_no 35, 36

CRT2 Delta T Full Reset Temp XXX.X (F/C) 0-125 F

(0-69.4 C),

Default = 0

forcible SETPOINT dt_cr_fu 35, 36

CRO1 OAT No Reset Temp XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

0-125 F

(–18-52 C),

Default = 14.0

forcible SETPOINT oatcr_no

CRO2 OAT Full Reset Temp XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

0-25 F

(–18-52 C),

Default = 14.0

forcible SETPOINT oatcr_fu

CRS1 Space T No Reset Temp XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

0-125 F

(–18-52 C),

Default = 14.0

forcible SETPOINT spacr_no 36

CRS2 Space T Full Reset Temp XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

0-125 F

(–18-52 C),

Default = 14.0

forcible SETPOINT spacr_fu 36

DGRC Degrees Cool Reset XX.X (F/C) –30-30 F

(–16.7-16.7 C),

Default = 0

forcible SETPOINT cr_deg 35, 36

CAUT Cool Changeover Setpt XX.X

(deg F/deg C)

Default = 75.0 Not supported. forcible SETPOINT cauto_sp

CRMP Cool Ramp Loading X.X 0.2-2.0 F

(0.1-1.1 C),

Default = 1.0

forcible SETPOINT cramp_sp 35

HEAT HEATING SETPOINTS

HSP.1 Heating Setpoint 1 XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

Default = 100 Not supported. forcible SETPOINT HSP.1

HSP.2 Heating Setpoint 2 XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

Default = 100 Not supported. forcible SETPOINT HSP.2

HRV1 Current to Reset Val XX.X (mA) Default = 0 Not supported. forcible SETPOINT v_hr_no

HRV2 Current Full Reset Val XX.X (mA) Default = 0 Not supported. forcible SETPOINT v_hr_fu

HRT1 Delta T No Reset Temp XXX.X (F/C) Default = 0 Not supported. forcible SETPOINT dt_hr_no

HRT2 Delta T Full Reset Temp XXX.X (F/C) Default = 0 Not supported. forcible SETPOINT dt_hr_fu

HRO1 OAT No Reset Temp XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

Default = 14.0 Not supported. forcible SETPOINT oathr_no

HRO2 OAT Full Reset Temp XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

Default = 14.0 Not supported. forcible SETPOINT oathr_fu

DGRH Degrees Heat Reset XX.X (F/C) Default = 0 Not supported. forcible SETPOINT DGRH

HAUT Heat Changeover Setpt XX.X

(deg F/deg C)

Default = 64 Not supported. forcible SETPOINT hauto_sp

HRMP Heat Ramp Loading X.X Default = 1.0 Not supported. forcible SETPOINT hramp_sp

MISC MISC SETPOINTS

DLS1 Switch Limit Setpoint 1 XXX (%) 0-100,

Default = 100

forcible SETPOINT lim_sp1 39, 40

DLS2 Switch Limit Setpoint 2 XXX (%) 0-100,

Default = 100

forcible SETPOINT lim_sp2 39, 40

DLS3 Switch Limit Setpoint 3 XXX (%) 0-100,

Default = 100

forcible SETPOINT lim_sp3

W.SCT Water Val Cond Stp XXX.X

(deg F/deg C)

80-140 F

(26.7-60 C)

Not supported. SETPOINT w_sct_sp 46



110

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

MODE — PRESSURE

MODE — INPUTS

ITEM EXPANSION UNITS RANGE COMMENT WRITE

STATUS CCN TABLE CCN POINT PAGE

NO.

PRC.A CIRCUIT A PRESSURES

DP.A Discharge Pressure Cir A XXX.X

(psig/kPa)

CIRCA_AN DP_A 56

SP.A Suction Pressure Circ A XXX.X

(psig/kPa)

CIRCA_AN SP_A

OP.A Oil Pressure Circ A XXX.X

(psig/kPa)

OP_A

DOP.A Oil Pressure Diff A XXX.X

(psig/kPa)

DOP_A

ECP.A Economizer Pressure A XXX.X

(psig/kPa)

ECON_P_A

PRC.B CIRCUIT B PRESSURES

DP.B Discharge Pressure Cir B XXX.X

(psig/kPa)

CIRCB_AN DP_B 56

SP.B Suction Pressure Circ B XXX.X

(psig/kPa)

CIRCB_AN SP_B

OP.B Oil Pressure Circ B XXX.X

(psig/kPa)

OP_B

DOP.B Oil Pressure Diff B XXX.X

(psig/kPa)

DOP_B

ECP.B Economizer Pressure B XXX.X

(psig/kPa)

ECON_P_B

PRC.C CIRCUIT A PRESSURES

DP.C Discharge Pressure Cir C XXX.X

(psig/kPa)

CIRCC_AN DP_C 56

SP.C Suction Pressure Circ C XXX.X

(psig/kPa)

CIRCC_AN SP_C

OP.C Oil Pressure Circ C XXX.X

(psig/kPa)

OP_C

DOP.C Oil Pressure Diff C XXX.X

(psig/kPa)

DOP_C

ECP.C Economizer Pressure C XXX.X

(psig/kPa)

ECON_P_C



ITEM EXPANSION UNITS RANGE COMMENT WRITE

STATUS CCN TABLE CCN POINT PAGE

NO.

GEN.I GENERAL INPUTS

ONOF On Off Switch OPEN/CLSE STATEGEN ONOF

LOCK Cooler Interlock OPEN/CLSE STATEGEN LOCK_1 44

COND Condenser Flow Switch OPEN/CLSE Not supported. STATEGEN CONFLOW

DLS1 Demand Limit Switch 1 OPEN/CLSE STATEGEN LIM_SW1 39, 40

DLS2 Demand Limit Switch 2 OPEN/CLSE STATEGEN LIM_SW2 39, 40

ICE.D Ice Done OFF/ON STATEGEN ICE_SW

DUAL Dual Setpoint Switch OFF/ON STATEGEN SETP_SW

ELEC Electrical Box Safety OPEN/CLSE Not supported. STATEGEN ELEC_BOX

PUMP Pump Run Feedback OPEN/CLSE Not supported. STATEGEN PUMP_DEF

OCCS Occupancy Override Swit OFF/ON STATEGEN OCC_OVSW

HC.SW Heat Cool Switch Status OFF/ON STATEGEN HC_SW

RLOC Remote Interlock Switch OPEN/CLSE STATEGEN REM-LOCK

OIL.A Oil Level Circuit A LOW/HIGH STATEGEN OIL_L_A

OIL.B Oil Level Circuit B LOW/HIGH STATEGEN OIL_L_B

OIL.C Oil Level Circuit C LOW/HIGH STATEGEN OIL_L_C

CUR.A Motor Current Circuit A XXX.X (amps) 0-600 STATEGEN CURR_A

CUR.B Motor Current Circuit B XXX.X (amps) 0-600 STATEGEN CURR_B

CUR.C Motor Current Circuit C XXX.X (amps) 0-600 STATEGEN CURR_C

DMND 4-20 mA Demand Signal XXX.X (mA) 4 to 20 STATEGEN LIM_ANAL

RSET 4-20 mA Reset/Setpoint XXX.X (mA) 4 to 20 STATEGEN SP_RESET



111

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

MODE — OUTPUTS

MODE — CONFIGURATION

ITEM EXPANSION UNITS RANGE COMMENT WRITE

STATUS CCN TABLE CCN POINT PAGE

NO.

CIR.A CIRCUIT A OUTPUTS

CP.A Compressor A Relay OFF/ON CIRCA_D CP_A

HT.A Oil Heater Circuit A OFF/ON OIL_HT_A

SL1.A Slide Valve 1 Cir A OFF/ON SLID1_A

SL2.A Slide Valve 2 Cir A OFF/ON SLID2_A

OLS.A Oil Solenoid Cir A OFF/ON OIL_SL_A

HGB.A Hot Gas Bypass Cir A OFF/ON

FAN.A Circuit A Fan Stages X 0-6 CIRCA_D FAN_ST_A

SPD.A Circ A Varifan Position XXX (%) 0-100 CIRCA_AN hd_pos_a

EXV.A Circuit A EXV % Open XXX (%) 0-100 CIRCA_AN EXV_A 61

ECO.A Circ A EXV ECO % Open XXX (%) 0-100 EXV_EC_A

DGT.A DGT Cool Solenoid A OFF/ON dgt_gascool_a

CIR.B CIRCUIT B OUTPUTS

CP.B Compressor B Relay OFF/ON CIRCB_D CP_B

HT.B Oil Heater Circuit B OFF/ON CIRCB_D OIL_HT_B

SL1.B Slide Valve 1 Cir B OFF/ON SLID1_B

SL2.B Slide Valve 2 Cir B OFF/ON SLID2_B

OLS.B Oil Solenoid Cir B OFF/ON OIL_SL_B

HGB.B Hot Gas Bypass Cir B OFF/ON

FAN.B Circuit B Fan Stages X 0-6 CIRCB_D FAN_ST_B

SPD.B Circ B Varifan Position XXX (%) 0-100 CIRCB_AN hd_pos_b

EXV.B Circuit B EXV % Open XXX (%) 0-100 CIRCB_AN EXV_B 61

ECO.B Circ B EXV ECO % Open XXX (%) 0-100 EXV_EC_B

DGT.B DGT Cool Solenoid B OFF/ON dgt_gascool_b

CIR.C CIRCUIT C OUTPUTS

CP.C Compressor C Relay OFF/ON CIRCC_D CP_C

HT.C Oil Heater Circuit C OFF/ON CIRCC_D OIL_HT_C

SL1.C Slide Valve 1 Cir C OFF/ON SLID1_C

SL2.C Slide Valve 2 Cir C OFF/ON SLID2_C

OLS.C Oil Solenoid Cir C OFF/ON OIL_SL_C

HGB.C Hot Gas Bypass Cir C OFF/ON

FAN.C Circuit C Fan Stages X 0-6 CIRCC_D FAN_ST_C

SPD.C Circ C Varifan Position XXX (%) 0-100 CIRCC_AN hd_pos_c

EXV.C Circuit C EXV % Open XXX (%) 0-100 CIRCC_AN EXV_C

ECO.C Circ C EXV ECO % Open XXX (%) 0-100 EXV_EC_C

DGT.C DGT Cool Solenoid C OFF/ON dgt_gascool_c

GEN.O GENERAL OUTPUTS

PMP.1 Water Exchanger Pump 1 OFF/ON STATEGEN CPUMP_1

PMP.2 Water Exchanger Pump 2 OFF/ON STATEGEN CPUMP_2

PMP.3 Condenser Pump 1 OFF/ON STATEGEN HPUMP_1

CO.HT Cooler Heater Output OFF/ON STATEGEN COOLHEAT

BVL.A Ball Valve Position A OPEN/CLOSE ref_iso_a

BVL.B Ball Valve Position B OPEN/CLOSE ref_iso_b

BVL.C Ball Valve Position C OPEN/CLOSE ref_iso_c

CN.HT Condenser Heat Output OFF/ON Not supported. RECLAIM cond_htr

REDY Chiller Ready Status OFF/ON forcible RECLAIM READY

RUN Chiller Running Status OFF/ON forcible STATEGEN RUNNING

SHUT Customer Shutdown Stat OFF/ON forcible STATEGEN SHUTDOWN

CATO Chiller Capacity 0-10 v XX.X forcible STATEGEN CAPT_010

ALRM Alarm Relay OFF/ON STATEGEN ALARM

ALRT Alert Relay OFF/ON STATEGEN ALERT

ITEM EXPANSION UNITS RANGE COMMENT DEFAULT CCN

TABLE

CCN

POINT PAGE NO.

DISP DISPLAY CONFIGURATION

TEST Test Display LEDs OFF/ON OFF N/A display_test

METR Metric Display US/METR US DISPCONF DISPUNIT

LANG Language Selection English

Espanol

Francais

Portugues

Translated

English DISPCONF LANGUAGE 8



112

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)

ITEM EXPANSION UNITS RANGE COMMENT DEFAULT CCN

TABLE

CCN

POINT PAGE NO.

UNIT UNIT CONFIGURATION

TYPE Unit Type 3 = Water-Cooled

4 = Heat Machine

Air cooled FACTORY unit_typ

TONS Unit Size XXX 0 to 1800

(nominal size)

FACTORY unitsize

VAR.A Nb Fan on Varifan Cir A X 0-8 Not supported. 0: No low ambient

temperature head

pressure control

1:low ambient

temperature head

pressure control

FACTORY varfan_a

VAR.B Nb Fan on Varifan Cir B X 0-8 Not supported. 0: No low ambient

temperature head

pressure control

1: low ambient

temperature head

pressure control

FACTORY varfan_b

VAR.C Nb Fan on Varifan Cir C X 0-8 Not supported. 0: No low ambient

temperature head

pressure control

1: low ambient

temperature head

pressure control

FACTORY varfan_c

VOLT Power Supply Voltage XXX (volt) 200-690 Acceptable values

200, 230, 380, 460,

and 575

FACTORY voltage

60HZ 60 Hz Frequency NO/YES YES FACTORY freq_60H

STAR Soft Starter Select NO/YES softstar

Y.D. Wye Delta T Start Select NO/YES wye_delt

MTA.A Must Trip Amps Cir A XXX (amps) 0 to 1500 cpa_mtac

R.MT.A Read Must Trip Amps A XXX (amps) 0 to 1500 cpa_mtam

MTA.B Must Trip Amps Cir B XXX (amps) 0 to 1500 cpb_mtac

R.MT.B Read Must Trip Amps B XXX (amps) 0 to 1500 cpb_mtam

MTA.C Must Trip Amps Cir C XXX (amps) 0 to 1500 Not supported. cpc_mtac

R.MT.C Read Must Trip Amps C XXX (amps) 0 to 1500 Not supported. cpb_mtam

C.SW.A S1 Config Switch Cir A XXX (amps) 0 to 255 cpa_s1_c

R.CSA Read S1 Config Switch A XXX (amps) 0 to 255 cpa_s1_m

C.SW.B S1 Config Switch Cir B XXX (amps) 0 to 255 cpb_s1_c

R.CSB Read S1 Config Switch B XXX (amps) 0 to 255 cpb_s1_m

C.SW.C S1 Config Switch Cir C XXX (amps) 0 to 255 Not supported. cpc_s1_c

R.CSC Read S1 Config Switch C XXX (amps) 0 to 255 Not supported. cpc_s1_m

RECL Heat Reclaim Select NO/YES Not supported. NO FACTORY recl_opt

BOIL Boiler Command Select NO/YES Not supported. NO FACTORY ehs_sel

EMM EMM Module Installed NO/YES NO FACTORY emm_nrcp

PAS. E Password Enable ENBL/DSBL FACTORY pass_enb

PASS Factory Password XXX 1 to 0150 0111 FACTORY fac_pass

CO.HT Cooler Heater Select NO/YES Not supported. heat_sel

CON.V Condenser Valve Select NO/YES NO cond_val 46, 76

HGBP Hot Gas Bypass Select NO/YES Not supported. NO FACTORY hgbp_sel 29, 76

MCHX MCHX Exchanger Select NO/YES Not supported. NO FACTORY mchx_sel

HI.TI High Tiers Display Select NO/YES highdisp

H.KIT Hydronic Kit Selection NO/YES NO

PA.N B Cooler Pass Number 1-3 2

VLT VLT Fan Drive Select Not supported. NONE

RPM VLT Fan Drive RPM Not supported. 0

H.CON High Condensing Select NO/YES NO

SERV SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS

FLUD Cooler Fluid Type Water

Brine

Water SERVICE1 flui_typ 27, 43, 45, 55

CFLU Condenser Fluid Type WATER

BRINE

cond_typ

MOP EXV MOP Setpoint XX.X

(deg F/deg C)

40-60 F

(4.4-15.6 C)

62.0 SERVICE1 mop_sp

HP.TH High Pressure Threshold XXX.X (psi/kPa) 250-280 psi

(1724-1930 kPa)

290 SERVICE1 hp_th

SHP.A Cir A Superheat Setp XX.X (F/C) 3-14 F

(1.7-7.8 C)

14.4 SERVICE1 sh_sp_a

SHP.B Cir B Superheat Setp XX.X (F/C) 3-14 F

(1.7-7.8 C)

14.4 SERVICE1 sh_sp_b

SHP.C Cir C Superheat Setp XX.X (F/C) 3-14 F

(1.7-7.8 C)

14.4 SERVICE1 sh_sp_c

HTR Cooler Heater DT Setp XX.X (F/C) 0.5-9 F

(0.3-5.0 C)

2.0

38.0

SERVICE1 heatersp

EWTO Entering Water Control NO/YES NO SERVICE1 ewt_opt 25

AU.SM Auto Start When SM Lost NO/YES NO SERVICE1 auto_sm 25

LLWT Brine Minimum Fluid Temp XX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–20-38 F

(–28.9-3.3 C)

Not supported.

LOSP Brine Freeze Setpoint XX.X

(deg F/deg C)

–20-50 F

(–20-10 C)

34 SERVICE1 lowestsp 27, 43-45, 55

FL.SP Brine Flow Switch Setp 0-60 Not supported. 1 SERVICE flow_sp

HD.PG Varifan Proportion Gain XX.X –10-10 Not supported. 2.0 SERVICE1 hd_pg 46

HD.DG Varifan Derivative Gain XX.X –10-10 Not supported. 0.4 SERVICE1 hd_dg 46

HD.IG Varifan Integral Gain XX.X –10-10 Not supported. 0.2 SERVICE1 hd_ig 46

F.L OA Fast Load Select 0-4 0 fastload

AVFA Fan A Drive Attach NO/YES Not supported. NO

AVFB Fan B Drive Attach NO/YES Not supported. NO

AVFC Fan C Drive Attach NO/YES Not supported. NO

EWT.S EWT Probe on Cir A Side NO/YES YES ewt_cirA

MAXL Max Condenser LWT 45DC NO/YES NO max_clwt



113

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)

ITEM EXPANSION UNITS RANGE COMMENT DEFAULT CCN TABLE CCN POINT PAGE NO.

OPTN OPTIONS CONFIGURATION

CCNA CCN Address XXX 1-239 1 N/A CCNA

CCNB CCN Bus Number XXX 0-239 0 N/A CCNB

BAUD CCN Baud Rate 2400

4800

9600

19200

38400

9600 N/A BAUD

LOAD Loading Sequence Select Equal

Staged

EQUAL USER lead_cir 29

LLCS Lead/Lag Circuit Select Automatic

Cir A Leads

Cir B Leads

Cir C Leads

AUTOMATIC USER seq_typ 29, 55

RL.S Ramp Load Select ENBL/DSBL DSBL USER ramp_sel 35

DELY Minutes Off Time XX (Minutes) 1 to 15 1 USER off_on_d 29

ICE.M Ice Mode Enable ENBL/DSBL DSBL USER ice_cnfg 41

HPUM Condenser Pumps Sequence X No Pump

1 Pump Only

2 Pumps Auto

PMP 1 Manual

PMP 2 Manual

Not supported. NO PUMP hpum_seq 47

PUMP Cooler Pumps Sequence No Pump

1 Pump Only

2 Pumps Auto

PMP 1 Manual

PMP 2 Manual

NO PUMP USER pump_seq 28, 47

ROT.P Pump Rotation Delay XXXX (hours) 24 to 3000 Not supported. 48 USER pump_del 28, 55

PM.PS Periodic Pump Start NO-YES Not supported. NO USER pump_per 28, 55

P. S B Y Stop Pump In Standby NO-YES Not supported. NO USER pump_sby

P. L O C Flow Checked if Pmp Off NO-YES Not supported. YES USER pump_loc 28

LS.ST Night Low Noise Start XX.XX 00.00-23.59 00.00 USER nh_start

LS.ND Night Low Noise End XX.XX 00-00-23.59 00.00 USER nh_end

LS.LT Low Noise Capacity Lim XXX (%) 0-100 100 USER nh_limit 55

RV.AL Reverse Alarms Relay NO-YES NO USER al_rever

OA.TH Heat Mode OAT Threshold XX.X

(deg F/deg C)

Not supported. 5 F USER heat_th

FREE Free Cooling OAT Limit XX.X

(deg F/deg C)

Not supported. 32.0 USER free_oat

CUR.S Current Limit Select NO/YES NO curr_sel 39-41

CUR.F Current Limit at 100% XXXX 0 to 5000 2000 curr_ful 40-41

RSET RESET, DEMAND LIMIT, MASTER/SLAVE

CRST Cooling Reset Type No Reset

Out Air Temp

Delta T Temp

4-20 mA Input

Space Temp

NO RESET USER cr_sel 33, 36, 55

HRST Heating Reset Type No Reset

Out Air Temp

Delta T Temp

4-20 mA Input

Not supported. NO RESET USER hr_sel

DMDC Demand Limit Select None

Switch

4-20 mA Input

NONE USER lim_sel 39-41, 55

DMMX mA for 100% Demand Limit XX.X (mA) 0.0 USER lim_mx 40, 41

DMZE mA for 0% Demand Limit XX.X (mA) 0.0 USER lim_ze 40, 41

MSSL Master/Slave Select Disable

Master

Slave

DISABLE MST_SLV ms_sel 32-35, 55

SLVA Slave Address XXX 1-236 2 MST_SLV slv_addr 29, 32-35

LLBL Lead/Lag Balance Select Always Lead

Lag if Fail

Runtime Sel

Always

Lead

MST_SLV ll_bal 29, 32-35,

LLBD Lead/Lag Balance Delta XXX (hours) 40-400 168 MST_SLV ll_bal_d 29, 32-35

LLDY Lead/Lag Delay XX (minutes) 2-30 10 MST_SLV lsrt_tim 30, 32-35,

LL.ER Start if Error Higher XX.X

(deg F/deg C)

3-18 4 MST_SLV start_dt 30, 32-35

LAG.M Lag Minimum Running Time XXX

(min)

0-150 0 MST_SLV lag_mini 30, 32-35

LAGP Lag Unit Pump Select OFF if U stp

ON if U stp

OFF if U stp MST_SLV lag_pump 30, 32-35,

LPUL Lead Pulldown Time XX (minutes) 0-60 0 MST_SLV lead_pul 30, 32-35,

SERI Chillers in Series NO/YES ll_serie 29, 32-35



114

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

MODE — TIMECLOCK

*Password protected.

ITEM EXPANSION UNITS RANGE COMMENT WRITE

STATUS CCN TABLE CCN POINT PAGE

NO.

TIME TIME OF DAY

HH.MM Hour and Minute XX.XX 00.00-23.59 forcible* N/A HH.MM

DATE DAY, DATE

MNTH Month 1=January

2=February

3=March

4=April

5=May

6=June

7=July

8=August

9=September

10=October

11=November

12=December

forcible* N/A MNTH

DOM Day of Month XX 1-31 forcible* N/A DOM

DAY Day of Week 1=Monday

2=Tuesday

3=Wednesday

4=Thursday

5=Friday

6=Saturday

7=Sunday

forcible* N/A DAY

YEAR Year of Century XX 00-99 forcible* N/A YEAR

SCH1 SCHEDULE 1

PER.1 Period 1 Occ/Unocc Sel

PER.1 OCC.1 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC1P01S OCCTOD1 24

PER.1 UNO.1 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC1P01S UNOCTOD1 24

PER.1 MON.1 Monday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW1 24

PER.1 TUE.1 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW1 24

PER.1 WED.1 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW1 24

PER.1 THU.1 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW1 24

PER.1 FRI.1 Friday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW1 24

PER.1 SAT.1 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW1 24

PER.1 SUN.1 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW1 24

PER.1 HOL.1 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW1 24

PER.2 Period 2 Occ/Unocc Sel OCC1P01S

PER.2 OCC.2 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC1P01S OCCTOD2 24

PER.2 UNO.2 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC1P01S UNOCTOD2 24

PER.2 MON.2 Monday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW2 24

PER.2 TUE.2 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW2 24

PER.2 WED.2 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW2 24

PER.2 THU.2 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW2 24

PER.2 FRI.2 Friday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW2 24

PER.2 SAT.2 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW2 24

PER.2 SUN.2 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW2 24

PER.2 HOL.2 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW2 24

PER.3 Period 3 Occ/Unocc Sel OCC1P01S

PER.3 OCC.3 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC1P01S OCCTOD3 24

PER.3 UNO.3 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC1P01S UNOCTOD3 24

PER.3 MON.3 Monday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW3 24

PER.3 TUE.3 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW3 24

PER.3 WED.3 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW3 24

PER.3 THU.3 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW3 24

PER.3 FRI.3 Friday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW3 24

PER.3 SAT.3 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW3 24

PER.3 SUN.3 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW3 24

PER.3 HOL.3 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW3 24

PER.4 Period 4 Occ/Unocc Sel

PER.4 OCC.4 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC1P01S OCCTOD4 24

PER.4 UNO.4 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC1P01S UNOCTOD4 24

PER.4 MON.4 Monday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW4 24

PER.4 TUE.4 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW4 24

PER.4 WED.4 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW4 24

PER.4 THU.4 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW4 24

PER.4 FRI.4 Friday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW4 24

PER.4 SAT.4 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW4 24

PER.4 SUN.4 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW4 24

PER.4 HOL.4 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW4 24

PER.5 Period 5 Occ/Unocc Sel

PER.5 OCC.5 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC1P01S OCCTOD5 24

PER.5 UNO.5 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC1P01S UNOCTOD5 24

PER.5 MON.5 Monday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW5 24

PER.5 TUE.5 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW5 24

PER.5 WED.5 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW5 24

PER.5 THU.5 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW5 24

PER.5 FRI.5 Friday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW5 24

PER.5 SAT.5 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW5 24

PER.5 SUN.5 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW5 24

PER.5 HOL.5 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW5 24

PER.6 Period 6 Occ/Unocc Sel

PER.6 OCC.6 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC1P01S OCCTOD6

PER.6 UNO.6 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC1P01S UNOCTOD6

PER.6 MON.6 Monday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW6

PER.6 TUE.6 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW6

PER.6 WED.6 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW6

PER.6 THU.6 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW6

PER.6 FRI.6 Friday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW6

PER.6 SAT.6 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW6

PER.6 SUN.6 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW6

PER.6 HOL.6 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible OCC1P01S DOW6



115

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

MODE — TIMECLOCK (cont)

ITEM EXPANSION UNITS RANGE COMMENT WRITE

STATUS CCN TABLE CCN POINT PAGE

NO.

SCH1 SCHEDULE 1

PER.7 Period 7 Occ/Unocc Sel

PER.7 OCC.7 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCCP01S OCCTOD7

PER.7 UNO.7 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCCP01S UNOCTOD7

PER.7 MON.7 Monday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW7

PER.7 TUE.7 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW7

PER.7 WED.7 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW7

PER.7 THU.7 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW7

PER.7 FRI.7 Friday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW7

PER.7 SAT.7 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW7

PER.7 SUN.7 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW7

PER.7 HOL.7 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW7

PER.8 Period 8 Occ/Unocc Sel OCCP01S

PER.8 OCC.8 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCCP01S OCCTOD8

PER.8 UNO.8 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCCP01S UNOCTOD8

PER.8 MON.8 Monday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW8

PER.8 TUE.8 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW8

PER.8 WED.8 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW8

PER.8 THU.8 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW8

PER.8 FRI.8 Friday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW8

PER.8 SAT.8 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW8

PER.8 SUN.8 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW8

PER.8 HOL.8 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible OCCP01S DOW8

SCH2 SCHEDULE 2

PER.1 Period 1 Occ/Unocc Sel

PER.1 OCC.1 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC2P02S OCCTOD1 24

PER.1 UNO.1 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC2P02S UNOCTOD1 24

PER.1 MON.1 Monday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW1 24

PER.1 TUE.1 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW1 24

PER.1 WED.1 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW1 24

PER.1 THU.1 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW1 24

PER.1 FRI.1 Friday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW1 24

PER.1 SAT.1 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW1 24

PER.1 SUN.1 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW1 24

PER.1 HOL.1 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW1 24

PER.2 Period 2 Occ/Unocc Sel

PER.2 OCC.2 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC2P02S OCCTOD 24

PER.2 UNO.2 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC2P02S UNOCTOD2 24

PER.2 MON.2 Monday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW2 24

PER.2 TUE.2 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW2 24

PER.2 WED.2 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW2 24

PER.2 THU.2 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW2 24

PER.2 FRI.2 Friday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW2 24

PER.2 SAT.2 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW2 24

PER.2 SUN.2 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW2 24

PER.2 HOL.2 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW2 24

PER.3 Period 3 Occ/Unocc Sel

PER.3 OCC.3 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC2P02S OCCTOD 24

PER.3 UNO.3 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC2P02S UNOCTOD3 24

PER.3 MON.3 Monday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW3 24

PER.3 TUE.3 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW3 24

PER.3 WED.3 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW3 24

PER.3 THU.3 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW3 24

PER.3 FRI.3 Friday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW3 24

PER.3 SAT.3 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW3 24

PER.3 SUN.3 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW3 24

PER.3 HOL.3 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW3 24

PER.4 Period 4 Occ/Unocc Sel

PER.4 OCC.4 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC2P02S OCCTOD4 24

PER.4 UNO.4 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC2P02S UNOCTOD4 24

PER.4 MON.4 Monday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW4 24

PER.4 TUE.4 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW4 24

PER.4 WED.4 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW4 24

PER.4 THU.4 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW4 24

PER.4 FRI.4 Friday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW4 24

PER.4 SAT.4 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW4 24

PER.4 SUN.4 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW4 24

PER.4 HOL.4 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW4 24

PER.5 Period 5 Occ/Unocc Sel

PER.5 OCC.5 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC2P02S OCCTOD5 24

PER.5 UNO.5 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC2P02S UNOCTOD5 24

PER.5 MON.5 Monday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW5 24

PER.5 TUE.5 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW5 24

PER.5 WED.5 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW5 24

PER.5 THU.5 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW5 24

PER.5 FRI.5 Friday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW5 24

PER.5 SAT.5 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW5 24

PER.5 SUN.5 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW5 24

PER.5 HOL.5 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW5 24

PER.6 Period 6 Occ/Unocc Sel

PER.6 OCC.6 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC2P02S OCCTOD6

PER.6 UNO.6 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC2P02S UNOCTOD6

PER.6 MON.6 Monday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW6

PER.6 TUE.6 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW6

PER.6 WED.6 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW6

PER.6 THU.6 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW6

PER.6 FRI.6 Friday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW6

PER.6 SAT.6 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW6

PER.6 SUN.6 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW6

PER.6 HOL.6 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible OCC2P02S DOW6



116

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

MODE — TIMECLOCK (cont)

*Holidays range from 1-16. Item has same structure, with the only difference being the two-number identifier.

ITEM EXPANSION UNITS RANGE COMMENT WRITE

STATUS CCN TABLE CCN POINT PAGE

NO.

PER.7 Period 7 Occ/Unocc Sel

PER.7 OCC.7 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCC2P02S OCCTOD7

PER.7 UNO.7 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible UNOCTOD7

PER.7 MON.7 Monday Select NO/YES forcible DOW7

PER.7 TUE.7 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible DOW7

PER.7 WED.7 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible DOW7

PER.7 THU.7 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible DOW7

PER.7 FRI.7 Friday Select NO/YES forcible DOW7

PER.7 SAT.7 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible DOW7

PER.7 SUN.7 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible DOW7

PER.7 HOL.7 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible DOW7

PER.8 Period 8 Occ/Unocc Sel

PER.8 OCC.8 Occupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible OCCTOD8

PER.8 UNO.8 Unoccupied Time XX.XX 00:00-23:59 forcible UNOCTOD8

PER.8 MON.8 Monday Select NO/YES forcible DOW8

PER.8 TUE.8 Tuesday Select NO/YES forcible DOW8

PER.8 WED.8 Wednesday Select NO/YES forcible DOW8

PER.8 THU.8 Thursday Select NO/YES forcible DOW8

PER.8 FRI.8 Friday Select NO/YES forcible DOW8

PER.8 SAT.8 Saturday Select NO/YES forcible DOW8

PER.8 SUN.8 Sunday Select NO/YES forcible DOW8

PER.8 HOL.8 Holiday Select NO/YES forcible DOW8

HOLI HOLIDAYS*

HOL.1 Holiday 1 Configuration

HOL.1 MON.1 Holiday Start Month 1=January

2=February

3=March

4=April

5=May

6=June

7=July

8=August

9=September

10=October

11=November

12=December

forcible HOLDY_01 HOL_MON 24

HOL.1 DAY.1 Holiday Start Day XX 1 to 31 forcible HOLDY_01 HOL_DAY 24

HOL.1 DUR.1 Holiday Duration in Days XX 1 to 99 forcible HOLDY_01 HOL_LEN 24

HOL.1 HOL.2 Holiday 2 Configuration 24

HOL.1 MON.2 Holiday Start Month See

HOL.1 MON.1

forcible HOLDY_02 HOL_MON 24

HOL.2 DAY.2 Holiday Start Day See

HOL.1 DAY.1

forcible HOLDY_02 HOL_DAY 24

HOL.2 DUR.2 Holiday Duration in Days See

HOL.1 DUR.1

forcible HOLDY_02 HOL_LEN 24

HOL.16 HO.16 Holiday 16 Configuration

HOL.16 MO.16 Holiday Start Month See

HOL.1 MON.1

forcible HOLDY_16

HOL.16 DA.16 Holiday Start Day See

HOL.1 DAY.1

forcible HOLDY_16

HOL.16 DU.16 Holiday Duration in Days See

HOL.1 DUR.1

forcible HOLDY_16

MCFG SERVICE MAINTENANCE CONFIGURATION

AL.SV Service Warning Select NO/YES DEFAULT=NO forcible MAINTCFG s_alert

CHRG Refrigerant Charge NO/YES DEFAULT=NO forcible MAINTCFG charge_a

WATE Water Loop Size NO/YES DEFAULT=NO forcible MAINTCFG wloop_c

PMP.1 Pump 1 (days) XXXX (days) 0-65,500 DEFAULT=0 forcible MAINTCFG pump1_c

PMP.2 Pump 2 (days) XXXX (days) 0-65,500 DEFAULT=0 forcible MAINTCFG pump2_c

PMP.3 Cond Pump 1 (days) XXXX (days) 0-65,500 DEFAULT=0 forcible MAINTCFG hpump1_c

PMP.4 Cond Pump 2 (days) XXXX (days) 0-65,500 DEFAULT=0 forcible MAINTCFG hpump2_c

W.FIL Water Filter (days) XXXX (days) 0-65,500 DEFAULT=0 forcible MAINTCFG wfilte_c

A.FIL Comp A Oil Filter (days) XXXX (days) 0-65,500 DEFAULT=0 forcible MAINTCFG ofilta_c

B.FIL Comp B Oil Filter (days) XXXX (days) 0-65,500 DEFAULT=0 forcible MAINTCFG ofiltb_c

C.FIL Comp C Oil Filter (days) XXXX (days) 0-65,500 DEFAULT=0 forcible MAINTCFG ofiltc_c

RS.SV Servicing Alert Reset 0=Default

1=Refrigerant Charge

2=Water loop size

3=Not used

4=Pump 1

5=Pump 2

6=Reclaim Pump (not used)

7=Reclaim Pump (not used)

8=Water Filter

9=Compressor A Oil Filter

10=Compressor B Oil Filter

11=Compressor C Oil Filter

12=Reset All

DEFAULT=0 forcible SERMAINT s_reset



117

APPENDIX B — NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

MODE — OPERATING MODE

*Up to six current operating modes will be displayed.

NOTE: See Operating Modes starting on page 54.

MODE — ALARMS

*Expanded display will be actual alarm description.

†History of up to five past alarms will be displayed.

**History of fifty past alarms will be displayed.

ITEM EXPANSION* UNITS RANGE COMMENT WRITE

STATUS CCN TABLE CCN POINT PAGE

NO.

SLCT OPERATING CONTROL TYPE

OPER Operating Control Type Switch Ctrl

Time Sched

CCN Control

Default = Switch

Ctrl

forcible N/A N/A 24, 25

SP.SE Setpoint Select Setpoint Occ

Setpoint1

Setpoint2

4-20mA Setp

Dual Setp Sw

Default =

Setpoint Occ

forcible N/A N/A 25-27,

HC.SE Heat Cool Select Cooling

Heating

Auto Chgover

Heat Cool Sw

Default = Cooling

Not supported.

forcible GENUNIT HC_SEL 25

MODE* OPERATING MODES

MD01 First Active Mode 0-32 MODES

MD02 Second Active Mode 0-32 MODES

MD03 Third Active Mode 0-32 MODES

MD04 Fourth Active Mode 0-32 MODES

MD05 Fifth Active Mode 0-32 MODES

MD06 Sixth Active Mode 0-32 MODES

ITEM EXPANSION* UNITS RANGE COMMENT WRITE

STATUS CCN TABLE CCN POINT PAGE

NO.

R.ALM RESET ALL CURRENT ALARM NO/YES forcible N/A N/A

ALRM† CURRENTLY ACTIVE ALARMS

Current Alarm 1 GENUNIT alarm_1

Current Alarm 2 GENUNIT alarm_2

Current Alarm 3 GENUNIT alarm_3

Current Alarm 4 GENUNIT alarm_4

Current Alarm 5 GENUNIT alarm_5

H.ALM** ALARM HISTORY

Alarm History #1 ALRMHIST alm_history_01

Alarm History #2 ALRMHIST alm_history_02

Alarm History #49 ALRMHIST alm_history_49

Alarm History #50 ALRMHIST alm_history_50



118

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES

STATUS DISPLAY TABLES

*Not supported.

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

CIRCA_AN CIRCUIT A ANALOG VALUES

Percent Total Capacity 0 - 100 % CAPA_T

Discharge Pressure nnn.n psi DP_A

Suction Pressure nnn.n psi SP_A

Economizer Pressure nnn.n psi ECON_P_A

Oil Pressure nnn.n psi OP_A

OIl Pressure Difference nnn.n psi DOP_A

Motor Current nnn.n AMPS CURREN_A

Motor Temperature nnnn °F CP_TMP_A

Discharge Gas Temp nnnn °F DGT_A

Economizer Gas Temp nnnn °F ECO_TP_A

Saturated Condensing Tmp ±nnn.n °F SCT_A

Saturated Suction Temp ±nnn.n °F SST_A

Compressor Suction Temp ±nnn.n °F SUCT_T_A

EXV Position 0 - 100 % EXV_A

Head Press Actuator Pos 0 - 100 % hd_pos_a

CIRCA_D CIRCUIT A DISCRETE

Compressor Output ON/OFF COMP_A

Slide Valve 1 Output ON/OFF SLID_1_A

Slide Valve 2 Output ON/OFF SLID_2_A

Oil Heater Output ON/OFF OIL_HT_A

Oil Solenoid Output ON/OFF OIL_SL_A

Oil Level Input Low/High OIL_L_A

DGT Cooling Solenoid ON/OFF GASCOOLA

Hot Gas Bypass Output ON/OFF HGBP_A

FANS OUTPUT

Fan Output DO # 1 ON/OFF fan_a1

Fan Output DO # 2 ON/OFF fan_a2

Fan Output DO # 3 ON/OFF fan_a3

Fan Output DO # 4 ON/OFF fan_a4

Fan Output DO # 5 ON/OFF fan_a5

Fan Output DO # 6 ON/OFF fan_a6

Fan Output DO # 7 ON/OFF fan_a7

Fan Output DO # 8 ON/OFF fan_a8

Fan Staging Number 0-10 FAN_ST_A

MISCELLANEOUS

Ball Valve Position OPEN/CLSE ISO_REFA

Ball Valve Closing Out ON/OFF ISO_CL_A

Ball Valve Opening Out ON/OFF ISO_OP_A

4 Way Refrigerant Valve* ON/OFF RV_A

CIRCB_AN CIRCUIT B ANALOG VALUES

Percent Total Capacity 0 - 100 % CAPB_T

Discharge Pressure nnn.n psi DP_B

Suction Pressure nnn.n psi SP_B

Economizer Pressure nnn.n psi ECON_P_B

Oil Pressure nnn.n psi OP_B

Oil Pressure Difference nnn.n psi DOP_B

Motor Current nnn.n AMPS CURREN_B

Motor Temperature nnnn °F CP_TMP_B

Discharge Gas Temp nnnn °F DGT_B

Economizer Gas Temp nnnn °F ECO_TP_B

Saturated Condensing Tmp ±nnn.n °F SCT_B

Saturated Suction Temp ±nnn.n °F SST_B

Compressor Suction Temp ±nnn.n °F SUCT_T_B

EXV Position 0-100 % EXV_B

Head Press Actuator Pos 0-100 % hd_pos_b

CIRCB_D CIRCUIT B DISCRETE

Compressor Output ON/OFF COMP_B

Slide Valve 1 Output ON/OFF SLID_1_B

Slide Valve 2 Output ON/OFF SLID_2_B

Oil Heater Output ON/OFF OIL_HT_B

Oil Solenoid Output ON/OFF OIL_SL_B

Oil Level Input Low/High OIL_L_B

DGT Cooling Solenoid ON/OFF GASCOOLB

Hot Gas Bypass Output ON/OFF HGBP_B

FANS OUTPUT

Fan Output DO # 1 ON/OFF fan_b1

Fan Output DO # 2 ON/OFF fan_b2

Fan Output DO # 3 ON/OFF fan_b3

Fan Output DO # 4 ON/OFF fan_b4

Fan Output DO # 5 ON/OFF fan_b5

Fan Output DO # 6 ON/OFF fan_b6

Fan Output DO # 7 ON/OFF fan_b7

Fan Output DO # 8 ON/OFF fan_b8

Fan Staging Number 0-10 FAN_ST_B

MISCELLANEOUS

Ball Valve Position OPEN/CLSE ISO_REFB

Ball Valve Closing Out ON/OFF ISO_CL_B

Ball Valve Opening Out ON/OFF ISO_OP_B

4 Way Refrigerant Valve* ON/OFF RV_B

119

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)

STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

*Not supported.

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

CIRCC_AN CIRCUIT C ANALOG VALUES

Percent Total Capacity 0-100 % CAPC_T

Discharge Pressure nnn.n psi DP_C

Suction Pressure nnn.n psi SP_C

Economizer Pressure nnn.n psi ECON_P_C

Oil Pressure nnn.n psi OP_C

Oil Pressure Difference nnn.n psi DOP_C

Motor Current nnn.n AMPS CURREN_C

Motor Temperature nnnn °F CP_TMP_C

Discharge Gas Temp nnnn °F DGT_C

Economizer Gas Temp nnnn °F ECO_TP_C

Saturated Condensing Tmp ±nnn.n °F SCT_C

Saturated Suction Temp ±nnn.n °F SST_C

Compressor Suction Temp ±nnn.n °F SUCT_T_C

EXV Position 0-100 % EXV_C

Head Press Actuator Pos 0-100 % hd_pos_c

CIRCC_D CIRCUIT C DISCRETE

Compressor Output ON/OFF COMP_C

Slide Valve 1 Output ON/OFF SLID_1_C

Slide Valve 2 Output ON/OFF SLID_2_C

Oil Heater Output ON/OFF OIL_HT_C

Oil Solenoid Output ON/OFF OIL_SL_C

Oil Level Input Low/High OIL_L_C

DGT Cooling Solenoid ON/OFF GASCOOLC

Hot Gas Bypass Output ON/OFF HGBP_C

FANS OUTPUT

Fan Output DO # 1 ON/OFF fan_c1

Fan Output DO # 2 ON/OFF fan_c2

Fan Output DO # 3 ON/OFF fan_c3

Fan Output DO # 4 ON/OFF fan_c4

Fan Output DO # 5 ON/OFF fan_c5

Fan Output DO # 6 ON/OFF fan_c6

Fan Output DO # 7 ON/OFF fan_c7

Fan Output DO # 8 ON/OFF fan_c8

Fan Staging Number 0-10 FAN_ST_C

MISCELLANEOUS

Ball Valve Position OPEN/CLSE ISO_REFC

Ball Valve Closing Out ON/OFF ISO_CL_C

Ball Valve Opening Out ON/OFF ISO_OP_C

FAN HOURS

Free Cool A Pump Hours* nnnnn hours hr_fem_a

Free Cool B Pump Hours* nnnnn hours hr_fem_b

Circuit A Defrost Number* nnnnn — ub_def_a

Circuit B Defrost Number* nnnnn — ub_def_b

Circuit A Fan #1 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fana1

Circuit A Fan #2 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fana2

Circuit A Fan #3 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fana3

Circuit A Fan #4 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fana4

Circuit A Fan #5 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fana5

Circuit A Fan #6 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fana6

Circuit A Fan #7 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fana7

Circuit A Fan #8 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fana8

Circuit A Fan #9 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fana9

Circuit A Fan #10 Hours nnnnn hours hrfana10

Circuit B Fan #1 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanb1

Circuit B Fan #2 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanb2

Circuit B Fan #3 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanb3

Circuit B Fan #4 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanb4

Circuit B Fan #5 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanb5

Circuit B Fan #6 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanb6

Circuit B Fan #7 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanb7

Circuit B Fan #8 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanb8

Circuit B Fan #9 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanb9

Circuit B Fan #10 Hours nnnnn hours hrfanb10

Circuit C Fan #1 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanc1

Circuit C Fan #2 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanc2

Circuit C Fan #3 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanc3

Circuit C Fan #4 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanc4

Circuit C Fan #5 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanc5

Circuit C Fan #6 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanc6

Circuit C Fan #7 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanc7

Circuit C Fan #8 Hours nnnnn hours hr_fanc8

120

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)

STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

*Not supported.

†The forced value will be used.

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

GENUNIT Operating Type

Control Type

L-Off-Local Off

(ComfortLink Controls= On/Off Switch=Opened)

L-On-Local On

L-Sched-Local On/Off State based on Time Schedules

CCN-Unit is in CCN Control

Remote-On/Off Based on Remote Contact

(not applied to ComfortLink Display)

Master-Unit Operation in Lead/Lag and it is a Master

Local

CCN

Remote

OPER_TYP

ctr_type

Run Status 0 = Off

1 = Running

2 = Stopping

3 = Delay

4 = Tripout

5 = Ready

6 = Override

7 = Defrost

8 = Run Test

9 = Test

STATUS

CCN Chiller Start/Stop Enable/Disable CHIL_S_S forcible

Chiller Occupied? Yes/No CHIL_OCC forcible

Minutes Left for Start 0-15 min min_left

Heat/Cool Status 0 = Cool

1 = Heat

2 = Stand-by

3 = Both

HEATCOOL

Heat/Cool Select 0 = Cool

1 = Heat

2 = Auto

HC_SEL forcible

Heat Reclaim Select

Free Cooling Selct

Ye s / N o

RECL_SEL

FC_DSBLE

forcible*

forcible

Alarm State 0 = Normal

1 = Partial

2 = Shutdown

ALM

Current Alarm 1 nnnnn alarm_1

Current Alarm 2 nnnnn alarm_2

Current Alarm 3 nnnnn alarm_3

Current Alarm 4 nnnnn alarm_4

Current Alarm 5 nnnnn alarm_5

Percent Total Capacity nnn % CAP_T

Active Demand Limit Val nnn % DEM_LIM forcible*

Lag Capacity Limit Value nnn % LAG_LIM

Actual Chiller Current nnn amps TOT_CURR forcible†

Chiller Current Limit nnn amps CURR_LIM forcible

Current Setpoint ±nnn.n °F SP

Setpoint Occupied? Yes/No SP_OCC forcible

Setpoint Control Setpt 1

Setpt 2

Ice_sp

4-20mA

Auto

sp_ctrl

Control Point ±nnn.n °F CTRL_PNT forcible*

Controlled Water Temp ±nnn.n °F CTRL_WT

External Temperature ±nnn.n °F OAT

Emergency Stop Enable/Disable EMSTOP forcible

MODES Startup Delay in Effect Yes/No — Mode_01

Second Setpoint in Use Yes/No — Mode_02

Reset in Effect Yes/No — Mode_03

Demand Limit Active Yes/No — Mode_04

Ramp Loading Active Yes/No — Mode_05

Cooler Heater Active Yes/No — Mode_06

Cooler Pumps Rotation Yes/No — Mode_07

Pump Periodic Start Yes/No — Mode_08

Night Low Noise Active Yes/No — Mode_09

System Manager Active Yes/No — Mode_10

Master Slave Active Yes/No — Mode_11

Auto Changeover Active Yes/No — Mode_12

Free Cooling Active Yes/No — Mode_13

Reclaim Active Yes/No — Mode_14

Electric Heat Active Yes/No — Mode_15

Heating Low EWT Lockout Yes/No — Mode_16

Condenser Pumps Rotation Yes/No — Mode_17

Ice Mode in Effect Yes/No — Mode_18

Defrost Active On Cir A Yes/No — Mode_19

Defrost Active On Cir B Yes/No — Mode_20

Low Suction Circuit A Yes/No — Mode_21

Low Suction Circuit B Yes/No — Mode_22

Low Suction Circuit C Yes/No — Mode_23

High DGT Circuit A Yes/No — Mode_24

High DGT Circuit B Yes/No — Mode_25

High DGT Circuit C Yes/No — Mode_26

High Pres Override Cir A Yes/No — Mode_27

High Pres Override Cir B Yes/No — Mode_28

High Pres Override Cir C Yes/No — Mode_29

Low Superheat Circuit A Yes/No — Mode_30

Low Superheat Circuit B Yes/No — Mode_31

Low Superheat Circuit C Yes/No — Mode_32

121

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)

STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

*Not supported.

NOTE: Disable quick test: all the quick test parameters shall be reset to 0.

*Not supported.

NOTE: Disable quick test: all the quick test parameters shall be reset to 0.

*Yes = service test function enable.

†0 = capacity frozen (unchanged).

1 = capacity increase.

2 = capacity decrease.

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

QCK_TST1 Quick Test Enable no/Yes — Q_TSTRQ forcible

Circuit A EXV Position 0 - 100 % Q_EXVA forcible

Circuit B EXV Position 0 - 100 % Q_EXVB forcible

Circuit C EXV Position 0 - 100 % Q_EXVC forcible

Cir A Economizer EXV Pos 0 - 100 % Q_ECO_A forcible

Cir B Economizer EXV Pos 0 - 100 % Q_ECO_B forcible

Cir C Economizer EXV Pos 0 - 100 % Q_ECO_C forcible

Circuit A Fan Stages 0-10 — Q_FAN_A forcible

Circuit B Fan Stages 0-10 — Q_FAN_B forcible

Circuit C Fan Stages 0-10 — Q_FAN_C forcible

Circuit A Head Press Speed 0 - 100 % Q_VFANA forcible

Circuit B Head Press Speed 0 - 100 % Q_VFANB forcible

Circuit C Head Press Speed 0 - 100 % Q_VFANC forcible

Circuit A Oil Heater Off/On — Q_HT_A forcible

Circuit A Oil Solenoid Off/On — Q_OILS_A forcible

Circuit A Slide Valve 1 Off/On — Q_SLI_1A forcible

Circuit A Slide Valve 2 Off/On — Q_SLI_2A forcible

Cir A Heater Ball Valve Off/On — Q_BVL_A forcible

Cir A Hot Gas Bypass Off/On — Q_HGBP_A forcible

Cir A DGT Cool Solenoid Off/On — Q_CDGT_B forcible

Circuit B Oil Heater Off/On — Q_HT_B forcible

Circuit B Oil Solenoid Off/On — Q_OILS_B forcible

Circuit B Slide Valve 1 Off/On — Q_SLI_1B forcible

Circuit B Slide Valve 2 Off/On — Q_SLI_2B forcible

Cir A Heater Ball Valve Off/On — Q_BVL_B forcible

Cir B Hot Gas Bypass Off/On — Q_HGBP_B forcible

Cir B DGT Cool Solenoid Off/On — Q_CDGT_B forcible

Circuit C Oil Heater Off/On — Q_HT_C forcible

Circuit C Oil Solenoid Off/On — Q_OILS_C forcible

Circuit C Slide Valve 1 Off/On — Q_SLI_1C forcible

Circuit C Slide Valve 2 Off/On — Q_SLI_2C forcible

Cir C Heater Ball Valve Off/On — Q_BVL_C forcible

Cir C Hot Gas Bypass Off/On — Q_HGBP_C forcible

Cooler Heater Output Off/On — Q_CL_HT forcible

Water Exchanger Pump 1 Off/On — Q_PMP1 forcible

Water Exchanger Pump 2 Off/On — Q_PMP2 forcible

Condenser Pump 1 Off/On — Q_HPMP1 forcible

Condenser Pump 2* Off/On — Q_HPMP2 forcible

Chiller Ready Output Off/On — Q_READY forcible

Chiller Running Output Off/On — Q_RUN forcible

Cir A Running Output Off/On — Q_RUN_A forcible

Cir B Running Output Off/On — Q_RUN_B forcible

Cir C Running Output* Off/On — Q_RUN_C forcible

Chiller Capacity in 0-10v 0 – 10.0 volt Q_CATO forcible

Customer Shutdown Out Off/On — Q_SHUT forcible

Alarm Relay Output Off/On — Q_ALARM forcible

Alert Relay Output Off/On — Q_ALERT forcible

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

QCK_TST2* Quick Test Enable no/Yes — Q_TSTRQ forcible

Air Cond Enter Valve A Off/On — Q_HREA_A forcible

Air Cond Leaving Valv A Off/On — Q_HRLA_A forcible

Water Cond Enter Valv A Off/On — Q_HREW_A forcible

Water Cond Leav Valve A Off/On — Q_HRLW_A forcible

Air Cond Enter Valve B Off/On — Q_HREA_B forcible

Air Cond Leaving Valv B Off/On — Q_HRLA_B forcible

Water Cond Enter Valv B Off/On — Q_HREW_B forcible

Water Cond Leav Valve B Off/On — Q_HRLW_B forcible

HR Condenser Heater Off/On — Q_CD_HT forcible

4 way Valve Circuit A Off/On — Q_RV_A forcible

4 way Valve Circuit B Off/On — Q_RV_B forcible

Free Cooling Heater On/Off — Q_FC_HTR forcible

Free Cool A EXV Position 0 - 100 % Q_FCEXVA forcible

Free Cool B EXV Position 0 - 100 % Q_FCEXVB forcible

Free Cool A Ball Valve Off/On — Q_FCBVL_A forcible

Free Cool B Ball Valve Off/On — Q_FCBVL_B forcible

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

SERV_TST Service Test Enable* no/Yes — Q_STREQ forcible

Compressor A Output Off/On — Q_CPA forcible

Slide Valve Capacity A 0 - 2† — Q_SLIA forcible

Compressor B Output Off/On — Q_CPB forcible

Slide Valve Capacity B 0 - 2† — Q_SLIB forcible

Compressor C Output Off/On — Q_CPC forcible

Slide Valve Capacity C 0 - 2† — Q_SLIC forcible

122

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)

STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

*Not supported.

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME

FREECOOL* GENERAL PARAMETERS

Free Cooling Disable ? Yes/No — FC_DSBLE

LWT – OAT Delta ±nnn.n °F fc_delta

Current Cooling Power nnn °F cool_pwr

Estimated FreeCoo Power nnn °F fc_pwr

Next Session Allowed In nn minutes fc_next

Cooling/FreeCool Timeout nn minutes fc_tmout

Free Cool Conditions OK ? Yes/No — fc_ready

Free Cool Request ? Yes/No — fc_reqst

Valve Actuators Heaters ? On/Off - FC_HTR

CIRCUIT A

Free Cooling Active Yes/No — fc_on_a

Fan Staging Number 1 to 6 — FAN_ST_A

3 Way Valve Position nnn % fc_vlv_a

3 Way Valve Status Opening/Closing/... — FC_VLV_A

Refrigerant Pump Out On/Off — fc_pmp_a

Pump Inlet Pressure ±nnn kPa fc_inp_a

Pump Outlet Pressure ±nnn kPa fc_oup_a

Pump Differential Pressure ±nnn kPa fc_dp_a

EXV Position nnn.n % EXV_A

CIRCUIT B

Free Cooling Active Yes/No — fc_on_b

Fan Staging Number 1 to 6 — FAN_ST_B

3 Way Valve Position nnn % fc_vlv_b

3 Way Valve Status Opening/Closing/... — FC_VLV_B

Refrigerant Pump Out On/Off — fc_pmp_b

Pump Inlet Pressure ±nnn kPa fc_inp_b

Pump Outlet Pressure ±nnn kPa fc_oup_b

Pump Differential Pressure ±nnn kPa fc_dp_b

EXV Position nnn.n % EXV_B

CIRCUIT C

Free Cooling Active Yes/No — fc_on_c

Fan Staging Number 1 to 6 — FAN_ST_C

3 Way Valve Position nnn % fc_vlv_c

3 Way Valve Status Opening/Closing/... — FC_VLV_C

Refrigerant Pump Out On/Off — fc_pmp_c

Pump Inlet Pressure ±nnn kPa fc_inp_c

Pump Outlet Pressure ±nnn kPa fc_oup_c

Pump Differential Pressure ±nnn kPa fc_dp_c

EXV Position nnn.n % EXV_C

123

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)

STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

*Not supported.

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

RECLAIM* Heat Reclaim Select Yes/no RECL_SEL

Reclaim Condenser Pump On/Off CONDPUMP

Reclaim Condenser Flow On/Off CONDFLOW

Reclaim Condenser Heater On/Off cond_htr

Reclaim Entering Fluid ±nnn.n °F HR_EWT

Reclaim Leaving Fluid ±nnn.n °F HR_LWT

Reclaim Fluid Setpoint ±nnn.n °F RSP forcible

Reclaim Valve Position ±nnn.n % hr_v_pos

HEAT RECLAIM CIRCUIT A

Reclaim Status Circuit A n hrstat_a

Pumpdown Pressure Cir A ±nnn.n psi PD_P_A

Sub Condenser Temp Cir A ±nnn.n °F hr_subta

Pumpdown Saturated Tmp A ±nnn.n °F hr_sat_a

Subcooling Temperature A ±nnn.n ^F hr_subca

Air Cond Entering Valv A On/Off hr_ea_a

Water Cond Enter Valve A On/Off hr_ew_a

Air Cond Leaving Valve A On/Off hr_la_a

Water Cond Leaving Val A On/Off hr_lw_a

HEAT RECLAIM CIRCUIT B

Reclaim Status Circuit B n hrstat_b

Pumpdown Pressure Cir B ±nnn.n psi PD_P_B

Sub Condenser Temp Cir B ±nnn.n °F hr_subtb

Pumpdown Saturated Tmp B ±nnn.n °F hr_sat_b

Subcooling Temperature B ±nnn.n ^F hr_subcb

Air Cond Entering Valv B On/Off hr_ea_b

Water Cond Enter Valve B On/Off hr_ew_b

Air Cond Leaving Valve B On/Off hr_la_b

Water Cond Leaving Val B On/Off hr_lw_b

STATEGEN UNIT DISCRETE IN

On/Off – Remote Switch Open/Clse ONOFF_SW

Remote Heat/Cool Switch Open/Clse HC_SW

Current Control Off, On Cool, On Heat,

On Auto

on_ctrl

Remote Reclaim Switch Open/Clse RECL_SW

Free Cooling Disable Switch* Open/Clse FC_SW

Remote Setpoint Switch Open/Clse SETP_SW

Limit Switch 1 Status Open/Clse LIM_SW1

Limit Switch 2 Status Open/Clse LIM_SW2

Occupied Override Switch Open/Clse OCC_OVSW

Ice Done Storage Switch Open/Clse ICE_SW

Cooler Flow Switch Open/Clse FLOW_SW

Cooler Pump Run Status Open/Clse CPUMPDEF

Condenser Flow Status On/Off CONDFLOW

Remote Interlock Status Open/Clse REM_ LOCK

Electrical Box Interlock* Open/Clse ELEC_BOX

UNIT DISCRETE OUT

Cooler Flow Setpoint Out* On/Off SET_FLOW

Electrical Heat Stage* 0-4/Off EHS_STEP

Cooler Pump #1 Command On/Off CPUMP_1 forcible

Cooler Pump #2 Command On/Off CPUMP_2 forcible

Rotate Cooler Pumps ? Yes/No ROTCPUMP forcible

Condenser Pump #1 Out On/Off HPUMP_1 forcible

Condenser Pump #2 Out* On/Off HPUMP_2 forcible

Rotate Condenser Pumps?* Yes/No ROTHPUMP forcible

Cooler Heater Command* On/Off COOLHEAT

Shutdown Indicator State On/Off SHUTDOWN

Alarm Relay Status On/Off ALARMOUT

Alert Relay Status On/Off ALERT

Ready or Running Status* On/Off READY

Running Status On/Off RUNNING

UNIT ANALOG

Cooler Entering Fluid ±nnn.n °F COOL_EWT

Cooler Leaving Fluid ±nnn.n °F COOL_LWT

Condenser Entering Fluid ±nnn.n °F COND_EWT

Condenser Leaving Fluid ±nnn.n °F COND_LWT

Cooler Heater Temp* ±nnn.n °F HEATER

Circuit C Heater Temp* ±nnn.n °F T_HEAT_C

Optional Space Temp ±nnn.n °F SPACETMP

CHWS Temperature ±nnn.n °F CHWSTEMP

Reset /Setpnt 4-20mA Sgnl ±nn.n ma SP_RESET

Limit 4-20mA Signal ±nn.n ma LIM_ANAL

Chiller Capacity Signal ±nn.n volts CAPT_010

STRTHOUR Machine Operating Hours nnnnn hours HR_MACH

Machine Starts Number nnnnn st_mach

Compressor A Hours nnnnn hours HR_CP_A

Compressor A Starts nnnnn st_cp_a

Compressor B Hours nnnnn hours HR_CP_B

Compressor B Starts nnnnn st_cp_b

Compressor C Hours nnnnn hours HR_CP_C

Compressor C Starts nnnnn st_cp_c

WATER PUMPS

Cooler Pump #1 Hours nnnnn hours hr_cpum1

Cooler Pump #2 Hours nnnnn hours hr_cpum2

Condenser Pump #1 Hours nnnnn hours hr_hpum1

Condenser Pump #2 Hours* nnnnn hours hr_hpum2

124

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)

CONFIGURATION TABLES

*Day of week where daylight savings time will occur in the morning (at

2:00 am). Daylight savings time occurs on Sunday (7) morning, 1 hour shall

be added when entering and 1 hour subtracted when leaving.

†Date once selected (from 1) shall occur in the week number entered. 1: If day

of week selected is 7 (Sunday) time change will occur the first Sunday (week

number 1) in the month. 5: If day of week selected is 7 (Sunday) time change

will occur the last Sunday of the month (week number 4 or 5).

NOTE: nn is software version.

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE DEFAULT UNITS POINT NAME

!CtlrID/PD5_XAXQ Device Name 8 chars 30XW

Description 24 chars PRO-DIALOG 5

30XA XQ XW

DevDesc

Location 24 chars Location

Software Part Number 16 chars CSA-SR-20C47nnnn PartNum

Model Number 20 chars ModelNum

Serial Number 12 chars SerialNo

Reference Number 24 chars RefNum

CCN Bus Number 0-239 0 CCNB

CCN Element Number 1-239 1 CCNA

CCN Baud Rate 9600 9600 BAUD

19200

38400

ALARMDEF/

ALARMS01

Alarm Routing Control 0-11111111 00000000 ALRM_CNT

Alarm Equipment Priority 0-7 4 EQP_TYP

Comm Failure Retry Time 1-240 10 min RETRY_TM

Realarm Time 1-255 30 min RE_ALARM

Alarm System Name 8 chars PRO_XAXQ ALRM_NAM

BRODEFS/

BROCASTS

Activate 0=Unused

1=Broadcast time,

date, holiday flag and

OAT.

2=For Standalone

chiller. Daylight savings

time & holiday determi-

nation will be done

without broadcasting

through the bus.

2 — ccnbroad

OAT Broadcast

Bus # 0 to 239 0 oatbusnm

Element # 0 to 239 0 oatlocad

DAYLIGHT SAVING SELECT Disable/Enable Disable dayl_sel

ENTERING

Month 1 to 12 3 startmon

Day of week* (1=Monday) 1 to 7 7 startdow

Week Number of Month† 1 to 5 5 startwom

LEAVING

Month 1 to 12 10 Stopmon

Day of week* (1=Monday) 1 to 7 7 Stoptdow

Week Number of Month† 1 to 5 5 stopwom

HOLIDAY/HOLDY_nn

nn = 01 to 16

Holiday Start Month 0-12 0 HOL_MON

Start Day 0-31 0 HOL_DAY

Duration (days) 0-99 0 HOL_LEN

OCCDEFCS/

OCCnP0nS

n = 1 or 2

Timed Override Hours 0-4 0 OVR_EXT

Period 1 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 0/1 11111111 DOW1

Occupied From 00:00-24:00 00:00 OCCTOD1

Occupied To 00:00-24:00 24:00 UNOCTOD1

Period 2 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 0/1 11111111 DOW2

Occupied From 00:00-24:00 00:00 OCCTOD2

Occupied To 00:00-24:00 00:00 UNOCTOD2

Period 3 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 0/1 00000000 DOW3

Occupied From 00:00-24:00 00:00 OCCTOD3

Occupied To 00:00-24:00 00:00 UNOCTOD3

Period 4 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 0/1 00000000 DOW4

Occupied From 00:00-24:00 00:00 OCCTOD4

Occupied To 00:00-24:00 00:00 UNOCTOD4

Period 5 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 0/1 00000000 DOW5

Occupied From 00:00-24:00 00:00 OCCTOD5

Occupied To 00:00-24:00 00:00 UNOCTOD5

Period 6 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 0/1 00000000 DOW6

Occupied From 00:00-24:00 00:00 OCCTOD6

Occupied To 00:00-24:00 00:00 UNOCTOD6

Period 7 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 0/1 00000000 DOW7

Occupied From 00:00-24:00 00:00 OCCTOD7

Occupied To 00:00-24:00 00:00 UNOCTOD7

Period 8 DOW (MTWTFSSH) 0/1 00000000 DOW8

Occupied From 00:00-24:00 00:00 OCCTOD8

Occupied To 00:00-24:00 00:00 UNOCTOD8

125

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)

CONFIGURATION TABLES (cont)

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE DEFAULT UNITS POINT NAME

CFG_TABn

(n = 1 to 8)

Display x table number 1 85 tab_nb_1

Display n var number 1 4 var_nb_1

Display n table number 2 85 tab_nb_2

Display n var number 2 20 var_nb_2

Display n table number 3 85 tab_nb_3

Display n var number 3 21 var_nb_3

Display n table number 4 85 tab_nb_4

Display n var number 4 28 var_nb_4

Display n table number 5 85 tab_nb_5

Display n var number 5 29 var_nb_5

Display n table number 6 85 tab_nb_6

Display n var number 6 30 var_nb_6

Display n table number 7 92 tab_nb_7

Display n var number 7 33 var_nb_7

Display n table number 8 92 tab_nb_8

Display n var number 8 34 var_nb_8

Display n table number 9 0 tab_nb_9

Display n var number 9 0 var_nb_9

DISPCONF Metric Display on STDU Yes/No No DISPUNIT

Language Selection 0=English

1=Espanol

2=Francais

3=Portugues

4=Translated

0LANGUAGE

MST_SLV MASTER SLAVE CONTROL

Master/Slave Select 0=Disable

1=Master

2=Slave

0 ms_sel

Master Control Type 1=Local Control

2=Remote Control

3=CCN Control

1 ms_ctrl

Slave Address 1 to 236 2 slv_addr

Lead Lag Select 0=Always Lead

1=Lag Once

Failed Only

2=Lead/Lag

Runtime Sel

0 lead_sel

Lead/Lag Balance Delta 40 to 400 168 hours ll_bal_d

Lag Start Timer 2 to 30 10 min lstr_tim

Lead Pulldown Time 0 to 60 0 min lead_pul

Start if Error Higher 4 ^F start_dt

Lag Minimum Running Time 0 min lag_mini

Lag Unit Pump Control 0=Stop if Unit Stops

1=Run if Unit Stops

0 lag_pump

Chiller in Series Yes/No No II_serie

126

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)

CONFIGURATION TABLES (cont)

*Not supported.

†Only condenser pump sequence 1 is supported.

NOTES:

1. Flow checked if pump off needed when a command is sent to the primary

pump to prevent cooler from freezing in winter conditions. Command will

set the cooler flow switch to closed while the controls stop the cooler

pump. The controls may then generate an alarm. If this decision is active,

the cooler flow switch is not checked when the cooler pump is stopped.

2. If cooling reset select set point has been selected the set point based on

4-20mA input signal through ComfortLink™ control, then a 4-20 mA reset

function shall be ignored. Configuration 3 (4-20mA Control) and 4 (Space

Temperature) shall require an Energy Management Module.

3. Configuration 2 (4-20mA Control) shall require an Energy Management

Module. Configuration 1 Switch Demand limit provides 3 step demand limit

if an Energy Management Module is present. Otherwise, only one step is

allowed.

4. Reverse Alarms Relay configuration will be deenergized when an alarm

and alert relay is present and will be energized when no alarm is present.

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE DEFAULT UNITS POINT NAME

USER Circuit Loading Sequence 0-3

0=Auto,

1=A Lead

2=B Lead,

3 =C Lead

0 lead_cir

Staged Loading Sequence No/Yes No seq_typ

Ramp Loading Select No/Yes No ramp_sel

Unit Off to On Delay 1-15 1 min off_on_d

Condenser Pumps Sequence 0-4† 0 hpumpseq

Cooler Pumps Sequence 0-4

0=No Pump

1=One Pump Only

2=Two Pumps Auto

3=Pump#1 Manual

4=Pump#2 Manual

0 cpumpseq

Pump Auto Rotation Delay 24-3000 48 hours pump_del

Pump Sticking Protection No/Yes No pump_per

Stop Pump During Standby No/Yes No pump_sby

Flow Checked if Pump Off No/Yes No pump_loc

Auto Changeover Select* No/Yes No auto_sel

Cooling Reset Select 0-4 0 cr_sel

Heating Reset Select* 0-4

1 =OAT*,

0=None

2=Delta T,

3=4-20mA Control

4=Space Temp

0 hr_sel

Demand Limit Type Select 0-2

0=None

1=Switch Control

2=4-20mA Control

0 lim_sel

mA For 100% Demand Limit 0-20 0 ma lim_mx

mA For 0% Demand Limit 0-20 10 ma lim_ze

Current Limit Select No/Yes No curr_sel

Current Limit at 100% 0 to 2000 2000 amps curr_ful

Heating OAT Threshold* -4-32 5 °F heat_th

Free Cooling Delta T Th* 14.4-27 18 °F free_dt

Full Load Timeout 20-300 30 min fc_tmout

HSM Both Command Select No/Yes No both_sel

NIGHT CONTROL

Start Hour 00:00-24:00 00:00 nh_start

End Hour 00:00-24:00 00:00 nh_end

Capacity Limit 0-100 100 % nh_limit

Ice Mode Enable No/Yes No ice_cnfg

Reverse Alarms Relay No/Yes No al_rever

Cooler pump off in heat No/Yes No stopheat

Cond pump off in cool No/Yes No stopcool

127

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)

SETPOINT CONFIGURATION TABLES

*Not supported.

MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES

*Not supported.

NOTES: Tables for display only. Forcing shall not be supported on this maintenance screen.

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE DEFAULT UNITS POINT NAME

SETPOINT COOLING

Cooling Setpoint 1 –20-70 44.0 °F csp1

Cooling Setpoint 2 –20-70 44.0 °F csp2

Cooling Ice Setpoint –20-70 44.0 °F ice_sp

OAT No Reset Value 14-125 14.0 °F oatcr_no

OAT Full Reset Value 14-125 14.0 °F oatcr_fu

Delta T No Reset Value 0-25 0.0 ^F dt_cr_no

Delta T Full Reset Value 0-25 0.0 ^F dt_cr_fu

Current No Reset Value 0-20 0.0 ma v_cr_no

Current Full Reset Value 0-20 0.0 ma v_cr_fu

Space T No Reset Value 14-125 14.0 °F spacr_no

SpaceT Full Reset Value 14-125 14.0 °F spacr_fu

Cooling Reset Deg. Value –30-30 0.0 ^F cr_deg

Cooling Ramp Loading 0.2-2.0 1.0 ^F cramp_sp

HEATING*

Heating Setpoint 1 80-140 100.0 °F hsp1

Heating Setpoint 2 80-140 100.0 °F hsp2

OAT No Reset Value 14-125 14.0 °F oathr_no

OAT Full Reset Value 14-125 14.0 °F oathr_fu

Delta T No Reset Value 0-25 0.0 ^F dt_hr_no

Delta T Full Reset Value 0- 25 0.0 ^F dt_hr_fu

Current No Reset Value 0-20 0.0 ma v_hr_no

Current Full Reset Value 0-20 0.0 ma v_hr_fu

Heating Reset Deg. Value –30-30 0.0 ^F hr_deg

Heating Ramp Loading 0.2-2.0 1.0 ^F hramp_sp

AUTO CHANGEOVER*

Cool Changeover Setpt 39-122 75.0 °F cauto_sp

Heat Changeover Setpt 32-115 64.0 °F hauto_sp

MISCELLANEOUS

Switch Limit Setpoint 1 0-100 100 % lim_sp1

Switch Limit Setpoint 2 0-100 100 % lim_sp2

Switch Limit Setpoint 3 0-100 100 % lim_sp3

Reclaim Setpoint* 95-140 122.0 °F rsp

Reclaim Deadband* 5-27 9.0 °F hr_deadb

Water Val Condensing Stp 80 to 120 86 °F w_sct_sp

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

BOARD_PN EXV Board Circuit A XXXXXXXX exv_brda

EXV Board Circuit B XXXXXXXX exv_brdb

EXV Board Circuit C XXXXXXXX exv_brdc

AUX Board #1 Part Number XXXXXXXX aux_brd1

AUX Board #2 Part Number XXXXXXXX aux_brd2

AUX Board #3 Part Number XXXXXXXX aux_brd3

AUX Board #4 Part Number XXXXXXXX aux_brd4

AUX Board #5 Part Number XXXXXXXX aux_brd5

EMM NRCP2 Board XXXXXXXX emm_nrcp

Reclaim NRCP2 Board XXXXXXXX rec_nrcp

TCPM Board Comp A XXXXXXXX cpa_vers

Must Trip Amps 0-600 amps cpa_mtam

S1 Config Switch (8 to 1) 00000000 0 cpa_s1_m

TCPM Board Comp B nnnn cpb_vers

Must Trip Amps 0-600 amps cpb_mtam

S1 Config Switch (8 to 1) 00000000 0 cpb_s1_m

TCPM Board Comp C XXXXXXXX cpc_vers

Must Trip Amps 0-600 amps cpc_mtam

S1 Config Switch (8 to 1) 00000000 0 cpc_s1_m

CUR_PHASE Current Phase 1 Comp A 0-600 amps cpa_cur1

Current Phase 2 Comp A 0-600 amps cpa_cur2

Current Phase 3 Comp A 0-600 amps cpa_cur3

Current Phase 1 Comp B 0-600 amps cpb_cur1

Current Phase 2 Comp B 0-600 amps cpb_cur2

Current Phase 3 Comp B 0-600 amps cpb_cur3

Current Phase 1 Comp C 0-600 amps cpc_cur1

Current Phase 2 Comp C 0-600 amps cpc_cur2

Current Phase 3 Comp C 0-600 amps cpc_cur3

DEFROSTM* CIR A DEFROST CONTROL

Exchanger Frost Factor 0-100 % frost_a

Next Sequence Allowed in nnn minutes def_se_a

Defrost Active? True/False mode[19]

Defrost Temperature ±nnn.n °F DEFRT_A

Defrost Duration nnn minutes defr_dua

Fan Sequence Started ? n def_fa_a

Override State nn over_d_a

Mean SST Calculation ±nnn.n °F sst_dm_a

Delta: OAT - Mean SST ±nnn.n ^F delt_a

Reference Delta ±nnn.n ^F delt_r_a

Delta - Reference Delta ±nnn.n °F del_v_a

Frost Integrator Gain n.n fr_int_a

Defrost Fan Start Cal A 0.00 psi def_ca_a

Defrost Fan Offset Cal A 0.00 psi def_of_a

CIR B DEFROST CONTROL

Exchanger Frost Factor 0-100 % frost_b

Next Sequence Allowed in nnn minutes def_se_b

Defrost Active? True/False mode[20]

Defrost Temperature ±nnn.n °F DEFRT_B

Defrost Duration nnn minutes defr_dub

Fan Sequence Started? n def_fa_b

Override State nn over_d_b

Mean SST calculation ±nnn.n °F sst_dm_b

Delta: OAT - Mean SST ±nnn.n ^F delt_b

Reference Delta ±nnn.n ^F delt_r_b

Delta - Reference Delta ±nnn.n ^F del_v_b

Frost Integrator Gain n.n fr_int_b

Defrost Fan Start Cal B 0.00 psi def_ca_b

Defrost Fan Offset Cal B 0.00 psi def_of_b

128

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)

MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

*Not supported.

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

FANCTRL* Cir A SCT Control Point ±nnn.n °F sct_sp_a

Cir A SCT Candidate ±nnn.n °F sct_fu_a

Cir A Fan Cycle Counter ±nnn.n fancyc_a

Cir A Optimal Fan Count ±nnn.n fancop_a

Cir B SCT Control Point ±nnn.n °F sct_sp_b

Cir B SCT Candidate ±nnn.n °F sct_fu_b

Cir B Fan Cycle Counter ±nnn.n fancyc_b

Cir B Optimal Fan Count ±nnn.n fancop_b

Cir C SCT Control Point ±nnn.n °F sct_sp_c

Cir C SCT Candidate ±nnn.n °F sct_fu_c

Cir C Fan Cycle Counter ±nnn.n fancyc_c

Cir C Optimal Fan Count ±nnn.n fancop_c

LAST_POR Power On 1: day-mon-year nnnnnn ddmmyy date_on1

Power On 1: hour-minute nnnn hhmm time_on1

PowerDown 1:day-mon-year nnnnnn ddmmyy date_of1

PowerDown 1:hour-minute nnnn hhmm time_of1

Power On 2: day-mon-year nnnnnn ddmmyy date_on2

Power On 2: hour-minute nnnn hhmm time_on2

PowerDown 2:day-mon-year nnnnnn ddmmyy date_of2

PowerDown 2:hour-minute nnnn hhmm time_of2

Power On 3: day-mon-year nnnnnn ddmmyy date_on3

Power On 3: hour-minute nnnn hhmm time_on3

PowerDown 3:day-mon-year nnnnnn ddmmyy date_of3

PowerDown 3:hour-minute nnnn hhmm time_of3

Power On 4: day-mon-year nnnnnn ddmmyy date_on4

Power On 4: hour-minute nnnn hhmm time_on4

PowerDown 4:day-mon-year nnnnnn ddmmyy date_of4

PowerDown 4:hour-minute nnnn hhmm time_of4

Power On 5: day-mon-year nnnnnn ddmmyy date_on5

Power On 5: hour-minute nnnn hhmm time_on5

PowerDown 5:day-mon-year nnnnnn ddmmyy date_of5

PowerDown 5:hour-minute nnnn hhmm time_of5

LOADFACT CAPACITY CONTROL

Average Ctrl Water Temp ±nnn.n °F ctrl_avg

Differential Water Temp ±nnn.n °F diff_wt

Water Delta T ±nnn.n ^F delta_t

Control Point ±nnn.n °F CTRL_PNT

Reset Amount ±nnn.n ^F reset

Controlled Temp Error ±nnn.n ^F tp_error

Actual Capacity nnn % cap_t

Actual Capacity Limit nnn % cap_lim

Actual Chiller Current nnnn amps TOT_CURR

Chiller Current Limit nnnn amps CURR_LIM

Current At 30% Load A nnnn amps cur_30_a

Current At 30% Load B nnnn amps cur_30_b

Current At 30% Load C nnnn amps cur_30_c

Current At 100% Load A nnnn amps cur100_a

Current At 100% Load B nnnn amps cur100_b

Current At 100% Load C nnnn amps cur100_c

Current Z Multiplier Val ±n.n zm

Load/Unload Factor ±nnn.n 0/0 smz

Active Capacity Override nn over_cap

EHS CAPACITY CONTROL

EHS Ctrl Override nn over_ehs

Requested Electric Stage nn eh_stage

Electrical Pulldown? True/False ehspulld

EXV_CTRL EXV CONTROL

EXV Position Circuit A nnn.n % EXV_A

Discharge Superheat A nnn.n % DSH_A

Suction Superheat A nn.n ^F SH_A

Suction SH Control Pt A nn.n ^F sh_sp_a

Cooler Exchange DT Cir A nn.n ^F pinch_a

Cooler Pinch Ctl Point A nn.n ^F pinch_spa

EXV Override Circuit A nn ov_exv_a

EXV Position Circuit B nnn.n % EXV_B

Discharge Superheat B nnn.n % DSH_B

Suction Superheat B nn.n ^F SH_B

Suction SH Control Pt B nn.n ^F sh_sp_b

Cooler Exchange DT Cir B nn.n ^F pinch_b

Cooler Pinch Ctl Point B nn.n ^F pinch_spb

EXV Override Circuit B nn ov_exv_b

EXV Position Circuit C nnn.n % EXV_C

Discharge Superheat C nnn.n % DSH_C

Suction Superheat C nn.n ^F SH_C

Suction SH Control Pt C nn.n ^F sh_sp_c

Cooler Exchange DT Cir C nn.n ^F pinch_c

Cooler Pinch Ctl Point C nn.n ^F pinch_spc

EXV Override Circuit C nn ov_exv_c

ECONOMIZER CONTROL

Economizer Position A nnn.n % EXV_EC_A

Economizer Superheat A nn.n ^F eco_sha

Economizer SH Setpoint A nn.n ^F ecsh_spa

EXV Override Circuit A nn ov_eco_a

Economizer Position B nnn.n % EXV_EC_B

Economizer Superheat B nn.n ^F eco_shb

Economizer SH Setpoint B nn.n ^F ecsh_spb

EXV Override Circuit B nn ov_eco_b

Economizer Position C nnn.n % EXV_EC_C

Economizer Superheat C nn.n ^F eco_shc

Economizer SH Setpoint C nn.n ^F ecsh_spc

EXV Override Circuit C nn ov_eco_c

129

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)

MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)

*Always CCN for the slave chiller.

†Slave chiller chillstat value

**This decision is consistent for master chiller only. It shall be set by default to 0 for the slave chiller.

††This item is true when chiller has loaded its total available capacity tonnage.

NOTE: Table for display only. Used for Cooling and Heat Pump Compressor Envelope.

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

MSTSLAVE MASTER/SLAVE CONTROL

Unit is Master or Slave Disable/Master/Slave mstslv

Master Control Type* Local/Remote/CCN ms_ctrl

Master/Slave Ctrl Active True/False ms_activ

Lead Unit is the: Master/Slave lead_sel

Slave Chiller State† 0=Chiller is off

1=Valid Run State in

CCN Mode

2=Unused for this control

3=Chiller is in local mode

4=Power fail restart in

progress

5=Shudown due to fault

6=Communication failure

slv_stat

Slave Chiller Total Cap 0-100 % slv_capt

Lag Start Delay** 1-30 minutes l_strt_d

Lead/Lag Hours Delta* ±nnnnn hours ll_hr_d

Lead/Lag Changeover?** Yes/No ll_chang

Lead Pulldown? Yes/No ll_pull

Master/Slave Error nn ms_error

Max Available Capacity?†† True/False cap_max

Slave Lagstat 0=Unit not configured

as a slave chiller

1=Slave pump

configuration error

(ms_error=1)

2=Unit configured as

slave chiller with

lwt_opt=no (entering

water control) with

pump control

(lag_pump=0)

3=Unit configured as slave

chiller with lwt_opt=yes

(leaving water control)

with pump control

(lag_pump=0)

4=Unit Configured as slave

chiller with lwt_opt=no

(entering water control)

with no pump control

(lag_pump=1)

5=Unit configured as slave

chiller with lwt_opt=yes

(leaving water control)

with no pump control

(lag_pump=1)

lagstat

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

OCCMAINT Current Mode (1=occup.) 0/1 MODE

Current Occp Period # 1 to 8 PER_NO

Timed-Override in Effect Yes/No OVERLAST

Timed-Override Duration 0-4 hours OVR_HRS

Current Occupied Time 00:00-23:59 STRTTIME

Current Unoccupied Time 00:00-23:59 ENDTIME

Next Occupied Day Mon-Sun NXTOCDAY

Next Occupied Time 00:00-23:59 NXTOCTIM

Next Unoccupied Day Mon-Sun NXTUNDAY

Next Unoccupied Time 00:00-23:59 NXTUNTIM

Prev Unoccupied Day Mon-Sun PRVUNDAY

Prev Unoccupied Time 00:00-23:59 PRVUNTIM

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

PR_LIMIT Discharge A Temp Average ±nnn.n °F sdt_m_a

Discharge A Temp Rate ±nnn.n ^F sdt_mr_a

Discharge A Gas Limit ±nnn.n °F sdtlim_a

Suction A Temp Average ±nnn.n °F sst_m_a

Discharge B Temp Average ±nnn.n °F sdt_m_b

Discharge B Temp Rate ±nnn.n ^F sdt_mr_b

Discharge B Gas Limit ±nnn.n °F sdtlim_b

Suction B Temp Average ±nnn.n °F sst_m_b

Discharge C Temp Average ±nnn.n °F sdt_m_c

Discharge C Temp Rate ±nnn.n ^F sdt_mr_c

Discharge C Gas Limit ±nnn.n °F sdtlim_c

Suction C Temp Average ±nnn.n °F sst_m_c

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

SERMAINT Reset Maintenance Alert

1 to 11: reset individually

12: reset all

nn S_RESET forcible

OPERATION WARNINGS

1 — Refrigerant Charge Normal/Low/Disable charge_m

2 — Water Loop Size Normal/Low/Disable wloop_m

GENERAL SERVICING DELAYS

3 — Cooler Pump 1 (days) 0-1000/Alert/Disable cpump1_m

4 — Cooler Pump 2 (days) 0-1000/Alert/Disable cpump2_m

5 — Condenser Pump 1 (days) 0-1000/Alert hpump1_m

6 — Condenser Pump 2 (days) 0-1000/Alert hpump2_m

7 — Water Filter (days) 0-1000/Alert/Disable wfilte_m

8 — Cp A Oil Filter (days) 0-1000/Alert oilfa_m

9 — Cp B Oil Filter (days) 0-1000/alert oilfilb_m

10 — CP.C Oil Filter (days) 0-1000/Alert oilfic_m

130

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)

SERVICE CONFIGURATION TABLES

*Not supported.

†0 = No economizer.

NOTES:

1. Table used to disable compressors for maintenance purposes. The

capacity control will consider that these compressors (once set to YES)

are failed manually (no alarm will appear).

2. Enter unit size. This item allows the controls to determine capacity of each

compressor and the total number of fans on each circuit based on a com-

pressor arrangement array (can be viewed in table FACTORY2). It is not

necessary to enter compressor capacity and number of fans on each cir-

cuit. See the 30XW Installation Instructions for more information.

3. Number of fans controlled directly by a variable speed fan actuator using

0 to 10 vdc signal. This will enable the controls to determine the remaining

discrete fan staging outputs from the total fans on each circuit.

4. Used for extra functions with the purpose of energy management such as

occupancy override switch, ice storage, setpoint reset, and demand limit.

5. Compressor capacity will be automatically determined if unit size entered

in FACTORY table matches the values in the unit compressor configura-

tion table.

6. Total number of fans includes fans controlled by a variable speed fan. This

value will be automatically populated if unit size entered in FACTORY

table matches the values in the unit compressor configuration table.

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE DEFAULT UNITS POINT NAME WRITE

STATUS

TABLE USED FOR DISABLE COMPRESSORS (see notes)

CP_UNABL

(See Notes)

Compressor A Disable No/Yes No un_cp_a

Compressor B Disable No/Yes No un_cp_b

Compressor C Disable No/Yes No un_cp_c

FACTORY

(See Notes)

Unit Type 1 (Cooling Only)

2 (Heat Pump)*

3 (Water Cooled)

4 (Heat Machine)

1 unit_typ

Unit Capacity 0 to 1800 Nominal Unit Size unitsize

Power Frequence 60HZ Sel Yes/No Yes freq_60H

Power Supply Voltage 200 to 660 460 volts voltage

NB Fans on Varifan Cir A 0 to 6 1 varfan_a

NB Fans on Varifan Cir B 0 to 6 1 varfan_b

NB Fans on Varifan Cir C 0 to 6 0 varfan_c

Soft Starter Select Yes/No No softstar

Wye Delta Start Select Yes/No No wye_delt

Air Cooled Reclaim Sel Yes/No No recl_opt

Free Cooling Select Yes/No No freecool

Cooler Heater Select Yes/No Yes heat_sel

Condenser Water Val Sel* Yes/No No cond_val

Hot Gas Bypass Select Yes/No No hgbp_sel

MCHX Exchanger Select Yes/No Yes mchx_sel

Boiler Command Select Yes/No No boil_sel

Energy Management Module Yes/No No emm_nrcp

High Tiers Display Selec No = Use Navigator™

display as user interface

(factory installed)

Yes = Use Touch Pilot™

Display as user interface

(factory installed)

No highdisp

Factory Password 0 to 9999 111 fac_pass

Hydraulic Transducer Kit Yes/No No kithydro

Cooler Pass Number 1 to 3 2 cpass_nb

VLT Fan Drive Select* 0 vlt_sel

VLT Fan Drive rpm* 0 vlt_rpm

High Condensing Select Yes/No No highcond

Max Condenser LWT=45degC Yes/No No max_clwt

FACTORY2 Compressor A Config

Must Trip Amps 0 to 600 Refer to Appendix D cpa_mtac

S1 Config Switch (8 to 1) 00000000 (8 position dip

switch configuration)

Refer to Appendix D cpa_s1_c

Compressor B Config

Must Trip Amps 0 to 600 Refer to Appendix D cpb_mtac

S1 Config Switch (8 to 1) 00000000 (8 position dip

switch configuration)

Refer to Appendix D cpb_s1_c

Compressor C Config

Must Trip Amps 0 to 600 0 cpc_mtac

S1 Config Switch (8 to 1) 00000000 (8 position dip

switch configuration)

0 cpc_s1_c

Circuit A Total Fans NB 2 to 8 0 nb_fan_a

Circuit B Total Fans NB 2 to 8 0 nb_fan_b

Circuit C Total Fans NB 0 to 8 0 nb_fan_c

EXV A Maximum Steps Numb 0/15000 4260 exva_max

EXV B Maximum Steps Numb 0/15000 4260 exvb_max

EXV C Maximum Steps Numb 0/15000 0 exvc_max

Economizer A Steps Numb 0/15000 2785† eco_cnfa

Economizer B Steps Numb 0/15000 2785† eco_cnfb

Economizer C Steps Numb 0/15000 0 eco_cnfc

131

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)

SERVICE CONFIGURATION TABLES (cont)

*Not supported.

*Not supported. Must be configured at default.

NOTE: This table shall be downloadable at any time. However, modified value shall not be used by tasks until the unit is in OFF state. This shall not apply to the Varifan

gains that shall be modified at any time and used immediately by the head pressure control tasks even if the unit is in operation.

*Not supported.

NOTE: This table shall be used for purposes of transplanting the devices on time in the event of a module hardware failure or software upgrade via downloading. It shall

be usable only if all items are still null. Afterwards, its access shall be denied.

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE DEFAULT UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

MAINTCFG MAINTENANCE CONFIG

Servicing Alert Enable/Disable Disable s_alert

Refrigerant Charge Ctrl Enable/Disable Disable charge_c

Water Loop Control Enable/Disable Disable wloop_c

CPump 1 Ctl Delay (days) 0-1000 0 cpump1_c

CPump 2 Ctl Delay (days) 0-1000 0 cpump2_c

HPump 1 Ctrl Delay (days)* 0-1000 0 hpump1_c

HPump 2 Ctrl Delay (days)* 0-1000 0 hpump2_c

Water Filter Ctrl (days) 0-1000 0 wfilte_c

Oil Filter A Ctrl (days) 0 to 1000 0 oilfia_c

Oil Filter B Ctrl (days) 0 to 1000 0 oilfib_c

Oil Filter C Ctrl (days) 0 to 1000 0 oilfic_c

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE DEFAULT UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

SERVICE1 Cooler Fluid Type 1/2

1=Water

2=Brine

1 flui_typ

Flow Switch SP* 0-60 1 flow_sp

Brine Freeze Setpoint –20.0-34.0 34 °F freezesp

Brine Minimum Fluid Temp 10.0-34.0 38 °F mini_lwt

Condenser Fluid Type 1/2

1=Water

2=Brine

1 cond_typ

Entering Fluid Control Yes/No No ewt_opt

Prop PID Gain Varifan –20.0-20.0 2.0 hd_pg

Int PID Gain Varifan –5.0-5.0 0.2 hd_ig

Deri PID Gain Varifan –20.0-20.0 0.4 hd_dg

Maximum Ducted Fan Speed 20-100 100 % fan_max

EXV A Superheat Setpoint 12.6-44 14.4 ^F sh_sp_a

EXV B Superheat Setpoint 12.6-44 14.4 ^F sh_sp_b

EXV C Superheat Setpoint 12.6-44 14.4 ^F sh_sp_c

Pinch offset circuit A –3.0-3.0 0 ^F p_ofst_a

Pinch offset circuit B –3.0-3.0 0 ^F p_ofst_b

Pinch offset circuit C –3.0-3.0 –3.6 ^F p_ofst_c

EXV MOP Setpoint 40-55 62 °F mop_sp

High Pressure Threshold 200-290 275.5 psi hp_th

Cooler Heater Delta Spt 1-6 2 ^F heatersp

Auto Start When SM Lost Enable/Disable Disable auto_sm

3way Valve Min Position 0-50 0 % min_3w

3way Valve Max Position 20-100 100 % max_3w

Economizer SH Setpoint A 5-15 10.8 ^F esh_sp_a

Economizer SH Setpoint B 5-15 10.8 ^F esh_sp_b

Economizer SH Setpoint C 5-15 10.8 ^F esh_sp_c

Fast Loading Sequence 0-4 0 fastload

EWT Probe on Cir A Side Yes/No Yes ewt_cirA

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

TABLE TO BE USED FOR RUN TIMES UPDATE IN CASE OF CONTROL RETROFIT

UPDHRFAN*

Free Cooling A Pump Hours 0 hours hr_fcp_a

Free Cooling B Pump Hours 0 hours hr_fcp_b

Circuit A Defrost Number 0 nb_def_a

Circuit B Defrost Number 0 nb_def_b

Circuit A Fan #1 Hours 0 hours hr_fana1

Circuit A Fan #2 Hours 0 hours hr_fana2

Circuit A Fan #3 Hours 0 hours hr_fana3

Circuit A Fan #4 Hours 0 hours hr_fana4

Circuit A Fan #5 Hours 0 hours hr_fana5

Circuit A Fan #6 Hours 0 hours hr_fana6

Circuit A Fan #7 Hours 0 hours hr_fana7

Circuit A Fan #8 Hours 0 hours hr_fana8

Circuit A Fan #9 Hours 0 hours hr_fana9

Circuit A Fan #10 Hours 0 hours hrfana10

Circuit B Fan #1 Hours 0 hours hr_fanb1

Circuit B Fan #2 Hours 0 hours hr_fanb2

Circuit B Fan #3 Hours 0 hours hr_fanb3

Circuit B Fan #4 Hours 0 hours hr_fanb4

Circuit B Fan #5 Hours 0 hours hr_fanb5

Circuit B Fan #6 Hours 0 hours hr_fanb6

Circuit B Fan #7 Hours 0 hours hr_fanb7

Circuit B Fan #8 Hours 0 hours hr_fanb8

Circuit B Fan #9 Hours 0 hours hr_fanb9

Circuit B Fan #10 Hours 0 hours hrfanb10

Circuit C Fan #1 Hours 0 hours hr_fanc1

Circuit C Fan #2 Hours 0 hours hr_fanc2

Circuit C Fan #3 Hours 0 hours hr_fanc3

Circuit C Fan #4 Hours 0 hours hr_fanc4

Circuit C Fan #5 Hours 0 hours hr_fanc5

Circuit C Fan #6 Hours 0 hours hr_fanc6

Circuit C Fan #7 Hours 0 hours hr_fanc7

Circuit C Fan #8 Hours 0 hours hr_fanc8

132

APPENDIX C — CCN TABLES (cont)

SERVICE CONFIGURATION TABLES (cont)

NOTE: This table shall be used for purposes of transplanting the devices on time in the event of a module hardware failure or software upgrade via downloading. It shall

be usable only if all items are still null. Afterwards, its access shall be denied.

TABLE DISPLAY NAME RANGE UNITS POINT NAME WRITE STATUS

TABLE TO BE USED FOR RUN TIMES UPDATE IN CASE OF CONTROL RETROFIT

UPDTHOUR Machine Operating Hours 0 hours hr_mach

Machine Starts 0 st_mach

Compressor A Hours 0 hours hr_cp_a

Compressor A Starts 0 st_cp_a

Compressor B Hours 0 hours hr_cp_b

Compressor B Starts 0 st_cp_b

Compressor C Hours 0 hours hr_cp_c

Compressor C Starts 0 st_cp_c

Water Pump #1 Hours 0 hours hr_cpum1

Water Pump #2 Hours 0 hours hr_cpum2

Condenser Pump #1 Hours 0 hours hr_hpum1

Condenser Pump #2 Hours 0 hours hr_hpum2

133

APPENDIX D — 30XW150-400 CPM DIP SWITCH ADDRESSES

ACROSS-THE-LINE START — STANDARD CONDENSING

ACROSS-THE-LINE START — HIGH CONDENSING/HEAT MACHINE

LEGEND

NOTE: Sizes 150-200 are Circuit A only.

30XW

UNIT SIZE

VOLTAGE

(3 ph, 60Hz)

CPM DIP

SWITCHES

CIRCUIT A CIRCUIT B MTA

SETTING

CIRCUIT A

MTA

SETTING

CIRCUIT B

1234567812345678

150,325

575 S1 OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 220 220

S2 OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF

460 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 278 278

S2 ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF

380 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 338 338

S2 OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF

175,350

575 S1 OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 220 220

S2 OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF

460 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 278 278

S2 ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF

380 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 338 338

S2 OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF

200,400

575 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 254 254

S2 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF

460 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 314 314

S2 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF

380 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 378 378

S2 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF

30XW

UNIT SIZE

VOLTAG E

(3 ph, 60Hz)

CPM DIP

SWITCHES

CIRCUIT A CIRCUIT B MTA

SETTING

CIRCUIT A

MTA

SETTING

CIRCUIT B

1234567812345678

150,325

575 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 282 282

S2 OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF

460 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 354 354

S2 OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF

380 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 426 426

S2 OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF

175,350

575 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 282 282

S2 OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF

460 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 354 354

S2 OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF

380 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 426 426

S2 OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF

200,400

575 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 322 322

S2 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF

460 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 402 402

S2 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF

380 S1 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 486 486

S2 ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF

CPM — Compressor Protection Module

DIP — Dual In-Line Package

MTA — Must Trip Amps

134

APPENDIX D — 30XW150-400 CPM DIP SWITCH ADDRESSES (cont)

WYE-DELTA START — STANDARD CONDENSING

WYE-DELTA START — HIGH CONDENSING/HEAT MACHINE

LEGEND NOTE: Sizes 150-200 are Circuit A only.

30XW UNIT

SIZE

VOLTAGE

(3 ph, 60Hz)

CPM DIP

SWITCHES

CIRCUIT A CIRCUIT B MTA

SETTING

CIRCUIT A

MTA

SETTING

CIRCUIT B

1234567812345678

150,325

575 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 220 220

S2 OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF

460 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 278 278

S2 ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF

380 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 338 338

S2 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON

230 S1 ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 554 554

S2 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF

200 S1 ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 638 638

S2 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF

175,350

575 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 220 220

S2 OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF

460 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 278 278

S2 ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF

380 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 338 338

S2 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON

230 S1 ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 554 554

S2 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF

200 S1 ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 638 638

S2 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF

200,400

575 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 254 254

S2 ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF

460 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 314 314

S2 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON

380 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 378 378

S2 ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON

230 S1 ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 626 626

S2 OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF

200 S1 ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 722 722

S2 OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF

30XW

UNIT SIZE

VOLTAGE

(3 ph, 60Hz)

CPM DIP

SWITCHES

CIRCUIT A CIRCUIT B MTA

SETTING

CIRCUIT A

MTA

SETTING

CIRCUIT B

1234567812345678

150,325

575 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 282 282

S2 ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF

460 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 354 354

S2 ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON

380 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 426 426

S2 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON

230 S1 ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 706 706

S2 OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF

200 S1 ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 810 810

S2 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON

175,350

575 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 282 282

S2 ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF

460 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 354 354

S2 ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON

380 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 426 426

S2 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON

230 S1 ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 706 706

S2 OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF

200 S1 ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 810 810

S2 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON

200,400

575 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 322 322

S2 ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON

460 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 402 402

S2 ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON

380 S1 ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 486 486

S2 ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON ON

230 S1 ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 802 802

S2 OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON

200 S1 ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 922 922

S2 OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON

CPM — Compressor Protection Module

DIP — Dual In-Line Package

MTA — Must Trip Amps

135

APPENDIX E — PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION

30XW UNIT ECONOMIZED PIPING

A30-4849

136

APPENDIX E — PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION

30XW UNIT NON-ECONOMIZED PIPING

A30-4850

137

APPENDIX F — GLOBAL TIME SCHEDULE CONFIGURATION FOR i-Vu® DEVICE

AND CSM CONTROLLER

The following is intended to assist a Carrier technician in

configuring a 30XW chiller so either the i-Vu® 4.0 or 4.2 de-

vice, CCN Global Schedule Master, or a CSM controller can

Start and Stop the chiller. The 30XW chiller has unique table

naming convention for its Time Schedules that are different

than what is used today in CCN. The five steps outlined in the

procedures below must be followed in order to have the i-Vu

device and CCN products control the chiller.

Step 1 — Chiller Configuration

1. Make sure the chiller is shut down and that the Emergen-

cy On/Off Switch (SW2) is in the Off Position and the

Enable-Off-Remote (SW1) is in the Disable position.

2. Next, UPLOAD the chiller to assure the configuration is

current.

NOTE: This must be done in both NSTV and CVIEW.

3. Change the chiller’s Time Schedule Table Name from

OCCyP0xx to OCCPC0xx. See descriptions below.

LOCAL AND NETWORK TIME SCHEDULE

DESCRIPTIONS

OCCPC01S — The i-Vu 4.2 device will write to this Time

Schedule Table.

OCC2P02S — This is for Dual Setpoint Control and MUST

be Configured for 24/7 Occupied when the i-Vu device is writ-

ing to OCCPC01S.

OCCPC65E — Used with the i-Vu device or another CCN

Global Schedule Master with Single Setpoint Control.

OCC2P02E — This will only be used with Dual Setpoint Con-

trol. This is not applicable in this application.

TIME SCHEDULE TABLE NAME CHANGE

NSTV — When using NSTV to edit a Time Schedule Name,

the process is the same for both Local (S) or Network (E) Time

Schedules.

1. Highlight the chiller, then (at the top menu bar) click on

Configure Names…

2. When the dialog box opens, scroll down to find the four

time schedules (as seen in Fig. A for Local Schedule or

Fig. B for Network Time Schedule). Highlight the desired

Time Schedule to edit.

3. At the bottom where it says New name, double click on

OCC1P01x and rename it with OCCPC01x click Save

click OK.

4. Download the new configuration to the chiller.

5. Cycle power to the MBB (main base board) using SW2

emergency stop.

CVIEW — If using CVIEW to edit a Time Schedule Name,

the process is the same for both Local (S) or Network (E) Time

Schedules.

1. Highlight the chiller and click Configure Table Names.

2. When the dialog box opens, scroll down to find the six

OCC tables.

NOTE: Only the "S" and "E" Schedules are editable.

3. Highlight the Time Schedule OCC1P01x then click Mod-

ify…

4. In the new dialog box, rename the schedule OCCPC01x

(as seen in Fig. C for Local Schedule or Fig. D for Net-

work Time Schedule) then click OK to close this dialog

box.

5. Click Close to close the Table Names dialog box.

6. Download the new configuration to the chiller.

7. Cycle power to the MBB (main base board) using SW2

emergency stop.



Fig. A — NTSV Table Name (Local Schedule)

A30-4851

Fig. B — NTSV Table Name (Network Schedule)

30-4852

Fig. C — CVIEW Table Name (Local Schedule)

-4853

Fig. D — CVIEW Table Name (Network Schedule)

0-4854

138

APPENDIX F — GLOBAL TIME SCHEDULE CONFIGURATION FOR i-Vu® DEVICE

AND CSM CONTROLLER (cont)

Step 2 — Chiller Mode Selection — There are

3 different mode selections for the chiller which are described

below. In order to change the mode from the default configura-

tion, a scrolling marquee or handheld Navigator™ device must

be used.

1. Using a Navigator device, select Operating Modes

SLCT OPER, then enter the password.

2. The screen defaults to SWITCH Mode. If using an i-Vu

device or CCN Global Scheduling, use the up arrow to

select Time Sched and then press Enter.

Click the up arrow and select CCN to control the chiller

using a CCN Network Command of "CHIL_S_S".

MODE DESCRIPTIONS

Switch — The chiller will be running 24/7 (no time schedule

involved). DO NOT use for the i-Vu device or CCN Global

Scheduling.

Time Sched — This mode will allow the user to configure a

local schedule and control the chiller by either Local Time

Schedule or by setpoint tables 1 or 2. This mode needs to be se-

lected if i-Vu will be writing to either a Local (S) or Network

(E) Time Schedule.

NOTE: The i-Vu CCN 4.0 device can only write to Network

schedules.

CCN — This will be used when a CCN controller, like a CSM,

Translator, or CC will be writing to the chiller's CCN point

name CHIL_S_S for starting and stopping the equipment.

Step 3 — Chiller Cooling Set Point Selec-

tion — There are several options for controlling the Leaving

Chilled Water temperature. For the purpose of having i-Vu able

to start stop the chiller through the Time Schedule MODE the

chiller's "Cooling Set Point Select" decision needs to be con-

figured for SETPOINT 1 using a scrolling marquee or Naviga-

tor device.

1. Using a Navigator device, select Operating Modes

SLCT SP.SE, then enter the password.

2. Click the arrow up and select SETPOINT 1 then push

Enter.

Step 4 — Chiller Switch Setup

1. Set the Emergency On/Off Switch (SW2) switch to the

On Position.

2. Set the Enable-Off-Remote (SW1) switch to the Enable

position. (If Remote is used, external contacts will need

to be closed or a jumper needs to be installed on TB-5

no. 9, 10.) The chiller will run off either the Switch,

Time Schedule, or CCN Mode (see Mode Descriptions

in Step 2).

This completes the configuration decisions needed in a

30XW unit to enable i-Vu device scheduling to control the

chiller start/stop.

Step 5 — i-Vu Device Scheduling Setup

CONFIGURING THE i-Vu 4.2 DEVICE (LOCAL AND

GLOBAL SCHEDULING)

1. After chiller has been scanned into the database, check

the Schedule number. To do this, click on the Schedules

Tab CCN Tab. The CCN Schedule Number needs to

be the same number that the user edited in Fig. A or C for

local or Fig. B or D for global (see Fig. E).

2. Next, create a Schedule by highlighting the chiller.

3. Click on Schedules Configure Add.

4. Then select the type of schedule from the drop down

menu.

Example: Select Normal Weekly and the schedule

should look like Fig. F.

5. Configure the schedule.

NOTE: Refer to the i-Vu Installation and Startup manual for

more information on creating a schedule in i-Vu.

CONFIGURING THE i-Vu 4.0 DEVICE (GLOBAL

SCHEDULING)

1. After chiller has been scanned into the database, check

the Schedule number. To do this, expand the Chiller

on the left-hand navigation pane click the on the

"Schedule" point Properties tab Summary Tab.

Enter CCN Global Schedule Number. It needs to be

the same number that the user edited in Fig. B or D (see

Fig. G).

2. Follow Steps 2 through 5 in the Configuring the i-Vu 4.2

device (Local and Global Scheduling) section.

This completes configuring a 30XW Chiller, i-Vu, and

CCN Network Time Schedules.



Fig. E — CCN Tab

A30-4855

139

APPENDIX F — GLOBAL TIME SCHEDULE CONFIGURATION FOR i-Vu® DEVICE

AND CSM CONTROLLER (cont)

Fig. F — Schedule Type Example (Weekly) A30-4856

Fig. G — CCN Global Schedule Number A30-4857

Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.

Catalog No. 04-53300024-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 30XW-1T Pg 140 11-09 Replaces: New

INDEX

4-20 mA temperature reset 36

Actual start-up 47

Alarms and alerts 68

Alarm control 42

Equipment priority 42

Routing control 42

System name 43

Board addresses 17

Brine or glycol operation 27

Broadcast acknowledger 20, 42

Broadcast configuration 41

Capacity control overrides 43

Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) 18

Interface 18

Loadshed controlled demand limit 41

Tables 118-132

Chilled water flow switch 66

Chilled water fluid type selection 27

Circuit/compressor staging

and loading 29

Loading 29

Staging 29

Communication failure retry time 42

Compressor

Assembly 63

Oil system 63

Protection 10,67

Compressor protection

module (CPM) 10

Configuration 18-46

Control module communication 17

Controls 9-18

Conventions used in this manual 3

Cooler 64

Pump control 28

Cooling set point selection 25

CPM DIP switch addresses 133,134

Daylight saving time configuration 43

Demand limit 39

Externally powered capacity based 40

Externally powered current based 40

Switch controlled 39

Diagnostic alarm codes

and possible causes 73

Display module usage 3

Dual chiller control 29

For parallel applications 30

For series applications 33

Pump control for parallel

chiller applications 33

Pump control for series

chiller applications 35

Dual chiller sequence of operation 54

Dual pump and manual control 28

Economizer assembly 59

Electronic expansion valve (EXV) 59

EXV board 13

EXV control 60

Main EXV control 59

Troubleshooting procedure 61

Emergency on/off switch (SW2) 16

Enable-off-remote contact

switch (SW1) 16

Energy Management Module (EMM) 16

Entering fluid control option 25

Flow rate requirements 47

Freeze protection 43,76

Fresh water 27

General (Controls) 9

Green LED 17

Head pressure control 46

Heat exchangers, inspecting/cleaning 66

Ice storage operation 41

Leak testing 67

Local equipment network 17

Loss of fluid flow protection 65

Low condenser fluid temperature

head pressure control 46

Operating instructions 46

Option 46

Low fluid temperature 65

Machine control methods 20

Machine on/off control 20

Machine start delay 29

Main Base Board (MBB) 9

Maintenance 67

Minimum fluid loop volume 47

Minimum load control 29

MLV/condenser board 15

Navigator™ display module 7

Machine control 23

Navigator display tables 105-117

No pump control 28

Operating limitations 47

Operating modes 54

Operation 54-59

Piping and instrumentation 135, 136

Pressure relief valves 67

Pre-start-up 46

Pump operation 54

Ramp loading 35

Re-alarm time 43

Recommended maintenance schedule 67

Red LED 17

Refrigerant charge 67

Refrigerant circuit 67

Relief devices 67

Remote alarm and alert relays 18

Retubing 65

Return water reset 35

Safety considerations 2

Safety devices 67

Sensors 56

Sequence of operation 54

Service 59-67

Service test 83

Set point occupancy 25

Single pump control 28

Space temperature reset 36

Start-up 47-53

Start-up checklist for

30XW liquid chillers CL-1 to CL-7

Suction service valve 64

System check 46

Temperature reset 35

Thermistors 56

Tightening cooler head bolts 65

Touch Pilot display 3,17

Display tables 86-104

Machine control 20

Operation configuration tables 18

Transducers 56

Troubleshooting 67-85

Tube plugging 65

Vo l t a g e 47

Water treatment 66

Yellow LED 17

Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.

Catalog No. 04-53300024-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 30XW-1T CL-1 11-09 Replaces: New

START-UP CHECKLIST FOR 30XW LIQUID CHILLERS

A. PROJECT INFORMATION

Job Name ________________________________________________________________________________________

Address __________________________________________________________________________________________

City ________________________________ State ________________________ Zip ___________________________

Installing Contractor ________________________________________________________________________________

Sales Office _______________________________________________________________________________________

Start-up Performed By ______________________________________________________________________________

Design Information

Unit

Model _______________________________________ Serial ______________________________________

Compressors

Compressor A

Model _______________________________________ Serial ______________________________________

Compressor B

Model _______________________________________ Serial ______________________________________

Evaporator

Model _______________________________________ Serial ______________________________________

Condenser

Model _______________________________________ Serial ______________________________________

B. PRELIMINARY EQUIPMENT CHECK (This section to be completed by installing contractor)

1. Is there any physical damage? Yes No

Will this prevent start-up? Yes No

Description

___________________________________________________________________________________________

2. Unit is installed level as per the installation instructions. Ye s No

3. Power supply agrees with the unit nameplate. Yes No

4. Correct control voltage ________vac. Yes No

5. Electrical power wiring is installed properly. Yes No

6. Unit is properly grounded. Yes No

7. Electrical circuit protection has been sized and installed properly. Yes No

8. All terminals are tight. Yes No

9. All plug assemblies are tight. Yes No

10. All cables, thermistors and transducers have been inspected for cross wires. Yes No

11. All thermistors are fully inserted into wells. Yes No

12. Relief valve vent piping per local codes. Ye s No

13. Mechanical room temperature maintained above 50 F (10 C). Yes No

Chilled Water System Check

1. All chilled water valves are open. Yes No

2. All piping is connected properly. Yes No

3. All air has been purged from the system. Yes No

4. Chilled water pump is operating with the correct rotation. Ye s No

5. Chilled water pump starter interlocked with chiller. Yes No

6. Chilled water flow switch operational. Yes No

7. Inlet piping to evaporator includes a 20 mesh strainer within 10 ft. Yes No

8. Water loop volume greater than 3 gal/ton for air conditioning

or 6 gal/ton for process cooling and low ambient operation. Yes No

9. Proper loop freeze protection provided to ____ F (C) for brine applications. Yes No

Antifreeze type__________________ Concentration _____%. Ye s No

10. Outdoor piping wrapped with electric heater tape. Yes No

CAPACITY EWT LWT FLUID TYPE FLOW RATE P.D.

Evaporator

Condenser

CL-2

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE

Condenser Water System Check

1. All condenser water valves are open. Yes No

2. All piping is connected properly. Yes No

3. All air has been purged from the system. Yes No

4. Condenser water pump is operating with the correct rotation. Ye s No

5. Condenser water pump starter interlocked with chiller. Yes No

6. Condenser water flow switch operational. Yes No

7. Inlet piping to condenser includes a 20 mesh strainer within 10 ft. Ye s No

8. Outdoor piping wrapped with electric heater tape. Yes No

9. Is system equipped with head pressure control?

(Required for entering condenser water below 68 F (20 C).) Ye s No

C. UNIT START-UP

1. All liquid line service valves are open. Yes No

2. All discharge service valves are open. Yes No

3. All suction service valves are open. Yes No

4. Economizer service valves open. Yes No

5. Oil service valves open. Yes No

6. Leak check unit. Locate, repair and report any refrigerant leaks. Ye s No

7. Voltage at terminal block is within unit nameplate range. Ye s No

Check voltage imbalance: A-B______ A-C______B-C______

Average voltage = __________ (A-B + A-C + B-C)/3

Maximum deviation from average voltage = _______

Voltage imbalance = ______% (max. deviation / average voltage) X 100

Is voltage imbalance less than 2%. Yes No

(DO NOT start chiller if voltage imbalance is greater than 2%.

Contact local utility for assistance.)

8. Verify evaporator flow rate

Pressure entering evaporator _____ psig

Pressure leaving evaporator _____ psig

Evaporator pressure drop _____ psig

psig x 2.31 ft./psi = _____ ft of water

kpa x 0.334 m/psi = _____ mm of water

Evaporator flow rate _____ gpm (l/s) (See Evaporator Pressure Drop Curve)

9. Verify condenser flow rate

Pressure entering condenser _____ psig

Pressure leaving condenser _____ psig

Condenser pressure drop _____ psig

psig x 2.31 ft./psi = _____ ft of water

kpa x 0.334 m/psi = _____ mm of water

Condenser flow rate _____ gpm (l/s) (See Condenser Pressure Drop Curve)

Start and Operate Machine

1. Complete component test utilizing Quick Test Mode

2. Check refrigerant and oil charge. Record charge information.

3. Record compressor motor current.

4. Record operating data.

5. Provide operating instructions to owner’s personnel.

Circuit A Circuit B

Refrigerant Charge

Additional charge required __________ ___________

Oil Charge

Additional charge required __________ ___________

CL-3

Record Software Versions

(Press ENTER & ESCAPE simultaneously to obtain software versions)

Record Configuration Information

*Not supported.

TOUCH PILOT™ DESRIPTION NAVIGATOR ITEM NAVIGATOR™ SUB-MODE ITEM EXPANSION

Software Part Number APPL Run Status VERS CSA-SR- __ __ __ __ __ __



TOUCH PILOT

DESCRIPTION

NAVIGATOR

ITEM

NAVIGATOR

SUBMODE

RANGE DEFAULT ENTRY

Metric Display on STDU METR Configuration DISP US-METR US

Language Selection LANG Configuration DISP x English

Unit Type TYPE Configuration UNIT x Water-Cooled

Unit Capacity Model TONS Configuration UNIT XXX

Power Supply Voltage VOLT Configuration UNIT 200-690 200, 230, 380, 460, and 575

Power Frequency 60HZ Sel 60HZ Configuration UNIT NO-YES YES

Soft Starter Select STAR Configuration UNIT NO-YES NO

Wye Delta Start Select Y.D Configuration UNIT NO-YES NO

Must Trip Amps (Circuit A) MTA.A Configuration UNIT XXX

Must Trip Amps (Read Circuit A) R.MT.A Configuration UNIT XXX

Must Trip Amps (Circuit B) MTA.B Configuration UNIT XXX

Must Trip Amps (Read Circuit B) R.MT.B Configuration UNIT XXX

S1 Config Switch (Circuit A) C.SW.A Configuration UNIT XXX

S1 Config Switch

(Read Circuit A)

R.CSA Configuration UNIT XXX

S1 Config Switch (Circuit B) C.SW.B Configuration UNIT XXX

S1 Config Switch

(Read Circuit B)

R.CSB Configuration UNIT XXX

Energy Management Module EMM Configuration UNIT NO-YES NO

Password Enable PAS.E Configuration UNIT ENBL/DSBL ENBL

Factory Password PASS Configuration UNIT XXX 0111

Condenser Water Val Sel CON.V Configuration UNIT NO-YES NO*

Free Cooling Select FREE Configuration UNIT NO-YES NO*

Hot Gas Bypass Select HGBP Configuration UNIT NO-YES NO

MCHX Exchanger Select MCHX Configuration UNIT NO-YES NO

High Tier Display Selec HI.TI Configuration UNIT NO-YES NO

Cooler Fluid Type FLUD Configuration SERV WATER-BRINE WATER

Condenser Fluid Type CFLU Configuration SERV WATER-BRINE WATER

EXV MOP Setpoint MOP Configuration SERV XX.X 62

High Pressure Threshold HP.TH Configuration SERV XXX.X 290

EXV A Superheat Setpoint SHP.A Configuration SERV XX.X 14.4

EXV B Superheat Setpoint SHP.B Configuration SERV XX.X 14.4

EXV C Superheat Setpoint SHP.C Configuration SERV XX.X 14.4



CL-4

CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE

Record Configuration Information

*Not supported.

TOUCH PILOT™

DESCRIPTION

NAVIGATOR

ITEM

NAVIGATOR™

SUBMODE

RANGE DEFAULT ENTRY

Cooler Heater Delta Spt HTR Configuration SERV XX.X 2.0*

Entering Fluid Control EWTO Configuration SERV NO-YES NO

Auto Start When SM Lost AU.SM Configuration SERV NO-YES NO

Brine Freeze Setpoint LOSP Configuration SERV XX.X 34

Brine Flow Switch SP FL.SP Configuration SERV XX.X 1*

Element CCNA Configuration OPTN XXX 1

Bus CCNB Configuration OPTN XXX 0

Baud Rate BAUD Configuration OPTN X 3/9600

Circuit Loading Sequence LOAD Configuration OPTN X EQUAL

Staged Loading Sequence LLCS Configuration OPTN X AUTOMATIC

Ramp Loading Select RL.S Configuration OPTN ENBL-DSBL DSBL

Unit Off to On Delay DELY Configuration OPTN XX 1

Ice Mode Enable ICE.M Configuration OPTN ENBL-DSBL DSBL

Condenser Pumps Sequence HPUM Configuration OPTN X 0/NO PUMP

Cooler Pumps Sequence PUMP Configuration OPTN X 0/NO PUMP

Pump Auto Rotation Delay ROT.P Configuration OPTN XX 48

Pump Sticking Protection PM.PS Configuration OPTN NO-YES NO

Stop Pump During Standby P.SBY Configuration OPTN NO-YES NO

Flow Checked if C Pump On P.LOC Configuration OPTN NO-YES NO

Start Hour (Night Control) LS.ST Configuration OPTN XX.XX 00.00

End Hour (Night Control) LS.ND Configuration OPTN XX.XX 00.00

Capacity Limit (Night Control) LS.LT Configuration OPTN XXX 100

Reverse Alarms Relay RV.AL Configuration OPTN NO-YES NO

Heating OAT Threshold OA.TH Configuration OPTN XX.X 5 F

Current Limit Select CUR.S Configuration OPTN NO-YES NO

Current Limit at 100% CUR.F Configuration OPTN XXXX 2000

Auto Changeover Select AUTO Configuration OPTN NO-YES NO

Cooling Reset Select CRST Configuration RSET X 0

Heating Reset Select HRST Configuration RSET X 0

Demand Limit Type Select DMDC Configuration RSET X 0

mA for 100% Demand Limit DMMX Configuration RSET XX.X 0.0

mA for 0% Demand Limit DMZE Configuration RSET XX.X 0.0

Master/Slave Select MSSL Configuration RSET X 0

Slave Address SLVA Configuration RSET XXX 2

Lead/Lag Select LLBL Configuration RSET X DSBL

Lead/Lag Balance Delta LLBD Configuration RSET XXX 168

Lag Start Timer LLDY Configuration RSET XX 10

Start if Error Higher LL.ER Configuration RSET XX.X 4

Lag Minimum Running Time LAG.M Configuration RSET XXX 0

Lag Unit Pump Control LAGP Configuration RSET X 0

Lead Pulldown Time LPUL Configuration RSET XX 0

Chiller in Series SERI Configuration RSET NO-YES NO



CL-5

Record Configuration Information

*Not supported.

TOUCH PILOT™

DESCRIPTION

NAVIGATOR

ITEM

NAVIGATOR™

SUBMODE

RANGE DEFAULT ENTRY

Cooling Setpoint 1 CSP.1 Set Point COOL XXX.X 44.0° F

Cooling Setpoint 2 CSP.2 Set Point COOL XXX.X 44.0° F

Cooling Ice Setpoint CSP.3 Set Point COOL XXX.X 44.0° F

Current No Reset Value (Cooling) CRV1 Set Point COOL XXX.X 0

Current Full Reset Value (Cooling) CRV2 Set Point COOL XXX.X 0

Delta T No Reset Value (Cooling) CRT1 Set Point COOL XXX.X 0

Delta T Full Reset Value (Cooling) CRT2 Set Point COOL XXX.X 0

OAT No Reset Value (Cooling) CRO1 Set Point COOL XXX.X 14.0° F

OAT Full Reset Value (Cooling) CRO2 Set Point COOL XXX.X 14.0° F

Space T No Reset Value CRS1 Set Point COOL XXX.X 14.0° F

Space T Full Reset Value CRS2 Set Point COOL XXX.X 14.0° F

Cooling Reset Deg. Value DGRC Set Point COOL XX.X 0

Cool Changeover Setpoint CAUT Set Point COOL XXX.X 75° F

Cooling Ramp Loading CRMP Set Point COOL X.X 1.0

Heating Setpoint 1 HSP.1 Set Point HEAT XXX.X 100.0° F

Heating Setpoint 2 HSP.2 Set Point HEAT XXX.X 100.0° F

Current No Reset Value (Heating) HRV1 Set Point HEAT XXX.X 0

Current Full Reset Value (Heating) HRV2 Set Point HEAT XXX.X 0

Delta T No Reset Value (Heating) HRT1 Set Point HEAT XXX.X 0

Delta T Full Reset Value (Heating) HRT2 Set Point HEAT XXX.X 0

OAT No Reset Value (Heating) HRO1 Set Point HEAT XXX.X 14.0° F

OAT Full Reset Value (Heating) HRO2 Set Point HEAT XXX.X 14.0° F

Heating Reset Deg. Value DGRH Set Point HEAT XX.X 0

Heating Changeover Setpoint HAUT Set Point HEAT XX.X 64.0° F

Heat Ramp Loading HRMP Set Point HEAT X.X 1.0

Switch Limit Setpoint 1 DLS1 Set Point MISC XXX 100

Switch Limit Setpoint 2 DLS2 Set Point MISC XXX 100

Switch Limit Setpoint 3 DLS3 Set Point MISC XXX 100

Water Val Condensing Stp W.SCT Set Point MISC XXX.X 95.0° F

None (I/O Button) OPER Operating Modes SLCT X —

Setpoint Select SP.SE Operating Modes SLCT X —

Heal/Cool Select HC.SE Operating Modes SLCT X COOLING



CL-6

CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE

Component Test — Complete the following tests to make sure all peripheral components are

operational before the compressors are started.

TOUCH PILOT™ DESCRIPTION NAVIGATOR ITEM NAVIGATOR™

SUBMODE

RANGE CHECK WHEN COMPLETE

Service Test Enable T.REQ Service Test TEST OFF-ON

Compressor A Output CP.A Service Test TEST OFF-ON

Slide Valve Capacity A SLI.A Service Test TEST 0-2

Compressor B Output CP.B Service Test TEST OFF-ON

Slide Valve Capacity B SLI.B Service Test TEST 0-2

Quick Test Enable Q.REQ Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Circuit A EXV Position EXV.A Service Test QUIC XXX

Circuit B EXV Position EXV.B Service Test QUIC XXX

Cir A Economizer EXV Position ECO.A Service Test QUIC XXX

Cir B Economizer EXV Position ECO.B Service Test QUIC XXX

Circuit A Oil Heater HT.A Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Circuit A Slide Valve 1 SL1.A Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Circuit A Slide Valve 2 SL2.A Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Circuit A Hot Gas Bypass HGP.A Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Circuit A Oil Solenoid OLS.A Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Circuit A DGT Cool Solenoid DGT.A Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Circuit B Oil Heater HT.B Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Circuit B Slide Valve 1 SL1.B Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Circuit B Slide Valve 2 SL2.B Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Circuit B Hot Gas Bypass HGP.B Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Circuit B Oil Solenoid OLS.B Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Circuit B DGT Cool Solenoid DGT.B Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Water Exchanger Pump 1 PMP.1 Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Water Exchanger Pump 2 PMP.2 Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Cooler Heater Output CL.HT Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Cir A Heater Ball Valve BVL.A Service Test QUIC OPEN-CLSE

Cir B Heater Ball Valve BVL.B Service Test QUIC OPEN-CLSE

Chiller Running Output Q.RUN Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Customer Shutdown Out SHUT Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Chiller Capacity in 0-10V CATO Service Test QUIC nn.n

Alarm Relay Output ALRM Service Test QUIC OFF-ON

Alert Relay Output ALRT Service Test QUIC OFF-ON



CL-7

Operating Data:

Record the following information from the Run Status, Temperatures and Outputs Modes when machine is in a

stable operating condition.

TEMPERATURES

COOLER ENTERING FLUID EWT _______________

COOLER LEAVING FLUID LWT _______________

CONDENSER ENTERING FLUID EWT _______________

CONDENSER LEAVING FLUID LWT _______________

CONTROL POINT CTPT _______________

CAPACITY CAP _______________

LEAD/LAG LEAVING FLUID CHWS_______________ (Dual Chiller Control Only)

CIRCUIT A CIRCUIT B

SCT.A __________ SCT.B __________

SST.A __________ SST.B __________

DGT.A __________ DGT.B __________

SGT.A __________ SGT.B __________

SUP.A __________ SUP.B __________

ECT.A __________ ECT.B __________

ESH.A __________ ESH.B __________

CTP.A __________ CTP.B __________

EXV.A__________ EXV.B __________

ECO.A__________ ECO.B __________

NOTE: EXV A and B positions are found in the output mode.

COMPRESSOR MOTOR CURRENT

L1 L2 L3

COMPRESSOR A1 ______ ______ ______

COMPRESSOR B1 ______ ______ ______

COMMENTS:

________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SIGNATURES:

Start-up

Technician _____________________________________ Date ________________________________________________

Customer

Representative __________________________________ Date ________________________________________________

Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.

Catalog No. 04-53300024-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 30XW-1T CL-8 2-10A 11-09 Replaces: New

CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE

Carrier Aquaforce 30Xw150 400 Users Manual 30xw 1t Reprint 210

30XW150-400 to the manual db6f7276-cd6f-459f-b122-5b0f36fc8166

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation